wolfBoot/docs/Targets.md

457 KiB
Raw Blame History

Targets

This README describes configuration of supported targets.

Supported Targets

STM32F4

Example 512KB partitioning on STM32-F407

The example firmware provided in the test-app is configured to boot from the primary partition starting at address 0x20000. The flash layout is provided by the default example using the following configuration in target.h:

#define WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE              0x20000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE           0x20000

#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS   0x20000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS 0x40000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS   0x60000

This results in the following partition configuration:

example partitions

This configuration demonstrates one of the possible layouts, with the slots aligned to the beginning of the physical sector on the flash.

The entry point for all the runnable firmware images on this target will be 0x20100, 256 Bytes after the beginning of the first flash partition. This is due to the presence of the firmware image header at the beginning of the partition, as explained more in details in Firmware image

In this particular case, due to the flash geometry, the swap space must be as big as 128KB, to account for proper sector swapping between the two images.

On other systems, the SWAP space can be as small as 512B, if multiple smaller flash blocks are used.

More information about the geometry of the flash and in-application programming (IAP) can be found in the manufacturer manual of each target device.

STM32F4 Programming

st-flash write factory.bin 0x08000000

STM32F4 Debugging

  1. Start GDB server

OpenOCD: openocd --file ./config/openocd/openocd_stm32f4.cfg OR ST-Link: st-util -p 3333

  1. Start GDB Client
arm-none-eabi-gdb
add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf 0x20100
mon reset init
b main
c

STM32F1

Similar layout as the STM32F4, but for a much smaller 64KB flash.

WolfBoot occupy 12KB, followed by 2x25 KB firmware partitions, and a 2KB swap:

WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS?=0x08003000
WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS?=0x08009400
WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS?=0x0800F800

This is with the sample config in config/examples/stm32f1.config.

Note that with this partition layout, WolfBoot cannot be compiled with debug support.

The test application for STM32F1 is designed so that if it boots a version 1 software, it will trigger an update If the running software version is 2, all is good. In both cases, PC13 is cleared (lights up the green LED on a Blue Pill board).

STM32F1 Programming

All STM32F1 devices come with a builtin bootloader that can be used to program the device. It allows firmware upload on USART0 (pin A9 and A10 on the Blue Pill) using a usb-serial converter. The bootloader is entered by pulling the BOOT0 pin high. Once the builtin bootloader is active, the STM32F1 can be programmed with stm32flash:

stm32flash -w factory.bin -b 115200 -g 0 /dev/ttyUSB0

STM32L4

Example 1MB partitioning on STM32L4

  • Sector size: 4KB
  • Wolfboot partition size: 40 KB
  • Application partition size: 488 KB
#define WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE                 0x1000   /* 4 KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS      0x0800A000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE              0x7A000  /* 488 KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS    0x08084000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS      0x080FE000

STM32L5

Scenario 1: TrustZone Enabled

Example Description

The implementation shows how to switch from secure application to non-secure application, thanks to the system isolation performed, which splits the internal Flash and internal SRAM memories into two parts:

  • the first half is used by wolfboot running in secure mode and the secure application
  • the remaining available space is used for non-secure application and update partition

The example configuration for this scenario is available in /config/examples/stm32l5.config.

Hardware and Software environment

  • This example runs on STM32L562QEIxQ devices with security enabled (TZEN=1).
  • This example has been tested with STMicroelectronics STM32L562E-DK (MB1373)
  • User Option Bytes requirement (with STM32CubeProgrammer tool - see below for instructions)
TZEN = 1                          System with TrustZone-M enabled
DBANK = 1                         Dual bank mode
SECWM1_STRT=0x0  SECWM1_END=0x7F  All 128 pages of internal Flash Bank1 set as secure
SECWM2_STRT=0x1  SECWM2_END=0x0   No page of internal Flash Bank2 set as secure, hence Bank2 non-secure
  • NOTE: STM32CubeProgrammer V2.3.0 is required (v2.4.0 has a known bug for STM32L5)

How to use it

  1. cp ./config/examples/stm32l5.config .config
  2. make
  3. Prepare board with option bytes configuration reported above
    • STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd mode=hotplug -ob TZEN=1 DBANK=1
    • STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd mode=hotplug -ob SECWM1_STRT=0x0 SECWM1_END=0x7F SECWM2_STRT=0x1 SECWM2_END=0x0
  4. flash wolfBoot.bin to 0x0c00 0000
    • STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d ./wolfboot.bin 0x0C000000
  5. flash .\test-app\image_v1_signed.bin to 0x0804 0000
    • STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d ./test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x08040000
  6. RED LD9 will be on
  • NOTE: STM32_Programmer_CLI Default Locations
  • Windows: C:\Program Files\STMicroelectronics\STM32Cube\STM32CubeProgrammer\bin\STM32_Programmer_CLI.exe
  • Linux: /usr/local/STMicroelectronics/STM32Cube/STM32CubeProgrammer/bin/STM32_Programmer_CLI
  • Mac OS/X: /Applications/STMicroelectronics/STM32Cube/STM32CubeProgrammer/STM32CubeProgrammer.app/Contents/MacOs/bin/STM32_Programmer_CLI

Scenario 2: Trustzone Enabled, wolfCrypt as secure engine for NS applications

This is similar to Scenario 1, but also includes wolfCrypt in secure mode, and that can be accessed via PKCS11 interface by non-secure applications.

This option can be enabled with WOLFCRYPT_TZ=1 and WOLFCRYPT_TZ_PKCS11=1 or WOLFCRYPT_TZ_PSA=1 options in your configuration. This enables a PKCS11 accessible from NS domain via non-secure callables (NSC).

The example configuration for this scenario is available in /config/examples/stm32l5-wolfcrypt-tz.config.

For more information, see /docs/STM32-TZ.md.

Scenario 3: Trustzone Disabled, using DUAL BANK

Example Description

The implementation shows how to use STM32L5xx in DUAL BANK mode, with TrustZone disabled. The DUAL_BANK option is only available on this target when TrustZone is disabled (TZEN = 0).

The flash memory is segmented into two different banks:

  • Bank 0: (0x08000000)
  • Bank 1: (0x08040000)

Bank 0 contains the bootloader at address 0x08000000, and the application at address 0x08040000. When a valid image is available at the same offset in Bank 1, a candidate is selected for booting between the two valid images. A firmware update can be uploaded at address 0x08048000.

The example configuration is available in /config/examples/stm32l5-nonsecure-dualbank.config.

To run flash ./test-app/image.bin to 0x08000000. - STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d ./test-app/image.bin 0x08000000

Or program each partition using:

  1. flash wolfboot.bin to 0x08000000:
    • STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d ./wolfboot.elf
  2. flash main application to 0x0800 a000
    • STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d ./test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x0800a000

RED LD9 will be on indicating successful boot ().

Updates can be flashed at 0x0804a000:

  • STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d ./test-app/image_v2_signed.bin 0x0804a000

The two partition are logically remapped by using BANK_SWAP capabilities. This partition swap is immediate and does not require a SWAP partition.

Debugging

Use make DEBUG=1 and reload firmware.

  • STM32CubeIDE v.1.3.0 required
  • Run the debugger via:

Linux:

ST-LINK_gdbserver -d -cp /opt/st/stm32cubeide_1.3.0/plugins/com.st.stm32cube.ide.mcu.externaltools.cubeprogrammer.linux64_1.3.0.202002181050/tools/bin -e -r 1 -p 3333`

Max OS/X:

sudo ln -s /Applications/STM32CubeIDE.app/Contents/Eclipse/plugins/com.st.stm32cube.ide.mcu.externaltools.stlink-gdb-server.macos64_1.6.0.202101291314/tools/bin/native/mac_x64/libSTLinkUSBDriver.dylib /usr/local/lib/libSTLinkUSBDriver.dylib

/Applications/STM32CubeIDE.app/Contents/Eclipse/plugins/com.st.stm32cube.ide.mcu.externaltools.stlink-gdb-server.macos64_1.6.0.202101291314/tools/bin/ST-LINK_gdbserver -d -cp ./Contents/Eclipse/plugins/com.st.stm32cube.ide.mcu.externaltools.cubeprogrammer.macos64_1.6.0.202101291314/tools/bin -e -r 1 -p 3333
  • Connect with arm-none-eabi-gdb

wolfBoot has a .gdbinit to configure

arm-none-eabi-gdb
add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf
mon reset init

STM32U5

The STM32U5 is a Cortex-M33 (ARMv8-M).

Note: We have seen issues with vector table alignment, so the default image header size (IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE) has been increased to 1024 bytes to avoid potential issues.

Scenario 1: TrustZone enabled, staging non-secure application

Example description

The implementation shows how to switch from secure application to non-secure application, thanks to the system isolation performed, which splits the internal Flash and internal SRAM memories into two parts:

  • the first 256KB are used by wolfboot running in secure mode and the secure application
  • the remaining available space is used for non-secure application and update partition

The example configuration for this scenario is available in /config/examples/stm32u5.config.

Example Description

The implementation shows how to switch from secure application to non-secure application, thanks to the system isolation performed, which splits the internal Flash and internal SRAM memories into two parts:

  • the first half for secure application
  • the second half for non-secure application

Hardware and Software environment

  • This example runs on STM32U585AII6Q devices with security enabled (TZEN=1).
  • This example has been tested with STMicroelectronics B-U585I-IOT02A (MB1551)
  • User Option Bytes requirement (with STM32CubeProgrammer tool - see below for instructions)
TZEN = 1                          System with TrustZone-M enabled
DBANK = 1                         Dual bank mode
SECWM1_STRT=0x0  SECWM1_END=0x7F  All 128 pages of internal Flash Bank1 set as secure
SECWM2_STRT=0x1  SECWM2_END=0x0   No page of internal Flash Bank2 set as secure, hence Bank2 non-secure
  • NOTE: STM32CubeProgrammer V2.8.0 or newer is required

How to use it

  1. cp ./config/examples/stm32u5.config .config
  2. make TZEN=1
  3. Prepare board with option bytes configuration reported above
    • STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd mode=hotplug -ob TZEN=1 DBANK=1
    • STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd mode=hotplug -ob SECWM1_STRT=0x0 SECWM1_END=0x7F SECWM2_STRT=0x1 SECWM2_END=0x0
  4. flash wolfBoot.bin to 0x0c000000
    • STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d ./wolfboot.bin 0x0C000000
  5. flash .\test-app\image_v1_signed.bin to 0x08010000
    • STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d ./test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x08100000
  6. RED LD9 will be on
  • NOTE: STM32_Programmer_CLI Default Locations
  • Windows: C:\Program Files\STMicroelectronics\STM32Cube\STM32CubeProgrammer\bin\STM32_Programmer_CLI.exe
  • Linux: /usr/local/STMicroelectronics/STM32Cube/STM32CubeProgrammer/bin/STM32_Programmer_CLI
  • Mac OS/X: /Applications/STMicroelectronics/STM32Cube/STM32CubeProgrammer/STM32CubeProgrammer.app/Contents/MacOs/bin/STM32_Programmer_CLI

Scenario 2: TrustZone Enabled, wolfCrypt as secure engine for NS applications

This is similar to Scenario 1, but also includes wolfCrypt in secure mode, and that can be accessed via PKCS11 interface by non-secure applications.

This option can be enabled with WOLFCRYPT_TZ=1 and WOLFCRYPT_TZ_PKCS11=1 or WOLFCRYPT_TZ_PSA=1 options in your configuration. This enables a PKCS11 accessible from NS domain via non-secure callables (NSC).

The example configuration for this scenario is available in /config/examples/stm32u5-wolfcrypt-tz.config.

For more information, see /docs/STM32-TZ.md.

Scenario 3: TrustZone Disabled (DUAL BANK mode)

Example Description

The implementation shows how to use STM32U5xx in DUAL_BANK mode, with TrustZone disabled. The DUAL_BANK option is only available on this target when TrustZone is disabled (TZEN = 0).

The flash memory is segmented into two different banks:

  • Bank 0: (0x08000000)
  • Bank 1: (0x08100000)

Bank 0 contains the bootloader at address 0x08000000, and the application at address 0x08100000. When a valid image is available at the same offset in Bank 1, a candidate is selected for booting between the two valid images. A firmware update can be uploaded at address 0x08110000.

The example configuration is available in /config/examples/stm32u5-nonsecure-dualbank.config.

Program each partition using:

  1. flash wolfboot.bin to 0x08000000:
    • STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d ./wolfboot.bin 0x08000000
  2. flash image_v1_signed.bin to 0x08010000
    • STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d ./test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x08010000

RED LD9 will be on indicating successful boot ()

Debugging

Use make DEBUG=1 and reload firmware.

  • STM32CubeIDE v.1.7.0 required
  • Run the debugger via:

Linux:

ST-LINK_gdbserver -d -cp /opt/st/stm32cubeide_1.3.0/plugins/com.st.stm32cube.ide.mcu.externaltools.cubeprogrammer.linux64_1.3.0.202002181050/tools/bin -e -r 1 -p 3333

Max OS/X:

/Applications/STM32CubeIDE.app/Contents/Eclipse/plugins/com.st.stm32cube.ide.mcu.externaltools.stlink-gdb-server.macos64_2.1.300.202403291623/tools/bin/ST-LINK_gdbserver -d -cp /Applications/STM32CubeIDE.app/Contents/Eclipse/plugins/com.st.stm32cube.ide.mcu.externaltools.cubeprogrammer.macos64_2.1.201.202404072231/tools/bin -e -r 1 -p 3333

Win:

ST-LINK_gdbserver -d -cp C:\ST\STM32CubeIDE_1.7.0\STM32CubeIDE\plugins\com.st.stm32cube.ide.mcu.externaltools.cubeprogrammer.win32_2.0.0.202105311346\tools\bin -e -r 1 -p 3333
  • Connect with arm-none-eabi-gdb or gdb-multiarch

wolfBoot has a .gdbinit to configure

add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf

STM32L0

Example 192KB partitioning on STM32-L073

This device is capable of erasing single flash pages (256B each).

However, we choose to use a logic sector size of 4KB for the swaps, to limit the amount of writes to the swap partition.

The proposed geometry in this example target.h uses 32KB for wolfBoot, and two partitions of 64KB each, leaving room for up to 8KB to use for swap (4K are being used here).

#define WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE                 0x1000   /* 4 KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS      0x8000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE              0x10000 /* 64 KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS    0x18000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS      0x28000

STM32L0 Building

Use make TARGET=stm32l0. The option CORTEX_M0 is automatically selected for this target.

STM32G0

Supports STM32G0x0x0/STM32G0x1.

Example 128KB partitioning on STM32-G070:

  • Sector size: 2KB
  • Wolfboot partition size: 32KB
  • Application partition size: 44 KB
#define WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE                 0x800   /* 2 KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS      0x08008000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE              0xB000  /* 44 KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS    0x08013000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS      0x0801E000

Building STM32G0

Reference configuration (see /config/examples/stm32g0.config). You can copy this to wolfBoot root as .config: cp ./config/examples/stm32g0.config .config. To build you can use make.

The TARGET for this is stm32g0: make TARGET=stm32g0. The option CORTEX_M0 is automatically selected for this target. The option NVM_FLASH_WRITEONCE=1 is mandatory on this target, since the IAP driver does not support multiple writes after each erase operation.

STM32G0 Secure Hide Protection Feature (Optional)

This part supports a "secure memory protection" feature makes the wolfBoot partition unaccessible after jump to application.

It uses the FLASH_CR:SEC_PROT and FLASH_SECT:SEC_SIZE registers. This is the number of 2KB pages to block access to from the 0x8000000 base address.

Command example to enable this for 32KB bootloader:

STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd mode=hotplug -ob SEC_SIZE=0x10

Enabled with CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DFLASH_SECURABLE_MEMORY_SUPPORT. Requires RAM_CODE=1 to enable RAMFUNCTION support.

STM32G0 Programming

Compile requirements: make TARGET=stm32g0 NVM_FLASH_WRITEONCE=1

The output is a single factory.bin that includes wolfboot.bin and test-app/image_v1_signed.bin combined together. This should be programmed to the flash start address 0x08000000.

Flash using the STM32CubeProgrammer CLI:

STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d factory.bin 0x08000000

STM32G0 Debugging

Use make DEBUG=1 and program firmware again.

Start GDB server on port 3333:

ST-LINK_gdbserver -d -e -r 1 -p 3333
OR
st-util -p 3333

wolfBoot has a .gdbinit to configure GDB

arm-none-eabi-gdb
add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf 0x08008100
mon reset init

STM32G4

Supports STM32G4 single-bank Category 3 parts (verified on NUCLEO-G491RE, STM32G491RET6: 512KB flash, 96KB SRAM, Cortex-M4F).

The HAL boots at 170 MHz using HSI16 + PLL with PWR Range 1 Boost mode (RM0440 6.1.4), 4 flash wait states, prefetch + I/D-cache enabled.

Example 512KB partitioning on STM32G491RE:

  • Sector size: 2KB
  • wolfBoot partition size: 32KB
  • Application partition size: 232KB
#define WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE                 0x800     /* 2 KB  */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS      0x08008000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE              0x3A000   /* 232 KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS    0x08042000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS      0x0807C000 /* 16 KB swap */

Building STM32G4

Reference configuration (see /config/examples/stm32g4.config). You can copy this to wolfBoot root as .config: cp ./config/examples/stm32g4.config .config. To build you can use make.

The TARGET for this is stm32g4: make TARGET=stm32g4. Cortex-M4F is the default ARM core for this target. The option NVM_FLASH_WRITEONCE=1 is mandatory: the IAP driver writes one 64-bit doubleword per location and cannot rewrite without an erase first. The default signing scheme is ECC256 with SHA256.

NUCLEO-G491RE has no HSE, so HSI16 is used as the PLL source. The ST-LINK virtual COM port is wired to LPUART1 on PA2 (TX) / PA3 (RX) via AF12. Optional boot logs over LPUART1 at 115200 8N1 are enabled with CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DDEBUG_UART.

This target is single-bank only -- keep DUALBANK_SWAP=0.

STM32G4 Programming

Compile requirements: make TARGET=stm32g4 NVM_FLASH_WRITEONCE=1

The output is a single factory.bin that includes wolfboot.bin and test-app/image_v1_signed.bin combined together. This should be programmed to the flash start address 0x08000000.

Flash using the STM32CubeProgrammer CLI:

STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d factory.bin 0x08000000

STM32G4 Debugging

Use make DEBUG=1 and program firmware again.

Start GDB server on port 3333:

ST-LINK_gdbserver -d -e -r 1 -p 3333
OR
st-util -p 3333
arm-none-eabi-gdb
add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf 0x08008100
mon reset init

STM32C0

Supports STM32C0x0/STM32C0x1. Instructions are for the STM Nucleo-C031C6 dev board.

Tested build configurations:

  • With RSA2048 and SHA2-256 the code size is 10988 and it boots in under 1 second.
  • With ED25519 and SHA2-384 the code size is 10024 and takes about 10 seconds for the LED to turn on.
  • With LMS-8-10-1 and SHA2-256 the code size is 8164 on gcc-13 (could fit in 8KB partition)

Example 32KB partitioning on STM32-G070

with ED25519 or LMS-8-10-1:

  • Sector size: 2KB
  • Wolfboot partition size: 10KB
  • Application partition size: 10 KB
  • Swap size 2KB
#define WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE                 0x800   /* 2 KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS      0x08002800 /* at 10KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE              0x2800  /* 10 KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS    0x08005000 /* at 20KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS      0x08007800 /* at 30KB */

with RSA2048:

  • Sector size: 2KB
  • Wolfboot partition size: 12KB
  • Application partition size: 8 KB
  • Swap size 2KB
#define WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE                 0x800      /* 2 KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS      0x08003000 /* at 12KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE              0x2000     /* 8 KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS    0x08005000 /* at 20KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS      0x08007800 /* at 30KB */

Building STM32C0

Reference configuration files (see config/examples/stm32c0.config, config/examples/stm32c0-rsa2048.config and config/examples/stm32c0-lms-8-10-1.config).

You can copy one of these to wolfBoot root as .config: cp ./config/examples/stm32c0.config .config. To build you can use make.

The TARGET for this is stm32c0: make TARGET=stm32c0. The option CORTEX_M0 is automatically selected for this target. The option NVM_FLASH_WRITEONCE=1 is mandatory on this target, since the IAP driver does not support multiple writes after each erase operation.

STM32C0 Secure Hide Protection Feature (Optional)

This part supports a "secure memory protection" feature makes the wolfBoot partition unaccessible after jump to application.

It uses the FLASH_CR:SEC_PROT and FLASH_SECT:SEC_SIZE registers. This is the number of 2KB pages to block access to from the 0x8000000 base address.

Command example to enable this for 10KB bootloader:

STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd mode=hotplug -ob SEC_SIZE=0x05

Enabled with CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DFLASH_SECURABLE_MEMORY_SUPPORT. Requires RAM_CODE=1 to enable RAMFUNCTION support.

STM32C0 Programming

Compile requirements: make TARGET=stm32c0 NVM_FLASH_WRITEONCE=1

The output is a single factory.bin that includes wolfboot.bin and test-app/image_v1_signed.bin combined together. This should be programmed to the flash start address 0x08000000.

Flash using the STM32CubeProgrammer CLI:

STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d factory.bin 0x08000000

STM32C0 Debugging

Use make DEBUG=1 and program firmware again.

Start GDB server on port 3333:

ST-LINK_gdbserver -d -e -r 1 -p 3333
OR
st-util -p 3333

wolfBoot has a .gdbinit to configure GDB

arm-none-eabi-gdb
add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf 0x08008100
mon reset init

STM32WB55

Example partitioning on Nucleo-68 board:

  • Sector size: 4KB
  • Wolfboot partition size: 32 KB
  • Application partition size: 128 KB
#define WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE                 0x1000   /* 4 KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS      0x8000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE              0x20000 /* 128 KB */
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS    0x28000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS      0x48000

STM32WB55 Building

Use make TARGET=stm32wb.

The option NVM_FLASH_WRITEONCE=1 is mandatory on this target, since the IAP driver does not support multiple writes after each erase operation.

Compile with:

make TARGET=stm32wb NVM_FLASH_WRITEONCE=1

STM32WB55 with OpenOCD

openocd --file ./config/openocd/openocd_stm32wbx.cfg

telnet localhost 4444
reset halt
flash write_image unlock erase factory.bin 0x08000000
flash verify_bank 0 factory.bin
reset
git clone https://github.com/stlink-org/stlink.git
cd stlink
cmake .
make
sudo make install
st-flash write factory.bin 0x08000000

# Start GDB server
st-util -p 3333

STM32WB55 Debugging

Use make DEBUG=1 and reload firmware.

wolfBoot has a .gdbinit to configure

arm-none-eabi-gdb
add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf 0x08008100
mon reset init

SiFive HiFive1 RISC-V

Features

  • E31 RISC-V 320MHz 32-bit processor
  • Onboard 16KB scratchpad RAM
  • External 4MB QSPI Flash

Default Linker Settings

  • FLASH: Address 0x20000000, Len 0x6a120 (424 KB)
  • RAM: Address 0x80000000, Len 0x4000 (16 KB)

Stock bootloader

Start Address: 0x20000000 is 64KB. Provides a "double tap" reset feature to halt boot and allow debugger to attach for reprogramming. Press reset button, when green light comes on press reset button again, then board will flash red.

Application Code

Start Address: 0x20010000

wolfBoot configuration

The default wolfBoot configuration will add a second stage bootloader, leaving the stock "double tap" bootloader as a fallback for recovery. Your production implementation should replace this and partition addresses in target.h will need updated, so they are 0x10000 less.

To set the Freedom SDK location use FREEDOM_E_SDK=~/src/freedom-e-sdk.

For testing wolfBoot here are the changes required:

  1. Makefile arguments:

    • ARCH=RISCV
    • TARGET=hifive1
    make ARCH=RISCV TARGET=hifive1 RAM_CODE=1 clean
    make ARCH=RISCV TARGET=hifive1 RAM_CODE=1
    

    If using the riscv64-unknown-elf- cross compiler you can add CROSS_COMPILE=riscv64-unknown-elf- to your make or modify arch.mk as follows:

     ifeq ($(ARCH),RISCV)
    -  CROSS_COMPILE:=riscv32-unknown-elf-
    +  CROSS_COMPILE:=riscv64-unknown-elf-
    
  2. include/target.h

Bootloader Size: 0x10000 (64KB) Application Size 0x40000 (256KB) Swap Sector Size: 0x1000 (4KB)

#define WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE                 0x1000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS      0x20020000

#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE              0x40000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS    0x20060000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS      0x200A0000

Build Options

  • To use ECC instead of ED25519 use make argument SIGN=ECC256
  • To output wolfboot as hex for loading with JLink use make argument wolfboot.hex

Loading

Loading with JLink:

JLinkExe -device FE310 -if JTAG -speed 4000 -jtagconf -1,-1 -autoconnect 1
loadbin factory.bin 0x20010000
rnh

Debugging

Debugging with JLink:

In one terminal: JLinkGDBServer -device FE310 -port 3333

In another terminal:

riscv64-unknown-elf-gdb wolfboot.elf -ex "set remotetimeout 240" -ex "target extended-remote localhost:3333"
add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf 0x20020100

Microchip PolarFire SoC

The PolarFire SoC is a 64-bit RISC-V SoC with a five-core CPU cluster (1x E51 monitor core and 4x U54 application cores) and FPGA fabric, tested here on MPFS250. wolfBoot runs on it either as a payload of Microchip's Hart Software Services (HSS) or as a complete replacement for it: in M-mode from eNVM it brings up LPDDR4, loads and verifies a signed image from SD card or QSPI, hands a U54 into S-mode and stays resident as the SBI the OS runs on.

PolarFire.md is the documentation for this target - a quick start that takes one build, one card and one eNVM program end to end, then every configuration in detail, QSPI and DDR notes, boot mode 2, sNVM/PUF key storage, the SBI vendor extension for the OS, Yocto, debugging and benchmarks. The two tables below are the summary.

PolarFire SoC boot configurations

Configuration Config File Boot Mode Storage Memory HSS
SDCard polarfire_mpfs250.config S-mode (U54 via HSS) SD Card DDR Yes
eMMC polarfire_mpfs250.config + DISK_EMMC=1 S-mode (U54 via HSS) eMMC DDR Yes
QSPI (S-mode) polarfire_mpfs250_qspi.config S-mode (U54 via HSS) MSS or SC QSPI DDR Yes
QSPI + L2-LIM polarfire_mpfs250_hss_l2lim.config S-mode (U54 via HSS) SC QSPI L2-LIM (no DDR) Yes
M-Mode (no HSS) polarfire_mpfs250_m_qspi.config M-mode (E51, no HSS) SC QSPI L2 Scratchpad No
M-Mode + DDR polarfire_mpfs250_m.config M-mode (E51, no HSS) SD Card LPDDR4 (DDR) No
Boot mode 2 UBL polarfire_mpfs250_ubl.config System Controller -> sNVM stub eNVM (verifies it) L2-LIM No

PolarFire SoC build options

Make variables, on the command line or in the .config. See PolarFire.md for what each one does and what it requires.

Option Purpose
LIBERO_FPGA_CONFIG_DIR Path to the board's Libero/HSS fpga_design_config headers. Enables LPDDR4 init (MPFS_DDR_INIT); required for the M-Mode + DDR build.
MPFS_ATHENA (+ MPFS_ATHENA_CAL_DIR) SHA-384 and AES-256-CTR offload to the Athena F5200 (TeraFire), with a mandatory self-check.
SNVM_KEYSTORE, SNVM_KEYSTORE_PROVISION, SNVM_KEYSTORE_REQUIRE_ROM Serve the verification keystore from secure NVM; the one-time writer; refuse to boot unless every keystore page is ROM-flagged.
SNVM_KEK, SNVM_ENCKEY_PROVISION PUF-derived KEK with RFC 3394 key-wrap for the sNVM-stored image-encryption key, and its one-time writer.
MPFS_SCB_SMODE_DENY Fence S-mode off the System Controller mailbox (PMP plus dtb node removal), so nothing after wolfBoot can reach the sNVM write service.
MPFS_SBI_VENDOR SBI vendor extension for the OS: firmware version, device serial, PUF-derived keys by purpose, and the System Controller services behind the fence.
MPFS_SBI_SC_FLASH Adds System Controller SPI flash erase, write, read and directory update over that extension, for staging a bitstream from a fenced OS.
MPFS_ENVM_MANIFEST Reserve the last eNVM page for the signed manifest the boot mode 2 stub verifies.
DISK_GOLDEN_SLOT, DISK_FAILOVER_ZEROIZE Golden slot tried after A/B, and zeroizing the image key and slot heads before the golden boot.
MPFS_QSPI_CLK_DIV QSPI SCK divider, a QSPI_CLK_DIV_* name from hal/mpfs250.h (default QSPI_CLK_DIV_8).
MPFS_WDT_NODES_KEEP Leave the MSS watchdog nodes enabled and stop the parked E51 refreshing them, so the OS owns the watchdogs.
WATCHDOG No timeout to set on this target: the MSS watchdog window is a bitstream property and cannot be changed from software.

Note: the MPFS250 U54/E51 cores have no RISC-V crypto extensions (Zknh), so none of the configurations use them. The SD-card, QSPI and M-Mode + DDR configs build the portable RISC-V SHA assembly (NO_ASM=0); the size-constrained L2-LIM and M-mode QSPI configs set NO_ASM=1 and use the C implementations.

Filesystem boot: this target can also read its signed image from a file on a read-only FAT32 or ext4 partition instead of from raw offset 0. Build with DISK_FS=fat32|ext4|both and set BOOT_FILE_A / BOOT_FILE_B. See Disk boot from a read-only filesystem (FAT32 / ext4).

STM32F7

The STM32-F76x and F77x offer dual-bank hardware-assisted swapping. The flash geometry must be defined beforehand, and wolfBoot can be compiled to use hardware assisted bank-swapping to perform updates.

Example 2MB partitioning on STM32-F769:

  • Dual-bank configuration

BANK A: 0x08000000 to 0x080FFFFFF (1MB) BANK B: 0x08100000 to 0x081FFFFFF (1MB)

  • WolfBoot executes from BANK A after reboot (address: 0x08000000)
  • Boot partition @ BANK A + 0x20000 = 0x08020000
  • Update partition @ BANK B + 0x20000 = 0x08120000
  • Application entry point: 0x08020100
#define WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE              0x20000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE           0x40000

#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS   0x08020000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS 0x08120000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS   0x0   /* Unused, swap is hw-assisted */

Build Options

To activate the dual-bank hardware-assisted swap feature on STM32F76x/77x, use the DUALBANK_SWAP=1 compile time option. Some code requires to run in RAM during the swapping of the images, so the compile-time option RAMCODE=1 is also required in this case.

Dual-bank STM32F7 build can be built using:

make TARGET=stm32f7 DUALBANK_SWAP=1 RAM_CODE=1

Loading the firmware

To switch between single-bank (1x2MB) and dual-bank (2 x 1MB) mode mapping, this stm32f7-dualbank-tool can be used. Before starting openocd, switch the flash mode to dualbank (e.g. via make dualbank using the dualbank tool).

OpenOCD configuration for flashing/debugging, can be copied into openocd.cfg in your working directory:

source [find interface/stlink.cfg]
source [find board/stm32f7discovery.cfg]
$_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init {
    mmw 0xe0042004 0x7 0x0
}
init
reset
halt

OpenOCD can be either run in background (to allow remote GDB and monitor terminal connections), or directly from command line, to execute terminal scripts.

If OpenOCD is running, local TCP port 4444 can be used to access an interactive terminal prompt. telnet localhost 4444

Using the following openocd commands, the initial images for wolfBoot and the test application are loaded to flash in bank 0:

flash write_image unlock erase wolfboot.bin 0x08000000
flash verify_bank 0 wolfboot.bin
flash write_image unlock erase test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x08020000
flash verify_bank 0 test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x20000
reset
resume 0x0000001

To sign the same application image as new version (2), use the sign tool provided:

tools/keytools/sign test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2

From OpenOCD, the updated image (version 2) can be flashed to the second bank:

flash write_image unlock erase test-app/image_v2_signed.bin 0x08120000
flash verify_bank 0 test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x20000

Upon reboot, wolfboot will elect the best candidate (version 2 in this case) and authenticate the image. If the accepted candidate image resides on BANK B (like in this case), wolfBoot will perform one bank swap before booting.

The bank-swap operation is immediate and a SWAP image is not required in this case. Fallback mechanism can rely on a second choice (older firmware) in the other bank.

STM32F7 Debugging

Debugging with OpenOCD:

Use the OpenOCD configuration from the previous section to run OpenOCD.

From another console, connect using gdb, e.g.:

arm-none-eabi-gdb
(gdb) target remote:3333

STM32U3

The STM32U3 family (for example the STM32U385RG on NUCLEO-U385RG-Q) is a Cortex-M33 part without TrustZone, so the port is single-image only (no -tz or -ns variants). 1 MB internal flash, 256 KB SRAM, 4 KB pages, 64-bit (double-word) flash write quantum.

Flash layout (stm32u3.config)

Dual-bank flash (2 x 512 KB, 4 KB pages). Bank 1 holds wolfBoot + BOOT, bank 2 holds UPDATE + SWAP:

Bank 1:
  0x08000000 - 0x0800FFFF  wolfBoot bootloader   (64 KB)
  0x08010000 - 0x0807FFFF  BOOT partition        (0x70000, 448 KB)
Bank 2:
  0x08080000 - 0x080EFFFF  UPDATE partition      (0x70000, 448 KB)
  0x080F0000 - 0x080F0FFF  SWAP sector           (4 KB)

Clock and UART

UART is always available in the test-app and enabled in wolfBoot via DEBUG_UART=1 (on by default in the example config). USART1 on PA9 (TX) / PA10 (RX), AF7, 115200 8N1 — the ST-LINK VCP on NUCLEO-U385RG-Q.

Building

cp config/examples/stm32u3.config .config
make clean
make

DEBUG_UART=1 is enabled by default. To also run the flash self-test:

make TEST_FLASH=1

Flashing

Use STM32_Programmer_CLI (from STM32CubeIDE or STM32CubeProgrammer). st-flash does not yet support chipid 0x454.

STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=SWD reset=HWrst -e all \
    -d factory.bin 0x08000000 -v -rst

The test app blinks LD2 (PA5): slow on v1, fast on v2 (post-update).

Testing an Update

Sign the test application as version 2, build the update image with the pBOOT trigger magic, and flash it:

./tools/scripts/prepare_update_u3.sh 2
STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=SWD reset=HWrst \
    -d update.bin 0x08080000 -v -rst

Reset the board — wolfBoot verifies v2, swaps partitions, and jumps to the new image. LD2 transitions from the slow (v1) blink to the fast (v2) blink; with DEBUG_UART=1 the UART log shows the v1 → v2 transition.

STM32C5

The STM32C5 family (for example the STM32C5A3ZGT6 on NUCLEO-C5A3ZG) is a mainstream Cortex-M33 part without TrustZone, so the port is single-image only (no -tz or -ns variants). On the -ZG variant: 1 MB internal flash, 256 KB SRAM, 8 KB pages, 128-bit (quad-word) flash write quantum with per-quad-word ECC.

The HAL writes flash in 16-byte aligned quad-words. When wolfBoot asks for a smaller or unaligned write, the HAL reads the surrounding flash and merges so each programmed quad-word is a complete ECC block - sub-quad-word writes leave ECC undefined and reads come back with bit-flipped "corrected" data.

Flash layout (stm32c5.config)

Dual-bank flash (2 x 512 KB, 8 KB pages). Bank 1 holds wolfBoot + BOOT, bank 2 holds UPDATE + SWAP:

Bank 1:
  0x08000000 - 0x0800FFFF  wolfBoot bootloader   (64 KB)
  0x08010000 - 0x0807FFFF  BOOT partition        (0x70000, 448 KB)
Bank 2:
  0x08080000 - 0x080EFFFF  UPDATE partition      (0x70000, 448 KB)
  0x080F0000 - 0x080F1FFF  SWAP sector           (8 KB)

Clock and UART

The reset SYSCLK is HSIDIV3 = HSIS / 3 = 16 MHz (RCC_CFGR1.SW=0 selects HSIDIV3, RCC_CR1 reset value 0x22 = HSIDIV3ON | HSIDIV3RDY). wolfBoot brings SYSCLK to 144 MHz HCLK in clock_psi_on() (called from hal_init()) via the PSIS clock chain (HSE 48 MHz reference -> PSI ref=48 MHz / out=144 MHz -> PSIS), with all bus prescalers /1 (PCLK1 = PCLK2 = PCLK3 = 144 MHz), flash 4 wait states and WRHIGHFREQ programming delay = 2.

By default (WOLFBOOT_RESTORE_CLOCK set in options.mk), hal_prepare_boot() switches SYSCLK back to HSIDIV3 before handoff but leaves PSIS, PSI and HSE running. The loaded firmware's own clock_psi_on() then just pushes SYSCLK back from HSIDIV3 to PSIS - the HSE/PSI configuration it would have written is already in place, so it skips the HSE startup wait and the PSI reconfiguration entirely. This mirrors ST's HAL_RCC_ResetSystemClock() (the lightweight restore) rather than the full HAL_RCC_Reset(). Disabling HSE in hal_prepare_boot() and forcing the loaded firmware to re-enable it on a back-to-back cycle is not reliable on this part; the lightweight restore avoids that path entirely. Pass WOLFBOOT_RESTORE_CLOCK=0 to skip the SYSCLK switch entirely and inherit PSIS @ 144 MHz directly.

UART is always available in the test-app and enabled in wolfBoot via DEBUG_UART=1 (on by default in the example config). USART2_BRR is computed for PCLK1 = 144 MHz. The NUCLEO-C5A3ZG ST-LINK virtual COM port is wired to MCU pins 36/37 (PA2/PA3) - USART2 on AF7, 115200 8N1, not USART1 on PA9/PA10 (PA9/PA10 only reach the Arduino headers).

Building

cp config/examples/stm32c5.config .config
make clean
make

Default signing scheme is ECC256 + SHA256. Produces wolfboot.bin (~25 KB), test-app/image_v1_signed.bin, and factory.bin (BL + signed v1).

Flashing

Use STM32_Programmer_CLI (from STM32CubeIDE or STM32CubeProgrammer v2.22+). pyocd has no STM32C5 target as of this writing. The C5 debug access port is AP2; mode=UR (under-reset) is the most reliable connect mode while a previous image is running.

STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd mode=UR -e all \
    -d factory.bin 0x08000000 -v -rst

The test app blinks LD2 (PG1, active low): five slow blinks on v1 then it triggers an update and resets; v2 blinks fast forever once wolfBoot_success() is acknowledged.

Testing an Update

Sign the test application as version 2 and flash it directly to the update partition:

./tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 --sha256 \
    test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd mode=UR \
    -d test-app/image_v2_signed.bin 0x08080000 -v -rst

On reset wolfBoot detects the staged v2, the v1 test-app calls wolfBoot_update_trigger() after its blink sequence and resets, wolfBoot performs the bank-to-bank swap, and v2 boots. With DEBUG_UART=1 the UART log shows:

Booting version: 0x1
TEST APP / App version: 1 / triggering update -> reset
... swap output ...
Booting version: 0x2
TEST APP / App version: 2 / update OK -- success confirmed

DUALBANK_SWAP variant

config/examples/stm32c5-dualbank.config builds wolfBoot with DUALBANK_SWAP=1, using the STM32C5's FLASH_OPTCR.SWAP_BANK option byte (bit 31) to flip which physical bank is mapped at 0x08000000. This replaces the copy-based swap with a single option-byte toggle and a system reset - much faster, no swap sector required.

Layout:

Bank 1 (active by default):
  0x08000000  wolfBoot                 (64 KB)
  0x08010000  BOOT partition           (448 KB)
Bank 2 (active after SWAP_BANK toggle):
  0x08080000  wolfBoot copy            (64 KB)
  0x08090000  UPDATE partition         (448 KB)

hal_init() runs fork_bootloader() on the first boot, comparing the contents of bank 1 and bank 2 and copying wolfBoot from bank 1 into bank 2 if they differ. This guarantees the chip can boot from 0x08000000 regardless of which physical bank SWAP_BANK currently maps there. Subsequent boots are no-ops because the two copies match.

Build, flash, and stage v2 are the same as the default config except the UPDATE partition lives at 0x08090000:

cp config/examples/stm32c5-dualbank.config .config
make distclean && make
STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd mode=UR -e all \
    -d factory.bin 0x08000000 -v -rst
./tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 --sha256 \
    test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd mode=UR \
    -d test-app/image_v2_signed.bin 0x08090000 -v -rst

After the swap completes the partition addresses stay the same from software's perspective (WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS = 0x08010000 keeps pointing at "current BOOT") - only the underlying bank is different. Subsequent updates stage at 0x08090000 again.

TrustZone (TZEN) is not supported

The STM32C5 silicon does not implement the ARMv8-M Security Extensions (__SAUREGION_PRESENT 0U in the CMSIS device header) and has no GTZC, no FLASH_NS_* / FLASH_SECCR* aliases, and no secure peripheral address space. wolfBoot's TrustZone ports (L5, U5, H5) cannot be ported to the C5 - the hardware needed to partition memory and peripherals into secure / non-secure worlds is absent. For application security on the C5 use the MPU (__MPU_PRESENT 1U) and flash RDP (Read Out Protection); both are wolfBoot-orthogonal.

STM32H5

Like STM32L5 and STM32U5, STM32H5 support is also demonstrated through different scenarios.

Additionally, wolfBoot can be compiled with FLASH_OTP_KEYSTORE option, to store the public key(s) used for firmware authentication into a dedicated, one-time programmable flash area that can be write protected. For more information, see /docs/flash-OTP.md.

Scenario 1: TrustZone enabled, staging non-secure application

Example description

The implementation shows how to switch from secure application to non-secure application, thanks to the system isolation performed, which splits the internal Flash and internal SRAM memories into two parts:

  • the first 384KB are used by wolfboot running in secure mode and the secure application
  • the remaining available space (640KB) is used for non-secure application and update partition

The example configuration for this scenario is available in /config/examples/stm32h5.config.

How to use it

  • set the option bytes to enable trustzone:

STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -ob TZEN=0xB4

  • set the option bytes to enable flash secure protection of first 384KB and remainder as non-secure: STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -ob SECWM1_STRT=0x0 SECWM1_END=0x2F SECWM2_STRT=0x0 SECWM2_END=0x7F

  • flash the wolfboot image to the secure partition: STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d wolfboot.bin 0x0C000000

  • flash the application image to the non-secure partition: STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x08060000

For a full list of all the option bytes tested with this configuration, refer to STM32-TZ.md.

You can use the "update" command and XMODEM to send a newly signed update (see docs/flash-OTP.md) or use the steps below using the STM32_Programmer:

IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=1024 tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
echo -n "pBOOT" > trigger_magic.bin
./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble \
  update.bin \
    0x0     test-app/image_v2_signed.bin \
    0x9FFFB trigger_magic.bin
STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d update.bin 0x0C100000

Scenario 2: TrustZone Enabled, wolfCrypt as secure engine for NS applications

This is similar to Scenario 1, but also includes wolfCrypt in secure mode, and that can be accessed via PKCS11 interface by non-secure applications.

This option can be enabled with WOLFCRYPT_TZ=1 and WOLFCRYPT_TZ_PKCS11=1 or WOLFCRYPT_TZ_PSA=1 options in your configuration. This enables a PKCS11 accessible from NS domain via non-secure callables (NSC).

The example configuration for this scenario is available in /config/examples/stm32h5-tz.config.

When WOLFCRYPT_TZ_PSA=1 is enabled, the STM32H5 test application exercises PSA Crypto, PSA Protected Storage, and PSA Initial Attestation from the non-secure side. See DICE Attestation for details on the attestation flow and APIs. For more information, see /docs/STM32-TZ.md.

Scenario 3: DUALBANK mode

The STM32H5 can be configured to use hardware-assisted bank swapping to facilitate the update. The configuration file to copy into .config is config/examples/stm32h5-dualbank.config.

For DUALBANK with TrustZone use stm32h5-tz-dualbank-otp.config.

DUALBANK configuration (Tested on NUCLEO-STM32H563ZI):

BANK A: 0x08000000 to 0x080FFFFFF (1MB)
BANK B: 0x08100000 to 0x081FFFFFF (1MB)

First of all, ensure that the SWAP_BANK option byte is off when running wolfBoot for the first time: STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -ob SWAP_BANK=0

It is a good idea to start with an empty flash, by erasing all sectors via: STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -e 0 255

Compile wolfBoot with make. The file factory.bin contains both wolfboot and the version 1 of the application, and can be uploaded to the board at the beginning of the first bank using STM32_Programmer_CLI tool: STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d factory.bin 0x08000000

Optionally, you can upload another copy of wolfboot.bin to the beginning of the second bank. Wolfboot should take care of copying itself to the second bank upon first boot if you don't: STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d wolfboot.bin 0x08100000

After uploading the images, reboot your board. The green LED should indicate that v1 of the test application is running.

To initiate an update, sign a new version of the app and upload the v3 to the update partition on the second bank:

IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=1024 tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 3
STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd -d test-app/image_v3_signed.bin 0x08160000

Reboot the board to initiate an update via DUALBANK hw-assisted swap. Any version except the first one will also turn on the orange LED.

Scenario 4: Replace TF-M with wolfBoot in Zephyr

For a full Zephyr integration walkthrough (build + flash), see: /zephyr/README.md

STM32H5 Debugging

OpenOCD: openocd -s /usr/local/share/openocd/scripts -f board/st_nucleo_h5.cfg

arm-none-eabi-gdb
source .gdbinit
add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf 0x08060000
mon reset init
b main
c

STM32N6

The STM32N6 (Cortex-M55) has no internal flash -- all firmware resides on external NOR flash (Macronix MX25UM51245G, 64MB) connected via XSPI2. The on-chip Boot ROM copies the FSBL (First Stage Boot Loader) from external flash to internal SRAM and jumps to it. wolfBoot serves as the FSBL, performing image verification and chain-loading the application from external flash in XIP (Execute-In-Place) mode.

Tested on: NUCLEO-N657X0-Q (STM32N657X0H, MB1940). Autonomous cold boot from XSPI2 NOR, signed firmware update with A/B swap, and TrustZone are all supported.

Memory Layout

XSPI2 NOR Flash (memory-mapped at 0x70000000):
  0x70000000  FSBL image (signed wolfboot-trusted.bin, autonomous cold boot)
  0x70010000  Swap partition (64KB, device-relative: 0x00010000)
  0x70020000  Boot partition (1MB, app runs from here via XIP)
  0x70120000  Update partition (1MB, device-relative: 0x00120000)

AXISRAM2 -- without TrustZone (non-secure alias):
  0x34180400  wolfBoot FSBL (Boot ROM copies from NOR to here)
  0x341C0400  Stack top (256KB above origin)

AXISRAM2 -- with TrustZone (TZEN=1, secure alias):
  0x24180400  wolfBoot FSBL (secure -- IDAU marks 0x24xxxxxx as secure)
  0x241C0400  Stack top (secure)
  0x34000000  Application SRAM (SAU region: non-secure)

Build and Flash

Use the example configuration and build:

# Without TrustZone:
cp config/examples/stm32n6.config .config
make
make flash

# With TrustZone (build + secure-side verify; see TrustZone status below):
cp config/examples/stm32n6-tz.config .config
make
make flash

TrustZone status: the stm32n6-tz.config build cold-boots, verifies the signed NS application, and reaches the BLXNS hand-off, where it takes a SecureFault.INVEP and panics. What works:

  • -mcmse build + .gnu.sgstubs linker placement so the link succeeds.
  • SAU layout matching ST's Template_Isolation_XIP reference: NS region over the secure-alias boot-partition address (the N6 IDAU defers to SAU for XSPI2 NOR), plus NS regions for the AXISRAM1 NS-alias (NS app stack/data) and the peripheral NS alias (NS app UART/GPIO). See the comment in hal/stm32n6.c:hal_init() for the exact regions. SecureFault handler enabled.
  • BLXNS path in do_boot() (with the !CORTEX_M55 exclusion removed), including CONTROL.FPCA clear, a secure-alias VTOR_NS write (the NS app and its vector table live at 0x70180400; SAU classifies that range as NS), and the cpsie i skipped on N6 so a pending NS exception cannot dispatch before the BLXNS completes.
  • RIF infrastructure in stm32n6_tz_handoff() (called from do_boot() right before BLXNS). Mapping (per CMSIS RIF_AWARE_PERIPH_INDEX_RISAF*): RISAF2 -> AXISRAM1, RISAF3 -> AXISRAM2 (wolfBoot's own RAM, untouched), RISAF12 -> XSPI2 NOR.
    • hal_init() enables RCC.AHB3ENR.RISAFEN and installs a single RISAF12 base region SEC covering the bootloader area at offsets 0..0x1FFFF. wolfBoot's secure-side reads of the boot partition (above that range) fall through to the default allow-all and succeed; integrity + ECC256/SHA256 signature pass.
    • The handoff function disables that RISAF12 SEC region (RISAF12 filters by CPU security state, so leaving the SEC region active blocks the secure CPU's BLXNS pre-attribution check on the NS target) and installs RISAF2 REG[0] NS for AXISRAM1 (the NS app stack lives at 0x24010000).
  • RIFSC.RIMC_ATTRx[2..3] (the Cortex-M55 masters) are left in their Boot ROM state. USART1 and GPIOG default to NS attribution per the Boot ROM, so no per-peripheral RIFSC.RISC_SECCFGRx flips are needed for the NS app's UART + LED access once it runs.

What does not yet work: the BLXNS instruction itself takes SecureFault.INVEP. Verified at runtime that the target address (0x7018086C), SAU classification (REG[2] NS covers 0x70180000..0x7027FFE0), VTOR_NS (0x70180400), MSP_NS (0x24020000), and CONTROL.FPCA (cleared) are all correct, and that secure-CPU reads through the target address return real data (not zeros). Moving the boot partition to 0x70180000 to match ST's exact layout did not change the fault.

The N6 chip-level isolation that BLXNS is failing -- which would surface as the "BLXNS target security is not Non-Secure" check -- is not visible from SFSR/CFSR/HFSR; the HFSR.FORCED escalation clobbers SFAR. The most likely candidates are (a) a RIMC master-attribute configuration the M55 needs to be allowed to issue an NS transition from a Secure-only-attributed master at reset, (b) a chip-level SECCNFG / option-byte that makes the BLXNS classification differ from plain SAU+IDAU semantics, or (c) something specific about BLXNSing from a SRAM-resident secure binary to an XIP-flash-resident NS binary (ST's reference template runs BOTH halves XIPed from flash, with BLXNS happening between two flash-XIP addresses). Resolving any of these needs RM0486 + ST's ROP/RIF application note in hand.

make flash uses OpenOCD with the stmqspi driver to:

  1. Generate a Boot ROM FSBL header using STM32_SigningTool_CLI and program wolfboot-trusted.bin to NOR flash at 0x70000000 (for autonomous boot on reset)
  2. Load wolfBoot directly to SRAM for immediate execution
  3. Program the signed application to NOR flash at 0x70020000
  4. Start wolfBoot, which verifies and boots the application via XIP

The Boot ROM copies the FSBL from NOR flash to AXISRAM2 at 0x34180400. wolfBoot is linked at this address so it runs correctly after both OpenOCD-initiated and reset-initiated boots.

Prerequisites:

  • OpenOCD 0.12+ with stm32n6x target support (build from openocd-org/openocd if needed)
  • STM32_SigningTool_CLI (included with STM32CubeIDE) for Boot ROM FSBL header generation. The flash script auto-detects the tool location. Without it, wolfBoot is loaded to SRAM only (no autonomous boot on reset).
  • ST-Link connected to the Nucleo board
  • arm-none-eabi toolchain in PATH
  • OTP fuse VDDIO3_HSLV programmed (see OTP Configuration below)

OTP Configuration (One-Time)

The STM32N6 Boot ROM requires OTP fuse configuration to boot from external XSPI2 NOR flash. This is a one-time permanent operation.

OTP Word 124 (BSEC_HW_CONFIG) — set bit 15:

Bit Name Value Description
15 VDDIO3_HSLV 1 Enable XSPI2 I/O high-speed low-voltage mode

Using STM32CubeProgrammer (GUI):

  1. Connect to the board via SWD (JP2/BOOT1 in position 2-3 for development mode)
  2. Select OTP in the left menu
  3. Find word 124 and set value to 0x00008000
  4. Click Program

Using STM32_Programmer_CLI:

STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=SWD ap=1 \
    -el <path>/OTP_FUSES_STM32N6xx.stldr \
    -otp write word=124 value=0x00008000

Boot Mode Switches (JP1/JP2)

The NUCLEO-N657X0-Q has two boot mode jumpers:

Mode JP1 (BOOT0) JP2 (BOOT1) Description
Development don't care 2-3 Boot ROM waits for debugger (OpenOCD/SWD)
External flash 1-2 1-2 Boot ROM loads FSBL from XSPI2 NOR flash

For development, use JP2=2-3 to flash via OpenOCD. After flashing, switch both JP1 and JP2 to position 1-2 and press reset for autonomous boot from NOR flash.

Build Options

make TARGET=stm32n6 SIGN=ECC256

The example config uses:

  • EXT_FLASH=1 with PART_UPDATE_EXT=1 and PART_SWAP_EXT=1
  • PART_BOOT_EXT — boot partition reads use ext_flash API during updates (required because boot and update share the same XSPI2 NOR flash)
  • RAM_CODE=1 — flash functions placed in .ramcode for XIP safety
  • DEBUG_UART=1 — USART1 output for boot messages and test-app
  • Boot partition at 0x70020000 (XIP for app execution)
  • Update/swap partitions use device-relative offsets
  • 4KB sector size (WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE=0x1000)
  • ECC256 + SHA256 for signature verification

TrustZone Support (TZEN=1)

The STM32N6 Cortex-M55 always boots in secure mode. Unlike older STM32 parts (H5, L5, U5), there is no TZEN option byte — TrustZone is always available via the hardware IDAU (Implementation-Defined Attribution Unit).

wolfBoot supports two modes:

Without TrustZone (stm32n6.config): wolfBoot runs from the non-secure SRAM alias at 0x34000000. A blanket SAU NSC region covers the entire address space, allowing access to all peripherals and memory. The application boots in the same (non-secure) state.

With TrustZone (stm32n6-tz.config, TZEN=1): wolfBoot runs from the secure SRAM alias at 0x24000000. The SAU is configured with specific regions:

SAU Region Address Range Type Purpose
0 (NSC) 0x24010000–0x2401FFFF Non-Secure Callable Gateway veneers
1 (NS) 0x70000000–0x7FFFFFFF Non-Secure XSPI2 flash (app XIP)
2 (NS) 0x34000000–0x343FFFFF Non-Secure App SRAM
3 (NS) 0x40000000–0x4FFFFFFF Non-Secure Peripheral NS aliases
default all other Secure wolfBoot SRAM, secure peripherals

wolfBoot uses secure peripheral aliases (0x56xxx RCC, 0x52xxx USART, 0x58xxx XSPI2). The application runs in non-secure state and uses non-secure aliases (0x46xxx, 0x42xxx). The flash script automatically selects the correct SRAM load address based on the TZEN setting in .config.

SAU Configuration (non-TrustZone)

Without TZEN=1, wolfBoot configures SAU region 0 to cover the entire 4GB address space as Non-Secure Callable (NSC), allowing the CPU to access all peripherals and memory regions regardless of IDAU attribution.

Shared Flash: PART_BOOT_EXT

The boot and update partitions reside on the same XSPI2 NOR flash. During firmware updates, wolfBoot must read boot partition data while also issuing SPI commands to write the update/swap partitions. Since the XSPI2 cannot be in memory-mapped (XIP) and SPI command mode simultaneously, the boot partition must be accessed via SPI commands during updates.

The config sets PART_BOOT_EXT so all boot partition reads during the update swap use ext_flash_read() (SPI commands) instead of XIP. The ext_flash_* functions in hal/stm32n6.c accept both absolute memory-mapped addresses (0x70xxxxxx) and device-relative offsets, converting automatically.

The application still boots via XIP — do_boot() jumps to the memory-mapped address at 0x70020400.

XIP Constraints

Since the application executes directly from NOR flash via XSPI2 memory-mapped mode, the following constraints apply:

  • The application must NOT call hal_init() — XSPI2 is already configured by wolfBoot for memory-mapped mode. Reinitializing XSPI2 would disable XIP and crash the CPU.
  • RAM_CODE=1 must be set so that flash write functions are tagged RAMFUNCTION and placed in .ramcode. The test-app's startup code copies .ramcode to RAM, allowing wolfBoot_success() and other flash operations to execute from RAM while XSPI2 is in SPI command mode.
  • The nor_flash_write() function buffers data to a stack-local array before issuing SPI commands, since the source data pointer may reference XIP flash that becomes inaccessible when XSPI2 leaves memory-mapped mode.

UART Clock

USART1 kernel clock defaults to PCLK2. With the PLL1 configuration (IC2 = 400 MHz, AHB prescaler /2, APB2 prescaler /1), PCLK2 = 200 MHz. The BRR is calculated accordingly for 115200 baud.

Flash Script Options

The flash script supports several modes:

./tools/scripts/stm32n6_flash.sh                  # Build and flash all
./tools/scripts/stm32n6_flash.sh --skip-build      # Flash only (existing binaries)
./tools/scripts/stm32n6_flash.sh --app-only         # Flash signed app only
./tools/scripts/stm32n6_flash.sh --test-update      # Flash v1 boot + v2 update
./tools/scripts/stm32n6_flash.sh --halt             # Leave OpenOCD running

Debugging

The flash script (tools/scripts/stm32n6_flash.sh) handles the OpenOCD boot sequence end-to-end (NOR programming, SRAM load of wolfBoot, MSP/VTOR setup). For interactive debugging:

openocd -f config/openocd/openocd_stm32n6.cfg

GDB (with OpenOCD running on the default port 3333):

arm-none-eabi-gdb wolfboot.elf
target remote :3333
mon halt
add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf 0x70020400

STM32H7

The STM32H7 flash geometry must be defined beforehand.

Use the "make config" operation to generate a .config file or copy the template using cp ./config/examples/stm32h7.config .config.

Example 2MB partitioning on STM32-H753:

WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE?=0x20000
WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE?=0xD0000
WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS?=0x8020000
WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS?=0x80F0000
WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS?=0x81C0000

Build Options

The STM32H7 build can be built using:

make TARGET=stm32h7 SIGN=ECC256

The STM32H7 also supports using the QSPI for external flash. To enable use QSPI_FLASH=1 in your configuration. The pins are defined in hal/spi/spi_drv_stm32.h. A built-in alternate pin configuration can be used with QSPI_ALT_CONFIGURATION. The flash and QSPI parameters are defined in src/qspi_flash.c and can be overridden at build time.

STM32H7 Programming

ST-Link Flash Tools:

st-flash write factory.bin 0x08000000

OR

st-flash write wolfboot.bin 0x08000000
st-flash write test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x08020000

STM32H7 Testing

To sign the same application image as new version (2), use the sign tool

Python: tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 --sha256 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2

C Tool: tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 --sha256 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2

Flash the updated version 2 image: st-flash write test-app/image_v2_signed.bin 0x08120000

Upon reboot, wolfboot will elect the best candidate (version 2 in this case) and authenticate the image. If the accepted candidate image resides on BANK B (like in this case), wolfBoot will perform one bank swap before booting.

STM32H7 Debugging

  1. Start GDB server

ST-Link: st-util -p 3333

ST-Link: ST-LINK_gdbserver -d -e -r 1 -p 3333

Mac OS:

/Applications/STM32CubeIDE.app/Contents/Eclipse/plugins/com.st.stm32cube.ide.mcu.externaltools.stlink-gdb-server.macos64_2.0.300.202203231527/tools/bin/ST-LINK_gdbserver -d -cp /Applications/STM32CubeIDE.app/Contents/Eclipse/plugins/com.st.stm32cube.ide.mcu.externaltools.cubeprogrammer.macos64_2.0.200.202202231230/tools/bin -e -r 1 -p 3333
  1. Start GDB Client from wolfBoot root:
arm-none-eabi-gdb
add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf 0x08020000
mon reset init
b main
c

STM32H7S

The STM32H7S and STM32H7R (STM32H7RS series, Cortex-M7) have only 64 KB of internal user flash and are designed to run their application from external Octo-SPI NOR. wolfBoot is placed in the internal flash at 0x08000000 and keeps the boot, update and swap partitions on the external NOR, which it reaches over XSPI2. The application executes in place from the XSPI memory-mapped window at 0x70000000.

This is the same split ST uses in its own Templates_Board reference project for the part: a Boot sub-project in internal flash that brings up the external memory interface and hands off to an Appli sub-project linked into the XSPI window.

Developed against the NUCLEO-H7S3L8 (STM32H7S3L8), whose NOR is a Macronix MX25UW25645G (32 MB) on XSPI2 at 1.8 V.

Hardware status: validated end to end on a NUCLEO-H7S3L8. wolfBoot boots from internal flash, verifies an ECDSA P-256 / SHA-256 signed image on the external NOR and chain-loads it; the application executes in place and reports SYSCLK 600 MHz, HCLK 300 MHz, PCLK1 150 MHz with the XSPI2 kernel on PLL2S, read back from the live RCC registers. A version 2 update staged in the update partition swaps correctly and the application confirms it with wolfBoot_success(). The NOR reports JEDEC manufacturer 0xC2 (Macronix) device 0x8139, matching the MX25UW25645G at 32 MB and confirming FLASH_DEVICE_SIZE_LOG2. An update whose payload has been corrupted is rejected and wolfBoot continues booting the known-good image.

hal_flash_write() on the internal flash is not exercised by this layout, which keeps every partition on the external NOR, so nothing in wolfBoot writes internal flash. The 128-bit quad-word granularity it assumes was confirmed separately by driving the FLASH registers against an unused sector: both 16-byte halves of a 32-byte row program independently and read back correctly, which a 32-byte granularity would not allow.

Memory Layout

Internal flash (0x08000000, 64 KB, eight 8 KB sectors):
  0x08000000  wolfBoot + keystore

External Octo-SPI NOR on XSPI2 (memory mapped at 0x70000000):
  0x00010000  Swap partition   (one 4 KB sector,  device relative)
  0x00020000  Boot partition   (4 MB, 0x70020000 memory mapped)
  0x00420000  Update partition (4 MB, device relative)

The boot partition is configured at its absolute memory-mapped address because the application's vector table has to be fetchable there. Update and swap are device-relative offsets. ext_flash_addr() in hal/stm32h7s.c accepts either form.

Build Options

cp config/examples/stm32h7s.config .config
make keytools
make

Board-specific values are overridable defaults in hal/stm32h7s.h: the device geometry (FLASH_DEVICE_SIZE_LOG2, FLASH_PAGE_SIZE, FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE), the interface rate (OCTOSPI_MAX_HZ), the XSPI pin bank (OCTOSPI_GPIO_*) and the console (UART_BASE, UART_PCLK). A board with a different NOR on XSPI2 should not need the HAL body changed.

Only XSPI2 is supported. OCTOSPI_BASE and OCTOSPI_MEM_BASE move the register and window addresses, but octospi_init() enables and resets XSPI2 specifically and clock_config() selects the XSPI2 kernel clock, so a board wiring the NOR to XSPI1 needs those changed as well.

wolfBoot and the application live in different address spaces, so no contiguous factory.bin is produced; the build emits wolfboot.bin and test-app/image_v1_signed.bin separately.

The memory-mapped window has to stay live

octospi_init() leaves XSPI2 memory mapped, and it has to: wolfBoot_start() in src/update_flash.c dereferences boot.hdr directly, and for an external boot partition that is the raw device address. With the window down that read is a precise bus fault at the partition address. The same constraint is why hal/stm32n6.c keeps its window mapped.

An indirect SPI command must drop the window, so each ext_flash_* operation records whether it was mapped on entry and restores it before returning. That matters twice over: for wolfBoot, because core code dereferences the partition address; and for an application executing in place, whose first trailer write would otherwise unmap the memory it is about to return into.

ext_flash_read() still issues a real FAST_READ_4B command rather than reading through the window, so wolfBoot's own partition reads do not depend on the mapping even though it is enabled. The config sets PART_BOOT_EXT so boot-partition accesses take that path too.

Clocks

The device comes out of reset on HSI at 64 MHz. hal_init() raises it, using ST's reference dividers for this part:

PLL1: HSI 64 MHz / M=32 -> 2 MHz, x N=300 -> 600 MHz VCO, P=1
  SYSCLK          600 MHz   (CPU prescaler /1)
  HCLK (AXI/AHB)  300 MHz   (/2)
  APB1/2/4/5      150 MHz   (/2)
  Flash latency 7 with WRHIGHFREQ, voltage scaling range 0

PLL2: HSI 64 MHz / M=4 -> 16 MHz, x N=25 -> 400 MHz VCO, S=2
  XSPI2 kernel    200 MHz

The regulator and the flash wait states are raised before the frequency, and the bus prescalers are set before the system clock is switched over, so no domain is ever briefly out of spec.

PLL2 is there because the XSPI2 kernel clock defaults to HCLK. Left alone it would tie the NOR interface rate to the bus clock, so raising the core would overclock the flash. Driving the kernel from PLL2 decouples them, and OCTOSPI_PRESCALER is derived from OCTOSPI_KERNEL_HZ and OCTOSPI_MAX_HZ rather than hardcoded, so the NOR stays within its rated rate if the clock tree is retuned.

Build with STM32H7S_HSI_ONLY=1 to skip all of this and stay on the 64 MHz reset clock. Everything derived from the clock tree follows, including the UART divisor and the XSPI prescaler, so the console and the flash still work; it is a smaller thing to debug if a board does not come up. Because it is a make variable rather than a .config entry, run make distclean when switching it, or the previous build is reused.

Core and XSPI supply

Nothing runs before wolfBoot on this part, so hal_init() configures the supply itself. The low five bits of PWR_CSR2 select the core supply topology, are write-once after a power-on reset, and come out of reset with both SDEN and LDOEN set, which means "not yet selected". Until a selection is committed and PWR_SR1.ACTVOSRDY rises, a write to PWR_CSR4.VOS does not take effect and VOSRDY never rises. The example configuration selects the internal LDO, which is how the NUCLEO-H7S3L8 is wired; override PWR_SUPPLY_CONFIG for a board using the SMPS.

PWR_CSR2.EN_XSPIM2 switches on the XSPI I/O supply and is also off after a power-on reset, so it is set once the core supply is stable. Without it the NOR cannot be read and opening the boot partition fails.

Only a true power-on reset returns PWR to the unconfigured state. A software reset, NRST, a debugger attach, or programming through ST's external memory loader all leave a working configuration behind, so a port that omits this appears to boot fine and only fails once power is actually removed.

Bootloader self-update is off

RAM_CODE is 0 in the example configuration. It would compile in the bootloader self-update path, which erases WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS - ARCH_FLASH_OFFSET bytes from the start of internal flash. With wolfBoot in internal flash and the partitions on the NOR that length is far larger than the 64 KB device, so the erase is refused and a self-update would be written into flash that was never erased.

The bootloader does not otherwise need RAMFUNCTION: it executes from internal flash and only ever writes the external NOR. The application does need it, so test-app/Makefile sets -DRAM_CODE for this target directly, which is what places the HAL's NOR routines in .ramcode.

HSLV option bytes

The XSPI2 I/O bank on the NUCLEO-H7S3L8 runs at 1.8 V. Driving the interface above its low-voltage rate requires the VDDIO_HSLV and XSPI2_HSLV user option bits:

STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd sn=<SN> mode=UR \
    -ob VDDIO_HSLV=1 XSPI2_HSLV=1

OCTOSPI_MAX_HZ defaults to 50 MHz, a single-SPI rate that does not depend on those bits. Raise it only once they are programmed.

STM32H7S Programming

tools/scripts/stm32h7s_flash.sh does all of the below, including picking a new enough CubeProgrammer and the right external loader:

STLINK_SERIAL=<SN> ./tools/scripts/stm32h7s_flash.sh               # build + flash
STLINK_SERIAL=<SN> ./tools/scripts/stm32h7s_flash.sh --test-update # stage a v2
STLINK_SERIAL=<SN> ./tools/scripts/stm32h7s_flash.sh --probe       # identify only

make flash runs it with --skip-build. The manual commands follow.

Use a CubeProgrammer of 2.23 or newer. Older releases have been seen either not to enumerate this board's ST-LINK at all, or to leave it in firmware-upgrade mode, which needs a USB replug to recover.

Pass sn=<SN> on every command when more than one ST-LINK is attached, otherwise the tool picks the first one it finds.

Program wolfBoot into internal flash:

STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd sn=<SN> mode=UR \
    -d wolfboot.bin 0x08000000 -v

Program the signed application into the boot partition on the external NOR. This needs an external loader for the XSPI device:

STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd sn=<SN> mode=UR \
    -el <CubeProgrammer>/bin/ExternalLoader/MX25UW25645G_NUCLEO-H7S3L8.stldr \
    -d test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x70020000 -v

STM32H7S Testing

Sign the same application as version 2 and write it to the update partition:

IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=1024 tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 --sha256 \
    test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=swd sn=<SN> mode=UR \
    -el <CubeProgrammer>/bin/ExternalLoader/MX25UW25645G_NUCLEO-H7S3L8.stldr \
    -d test-app/image_v2_signed.bin 0x70420000 -v

IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=1024 is not optional. The sign tool defaults to a 256-byte manifest, and this target's .config sets 1024, so omitting it produces an image whose firmware starts at the wrong offset. wolfBoot then reads the header fine but hashes the wrong bytes and reports Update verify failed: Hdr 1, Hash 0, Sig 0.

On reset wolfBoot verifies the update, swaps it into the boot partition and boots it. The test-app prints its version over USART3 (PD8/PD9, 115200) on the ST-LINK virtual COM port, and calls wolfBoot_success() once running as version 2.

STM32H7S Debugging

openocd -c "adapter serial <SN>" -f config/openocd/openocd_stm32h7s.cfg

then from the wolfBoot root:

arm-none-eabi-gdb
add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf 0x70020400
mon reset init
b main
c

The application symbols are offset by IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE (1024) from the boot partition address.

NXP LPC546xx

This covers the LPC546xx series (Cortex-M4F with internal NOR flash), using the NXP MCUXpresso SDK. Tested on LPC54606J512.

For the LPC540xx / LPC54S0xx SPIFI-boot series (no internal flash), see the next section.

Build Options

The build can be obtained by specifying the CPU type and the MCUXpresso SDK path at compile time.

The following configuration has been tested against LPC54606J512BD208:

make TARGET=lpc SIGN=ECC256 MCUXPRESSO?=/path/to/LPC54606J512/SDK
    MCUXPRESSO_CPU?=LPC54606J512BD208 \
    MCUXPRESSO_DRIVERS?=$(MCUXPRESSO)/devices/LPC54606 \
    MCUXPRESSO_CMSIS?=$(MCUXPRESSO)/CMSIS

Loading the firmware

Loading with JLink (example: LPC54606J512)

JLinkExe -device LPC606J512 -if SWD -speed 4000
erase
loadbin factory.bin 0
r
h
JLinkGDBServer -device LPC606J512 -if SWD -speed 4000 -port 3333

Then, from another console:

arm-none-eabi-gdb wolfboot.elf -ex "target remote localhost:3333"
(gdb) add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf 0x0000a100

Nuvoton NuMaker M2354 (NuMicro M2354)

The NuMicro M2354 is a Cortex-M23 (ARMv8-M baseline) part with 1 MB of APROM in two 512 KB banks, 16 KB of LDROM, and 256 KB of SRAM, running at up to 96 MHz. The reference board is the NuMaker-M2354. Flash erases in 2048 byte pages and programs one 32-bit word at a time through the FMC ISP engine.

wolfBoot drives the hardware directly and does not build against the Nuvoton M2354 BSP. The ISP engine is a four register handshake and the clock tree needs three writes, so the HAL in hal/m2354.c is self-contained. The BSP is useful as a register reference only.

This is currently a non-TrustZone target: TZEN is 0 and wolfBoot plus the application both run in the secure world, which is where a non-TrustZone M2354 application runs anyway.

Flash layout (m2354.config)

0x00000000  wolfBoot            64 KB
0x00010000  BOOT partition     448 KB
0x00080000  UPDATE partition   448 KB   <- start of APROM bank 1
0x000F0000  SWAP                 2 KB   (one page)
0x000F0800  unused              62 KB

The UPDATE partition deliberately begins on the bank 1 boundary so that a future DUALBANK_SWAP configuration remains possible.

Clock and UART

Out of reset HCLK runs from HIRC, the 12 MHz internal RC oscillator. hal_init() starts the 12 MHz crystal, runs it through the PLL to 96 MHz (NR=2, NF=16, output divider 2) and switches HCLK over. Each wait is bounded and falls through on timeout, so a board with no crystal populated still boots at the reset clock rather than hanging in the bootloader.

UART0 is deliberately left on HIRC rather than HCLK, so the console baud rate does not move when the PLL engages and a failed PLL bring-up still prints.

The console is UART0 at 115200 8N1 on PA6 (RXD) / PA7 (TXD), which the NuMaker-M2354 routes to the Nu-Link2-Me virtual COM port. These were confirmed on the board. UART0 has eleven possible pin pairs on this part and choosing the wrong one fails silently: the UART reports its transmitter empty exactly as it would if the bytes had reached the host.

Building

cp config/examples/m2354.config .config
make keysclean
make

IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE is 1024 rather than the wolfBoot default of 256. do_boot() programs VTOR with the application's address, and the low bits of VTOR are RES0: the M2354 implements 132 exceptions (16 system plus 116 external), so the vector table must be 1024-aligned. At the default header size the application would land 256-aligned and its exception fetches would resolve to the wrong address.

The default configuration signs with ECC256 / SHA256 and builds with NO_ASM=0, which selects sp_armthumb.c, the Thumb-1 SP assembly tier shared with Cortex-M0. Do not select the Cortex-M33 tier: sp_cortexm.S is Thumb-2 and will not assemble for ARMv8-M baseline.

The assembly tier matters at boot, because signature verification is the one latency a user notices. Measured on a NuMaker-M2354, from reset to the application's first output, with a small test image:

SP math Boot latency wolfBoot size
NO_ASM=1 (sp_c32.c, portable C) 2619 ms 19,192 bytes
NO_ASM=0 (sp_armthumb.c, Thumb-1 assembly) 623 ms 22,084 bytes

That is one ECDSA P-256 verification plus a SHA-256 over the image, so the absolute saving grows with firmware size while the extra 2,892 bytes does not. NO_ASM=1 still builds and boots if a smaller bootloader matters more than boot time.

NO_MPU=1 is required. wolfBoot's MPU code uses the ARMv7-M MPU_RASR programming model, which is not valid on any ARMv8-M part.

Flashing

Use pyOCD, which ships a builtin target definition for this part:

pyocd erase -t m2354kjfae --chip
pyocd flash -t m2354kjfae factory.bin

Upstream OpenOCD cannot program the M2354: its numicro flash driver has no entry for this part. The NuMaker-M2354's on-board Nu-Link2-Me also presents a USB mass-storage device that programs APROM from a dropped .bin, which works without any host tool.

Flash programming performance

A full update cycle - swap, verify and boot - takes about 4 seconds on the board with a small application image.

Two things get it there, and it is worth knowing which one mattered. The obvious optimisation was the write path: hal_flash_write() uses the FMC multi-word command to program 16 bytes per ISP operation instead of one 32-bit word, cutting ISP round trips by 4x. Measured on hardware, that made no difference at all to update time.

The cost was in the erase. After a swap, wolfBoot erases the remainder of both partitions, which is 440 page erases at roughly 88 ms each, and that alone accounted for 39 of the original 47 seconds. Reading a 2 KB page back to check whether it is already blank takes tens of microseconds, so hal_flash_erase() skips pages that already read as erased. In the common case most of an update partition is already blank and the erase phase all but disappears: 47 seconds down to 4.

The multi-word write path is kept because it is correct and tested, and it will matter for application images large enough for programming time to register. It simply is not what dominates a typical update on this part.

Testing an update

make test-app/image_v2_signed.bin WOLFBOOT_VERSION=2
pyocd flash -t m2354kjfae --base-address 0x80000 test-app/image_v2_signed.bin

The test application prints its version over UART0. Version 1 sets the update flag and resets; wolfBoot then performs the swap and boots version 2, which calls wolfBoot_success() so the update sticks.

TrustZone (m2354-tz.config)

config/examples/m2354-tz.config builds wolfBoot into the secure world, with the application non-secure.

Note the alias polarity, which is the opposite of the NXP ARMv8-M parts: on the M2354 the secure view is the base address and the non-secure view is base + 0x10000000. Secure flash is 0x00000000, non-secure flash 0x10000000; secure SRAM is 0x20000000, non-secure SRAM 0x30000000; non-secure peripherals are at 0x50000000.

Secure (bank 0, NSCBA = 0x00080000):
  0x00000000  wolfBoot secure image        120 KB
  0x0001E000  NSC secure-gateway veneers     8 KB
  SRAM 0x20000000                           96 KB

Non-secure (bank 1, at the +0x10000000 alias):
  0x10080000  BOOT partition               252 KB
  0x100BF000  UPDATE partition             252 KB
  0x100FE000  SWAP                           2 KB
  SRAM 0x30018000                          160 KB

hal_init() programs the SAU and the SCU on every boot. hal_prepare_boot() then hands UART0 and its pins to the non-secure world, so wolfBoot keeps the console for the whole of verification.

IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE is 1024 because the non-secure vector table must be aligned to a power of two at least its own size, and the M2354 has 132 vector entries.

NSCBA is a provisioning step

The secure/non-secure flash split is fixed by NSCBA, a flash configuration word at 0x00210800, not by a register, and it only takes effect after a chip reset. wolfBoot only ever reads it back: hal_init() compares the live value in SCU->FNSADDR against what the build was linked for and panics on a mismatch, because the SAU regions and the linker script would otherwise describe a layout the hardware does not have. A bootloader that reprograms its own secure boundary at runtime is a good way to brick a part.

Provision it once, before the first TrustZone boot:

./tools/scripts/set-m2354-nscba.sh 0x80000

Set M2354_PROBE first if more than one debug probe is attached. The script drives the FMC ISP engine over SWD to erase and reprogram the config word, then resets and prints SCU->FNSADDR so you can confirm the boundary took. This mirrors what tools/scripts/set-stm32-tz-option-bytes.sh does for the STM32 TrustZone targets.

A wrong value is not permanent: pyocd erase -t m2354kjfae --chip returns NSCBA to its erased state. Note that a chip erase therefore also removes the provisioning, so it must be re-run after one.

Hardware validation

The TrustZone configuration has been run on a NuMaker-M2354. wolfBoot boots secure, verifies the signed image, and hands off to the non-secure application through BLXNS; the application reads its version back through the wolfBoot_nsc_* secure-gateway veneers. A full update completes across the security boundary: the update partition lives in non-secure flash, and the secure world programs it through the FMC ISP engine without difficulty, so there is no equivalent of the STM32 SECBB claim/release dance.

Building and flashing

Because the secure and non-secure views are 256 MB apart in the address map, no contiguous factory.bin is produced. Flash the two images separately, at their physical addresses:

cp config/examples/m2354-tz.config .config
make keysclean
make
pyocd flash -t m2354kjfae --base-address 0x0     wolfboot.bin
pyocd flash -t m2354kjfae --base-address 0x80000 test-app/image_v1_signed.bin

NXP LPC540xx / LPC54S0xx (SPIFI boot)

This section covers the LPC540xx and LPC54S0xx family (LPC54005, LPC54016, LPC54018, LPC54S005, LPC54S016, LPC54S018, and the "M" in-package-flash variants LPC54018M / LPC54S018M). These are Cortex-M4F parts at 180 MHz with no internal NOR flash — all code executes from SPIFI-mapped QSPI flash at address 0x10000000. The boot ROM loads the image from SPIFI via an "enhanced boot block" descriptor embedded in the vector table area.

The wolfBoot HAL (hal/nxp_lpc54s0xx.c) is bare-metal (no NXP SDK dependency) and targets this whole SPIFI-boot subseries. It has been verified on the LPC54S018M-EVK, which uses an on-package Winbond W25Q32JV (4MB) and provides an on-board Link2 debug probe (CMSIS-DAP / J-Link) with a VCOM UART on Flexcomm0. Other members of the family should work after adjusting the SPIFI device configuration words to match the attached QSPI part and sector size.

Because flash erase/write operations disable XIP (execute-in-place), all flash programming functions must run from RAM. The configuration uses RAM_CODE=1 to ensure this.

LPC54S018M: Link2 debug probe setup

The LPC54S018M-EVK has an on-board LPC-Link2 debug probe (LPC4322). The probe firmware determines the debug protocol: CMSIS-DAP or J-Link. J-Link firmware is recommended for use with wolfBoot.

Jumper JP5 controls the Link2 boot mode:

  • Installed (normal): Link2 runs from its internal flash (debug probe mode)
  • Removed (DFU): Link2 enters DFU mode for firmware programming

To program J-Link firmware onto the Link2:

  1. Remove JP5 and power cycle the board. The Link2 enters DFU mode (USB 1fc9:000c).

  2. Install NXP LinkServer which includes LPCScrypt.

  3. Boot LPCScrypt onto the Link2 (requires sudo or udev rules):

sudo /usr/local/LinkServer/lpcscrypt/scripts/boot_lpcscrypt
  1. Identify the LPCScrypt serial port and program J-Link firmware:
# Find the new ttyACM device created after boot_lpcscrypt
ls -lt /dev/ttyACM*

# Program J-Link firmware (replace /dev/ttyACMx with the correct port)
sudo /usr/local/LinkServer/lpcscrypt/bin/lpcscrypt -d /dev/ttyACMx \
    program /usr/local/LinkServer/lpcscrypt/probe_firmware/LPCLink2/Firmware_JLink_LPC-Link2_20230502.bin BankA
  1. Re-install JP5 and power cycle the board. The Link2 should now enumerate as a Segger J-Link USB device.

Note: If uart-monitor or another tool has the serial port open, you must release it first (e.g., uart-monitor yield /dev/ttyACMx) before running lpcscrypt.

To program CMSIS-DAP firmware instead (for use with pyocd/OpenOCD):

sudo /usr/local/LinkServer/lpcscrypt/bin/lpcscrypt -d /dev/ttyACMx \
    program /usr/local/LinkServer/lpcscrypt/probe_firmware/LPCLink2/LPC432x_CMSIS_DAP_V5_460.bin.hdr BankA

LPC54S018M: Toolchain

This port uses bare-metal register access and does not require the NXP MCUXpresso SDK. Only an ARM GCC toolchain (arm-none-eabi-gcc) and pyocd are needed.

pip install pyocd
pyocd pack install LPC54S018J4MET180

LPC54S018M: Flash partition layout

The 4MB SPIFI flash is partitioned as follows:

Region Address Size
wolfBoot 0x10000000 64KB
Boot (app) 0x10010000 960KB
Update 0x10100000 960KB
Swap sector 0x101F0000 4KB

The sector size is 4KB, matching the W25Q32JV minimum erase size.

LPC54S018M: Configuring and compiling

Copy the example configuration file and build with make:

cp config/examples/nxp_lpc54s0xx.config .config
make

This produces factory.bin containing wolfBoot + the signed test application.

LPC54S018M: Loading the firmware

The on-board Link2 debugger supports both CMSIS-DAP and J-Link protocols. See Link2 debug probe setup for programming the probe firmware.

Using JLink (Link2 with J-Link firmware):

JLinkExe -device LPC54S018M -if SWD -speed 4000
loadbin factory.bin 0x10000000
r
g

Using pyocd (Link2 with CMSIS-DAP firmware):

pyocd pack install LPC54S018J4MET180
pyocd flash -t LPC54S018J4MET180 factory.bin --base-address 0x10000000
pyocd reset -t LPC54S018J4MET180

Note: The LPC54S018M boot ROM requires two post-processing steps on wolfboot.bin before the chip can boot from SPIFI flash. Both are applied automatically by the top-level Makefile (see the wolfboot.bin: rule, gated on TARGET=nxp_lpc54s0xx), so no user action is needed — but they are documented here because the patched binary will not match the ELF output and this affects any external flashing or signing workflow.

  1. Vector table checksum (offset 0x1C): The boot ROM validates that the sum of the first 8 words of the vector table (SP, Reset, NMI, HardFault, MemManage, BusFault, UsageFault, checksum) equals zero. The build computes ck = (-sum_of_first_7_words) & 0xFFFFFFFF and writes ck at offset 0x1C. If this checksum is wrong, the boot ROM enters ISP mode (USB DFU / UART autobaud) instead of booting from SPIFI.

  2. Enhanced boot block (at offset 0x160, pointed to by offset 0x24): A 100-byte structure (25 × uint32) that the boot ROM reads before jumping to the application, to configure the SPIFI controller for quad I/O fast read XIP. Key fields:

    • 0xFEEDA5A5 magic word
    • Image type / image load address (0x10000000) / image size
    • 0xEDDC94BD signature (matches the pointer at offset 0x24)
    • SPIFI device configuration words (0x001640EF, 0x1301001D, 0x04030050, 0x14110D09) — these describe the W25Q32JV command set, dummy cycles, and timing
    • Offset 0x24 contains {0xEDDC94BD, 0x160} — the marker plus the pointer to the block itself

    Without this block the boot ROM leaves SPIFI in slow single-lane read mode (or unconfigured), and XIP either fails or runs far below spec.

The build prints both [LPC] enhanced boot block and vector checksum: 0xXXXXXXXX lines when these steps run — absence of either message means the binary is not bootable on this chip.

LPC54S018M: Testing firmware update

The helper script tools/scripts/nxp-lpc54s0xx-flash.sh automates the full build → sign → flash cycle for the LPC54S018M-EVK:

  1. Copies config/examples/nxp_lpc54s0xx.config to .config
  2. Runs make to produce factory.bin (wolfBoot + signed v1 test-app)
  3. Parses the active .config to resolve partition and trailer addresses
  4. Erases the BOOT and UPDATE partition trailer sectors (clean boot state)
  5. Flashes factory.bin to SPIFI at 0x10000000 via pyocd
  6. Optionally signs a v2 test-app and flashes it to the update partition to exercise the swap-and-confirm update flow

It drives pyocd with CMSIS-DAP firmware on the on-board Link2 probe. Override CONFIG_FILE, PYOCD_TARGET, or CROSS_COMPILE via environment variables to adapt the script to other LPC540xx/LPC54S0xx boards. Run with --help for the full option list.

# Build and flash v1 only
./tools/scripts/nxp-lpc54s0xx-flash.sh

# Build, sign v2, and flash both (full update test)
./tools/scripts/nxp-lpc54s0xx-flash.sh --test-update

# Flash existing images without rebuilding
./tools/scripts/nxp-lpc54s0xx-flash.sh --test-update --skip-build

Manual steps (if not using the script):

  1. Build and flash factory.bin (version 1). USR_LED1 (P3.14) lights up.

  2. Sign a version 2 update image and load it to the update partition:

# Build update image (version 2)
./tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2

Using JLink:

JLinkExe -device LPC54S018M -if SWD -speed 4000
loadbin test-app/image_v2_signed.bin 0x10100000
r
g

Using pyocd:

pyocd flash -t LPC54S018J4MET180 test-app/image_v2_signed.bin --base-address 0x10100000
  1. The test application detects the update, triggers a swap via wolfBoot_update_trigger(), and resets. After the swap (~60 seconds), USR_LED2 (P3.3) lights up indicating version 2 is running.

  2. The application calls wolfBoot_success() to confirm the update and prevent rollback.

LPC54S018M: LED indicators

The test application uses three user LEDs (accent LEDs, active low):

LED GPIO Meaning
USR_LED1 P3.14 Version 1 running
USR_LED2 P3.3 Version 2+ running
USR_LED3 P2.2 Update activity in progress

Note: The firmware swap takes approximately 60 seconds due to the SPIFI controller mode-switch overhead for each of the 240 sector operations (960KB partition with 4KB sectors).

JLinkGDBServer -device LPC54S018M -if SWD -speed 4000 -port 3333

Then, from another console:

arm-none-eabi-gdb wolfboot.elf -ex "target remote localhost:3333"
(gdb) add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf 0x10010100

Note: The image.elf symbol offset is the boot partition address (0x10010000) plus the wolfBoot image header size (0x100).

NXP LPC55S69

The NXP LPC55S69 is a dual-core Cortex-M33 microcontroller. The support has been tested on the LPCXpresso55S69 board (LPC55S69-EVK), with the on-board LINK2 configured in the default CMSIS-DAP mode.

This requires the NXP MCUXpresso SDK. We tested using mcuxsdk-manifests and CMSIS_5 placed under "../NXP".

To set up the MCUXpresso SDK:

cd ../NXP

# Install west
python -m venv west-venv
source west-venv/bin/activate
pip install west

# Set up the repository
west init -m https://github.com/nxp-mcuxpresso/mcuxsdk-manifests.git mcuxpresso-sdk
cd mcuxpresso-sdk
west update_board --set board lpcxpresso55s69

deactivate

LPC55S69: Hardware Acceleration

wolfBoot / wolfCrypt provide support for the LPC55S69's hardware acceleration blocks, to improve performance of various crypto algorithms. By default, this support is turned off in the config files, and all crypto is software based. To turn on hardware acceleration, set PKA=1 in the config file.

Basic hardware acceleration supported:

  • SHA1
  • SHA-256
  • AES-ECB (128, 192, 256 key sizes)
  • AES-CBC (128, 192, 256 key sizes)
  • AES-OFB (128, 192, 256 key sizes)
  • AES-CFB (128, 192, 256 key sizes)
  • AES-CTR (128, 192, 256 key sizes)
    • User must avoid counter wrap of all ff's to 0, as this fails in the hardware

See Test and Benchmark for a comparison with and without hardware acceleration.

LPC55S69: Hardware PUF (HWPUF)

wolfBoot / wolfCrypt provide support for the LPC55S69's SRAM PUF (Physically Unclonable Function), which provides root of trust, identity, and key generation & storage, without the need to expose keys during manufacturing. Keys of size 128, 192, and 256 bits are supported. To turn on HWPUF, set HWPUF=1 in the config file (see below).

LPC55S69: Example Configurations

The following example configurations are provided:

  • lpc55s69.config:

    • Both wolfBoot and the test-app live in the non-secure realm
    • Set PKA=1 in the config file to turn on hardware acceleration (off by default)
  • lpc55s69-benchmark.config:

    • Same as lpc55s69.config, but turns on test and benchmark code
    • Set PKA=1 in the config file to turn on hardware acceleration (off by default)
  • lpc55s69-tz.config:

    • wolfBoot lives in the secure realm, test-app lives in the non-secure realm
    • Provides a standard PKCS #11 api to interface with crypto algs in the secure realm
  • lpc55s69-tz-psa.config:

    • wolfBoot lives in the secure realm, test-app lives in the non-secure realm
    • Provides a standard PSA api to interface with crypto algs in the secure realm
    • Provides an example of PSA Attestation
    • To turn on HWPUF for use with attestation, set the following in the config file:
      • WOLFBOOT_UDS_UID_FALLBACK_FORTEST=0
      • HWPUF=1
      • WOLFBOOT_HWPUF_PROVISION=1

Summary of configurables applicable to all lpc55s69 example configurations:

  • PKA : Turn on/off hardware acceleration of crypto algs
  • HWPUF : Turn on/off support for the hardware PUF
  • WOLFBOOT_HWPUF_PROVISION : Turn on/off auto-provisioning of the HWPUF on first boot. Performs PUF enrollment and generates a UDS key for device attestation. Stores PUF keycodes in a known flash location and uses them when necessary.
  • WOLFBOOT_HWPUF_PROV_ADDRESS : Flash address of the 4 KB PUF provisioning record (default 0x80000, page aligned). The build fails if it overlaps the boot, update or swap partition or the protected flash region (0x9DE00 and up), or if it lies below the boot partition (wolfBoot, keyvault and NSC). The activation code and key code are written first and verified, then a commit word is written in the last page of the record. Provisioning only runs when that commit page is erased (or all 0xFF), so a provisioning interrupted before the commit is redone on the next boot. A record in any other state is never silently replaced, because that would change the device identity: attestation fails until the region is erased. This includes the rare case where power is lost while the commit page itself is being erased or programmed.

HWPUF=1 cannot be combined with WOLFBOOT_UDS_UID_FALLBACK_FORTEST=1. With TZEN=1 the PUF is reachable only from the secure world (it is excluded from the non-secure SAU regions and is not linked into the non-secure test-app).

LPC55S69: Configuring and compiling

Copy the example configuration file and build with make:

cp config/examples/lpc55s69.config .config
make

LPC55S69: Loading the firmware

Download and install the LinkServer tool: @NXP: LinkServer for microcontrollers

NOTE: The LPCXpresso55S69's on-board LINK2 debugger comes loaded with CMSIS-DAP protocol, but it can be optionally updated to use JLink protocol instead. See the EVK user manual for how to do this, if desired. The below examples were tested with the default CMSIS-DAP protocol. CMSIS-DAP is supported by default in the MCUXpresso IDE for debugging purposes.

Connect a USB cable from your development PC to P6 on the dev board.

Open a terminal to the virtual COM port with putty or similar app, settings 115200-N-8-1.

LPC55S69: Testing firmware factory.bin

  1. Erase the entire flash:
LinkServer flash LPC55S69 erase
  1. Program the factory.bin, which contains both wolfBoot and the test-app version 1:
LinkServer flash LPC55S69 load factory.bin:0

NOTE: See tools/scripts/lpc55s69/lpc55s69_flash_factory_bin.cmm for the lauterbach equivalent of 1 and 2 combined.

  1. The LED will light up blue to indicate version 1 of the firmware is running. You should also see output like this in the terminal window:
lpc55s69 init
Boot partition: 0xD000 (sz 22460, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Partition 1 header magic 0xFFFFFFFF invalid at 0x18000
Boot partition: 0xD000 (sz 22460, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Booting version: 0x1

==================================
LPC55S69 wolfBoot demo Application
Copyright 2026 wolfSSL Inc
==================================
    boot:   ver=0x1 state=0xFF
    update: ver=0x0 state=0xFF
Calling wolfBoot_success()
    boot:   ver=0x1 state=0x00
    update: ver=0x0 state=0xFF

LPC55S69: Testing firmware update

  1. Sign the test-app with version 2:
./tools/keytools/sign --ecc384 --sha256 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
  1. Flash v2 update binary to your .config's WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS

Example:

LinkServer flash LPC55S69 load test-app/image_v2_signed.bin:0x18000

NOTE: See tools/scripts/lpc55s69/lpc55s69_flash_update.cmm for the lauterbach equivalent.

  1. You should see output like this in the terminal window:
lpc55s69 init
Boot partition: 0xD000 (sz 22460, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Update partition: 0x18000 (sz 22460, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Boot partition: 0xD000 (sz 22460, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Booting version: 0x1

==================================
LPC55S69 wolfBoot demo Application
Copyright 2026 wolfSSL Inc
==================================
    boot:   ver=0x1 state=0x00
    update: ver=0x2 state=0xFF
Update detected, version: 0x2
Triggering update...
    boot:   ver=0x1 state=0x00
    update: ver=0x2 state=0x70
...done. Reboot to apply.
  1. Press the RESET button to reboot

  2. The LED will light up green to indicate version 2 of the firmware is running. You should also see output like this in the terminal window:

lpc55s69 init
Update partition: 0x18000 (sz 22460, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Boot partition: 0xD000 (sz 22460, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Update partition: 0x18000 (sz 22460, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Starting Update (fallback allowed 0)
Update partition: 0x18000 (sz 22460, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Boot partition: 0xD000 (sz 22460, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Versions: Current 0x1, Update 0x2
Copy sector 0 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 0 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 0 (part 2->0)
Boot partition: 0xD000 (sz 22460, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Update partition: 0x18000 (sz 22460, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Copy sector 1 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 1 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 1 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 2 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 2 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 2 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 3 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 3 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 3 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 4 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 4 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 4 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 5 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 5 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 5 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 6 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 6 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 6 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 7 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 7 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 7 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 8 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 8 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 8 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 9 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 9 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 9 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 10 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 10 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 10 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 11 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 11 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 11 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 12 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 12 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 12 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 13 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 13 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 13 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 14 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 14 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 14 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 15 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 15 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 15 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 16 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 16 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 16 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 17 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 17 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 17 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 18 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 18 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 18 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 19 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 19 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 19 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 20 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 20 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 20 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 21 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 21 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 21 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 22 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 22 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 22 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 23 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 23 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 23 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 24 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 24 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 24 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 25 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 25 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 25 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 26 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 26 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 26 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 27 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 27 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 27 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 28 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 28 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 28 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 29 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 29 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 29 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 30 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 30 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 30 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 31 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 31 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 31 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 32 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 32 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 32 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 33 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 33 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 33 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 34 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 34 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 34 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 35 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 35 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 35 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 36 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 36 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 36 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 37 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 37 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 37 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 38 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 38 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 38 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 39 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 39 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 39 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 40 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 40 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 40 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 41 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 41 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 41 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 42 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 42 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 42 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 43 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 43 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 43 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 44 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 44 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 44 (part 2->0)
Erasing remainder of partition (41 sectors)...
Boot partition: 0xD000 (sz 22460, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Update partition: 0x18000 (sz 22460, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Copy sector 85 (part 0->2)
Copied boot sector to swap
Boot partition: 0xD000 (sz 22460, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Booting version: 0x2

==================================
LPC55S69 wolfBoot demo Application
Copyright 2026 wolfSSL Inc
==================================
    boot:   ver=0x2 state=0x10
    update: ver=0x1 state=0xFF
Calling wolfBoot_success()
    boot:   ver=0x2 state=0x00
    update: ver=0x1 state=0xFF

LPC55S69: Debugging

Debugging with GDB:

Note: We include a .gdbinit in the wolfBoot root that loads the wolfboot and test-app elf files.

In one terminal: LinkServer gdbserver LPC55S69

In another terminal use gdb:

b main
mon reset
c

NOTE: See tools/scripts/lpc55s69/lpc55s69_debug.cmm for the lauterbach equivalent.

LPC55S69 Test and Benchmark

Here is an example of how to run wolfCrypt test and benchmarking on actual hardware.

  1. Start with lpc55s69-benchmark.config
  • By default, the config file has PKA?=0, which means hardware acceleration of crypto is off. Let's try that first.
cp config/examples/lpc55s69-benchmark.config .config
make clean
make
  1. Flash the factory.bin and reboot...
lpc55s69 init
Boot partition: 0x10000 (sz 162932, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Partition 1 header magic 0xFFFFFFFF invalid at 0x3B000
Boot partition: 0x10000 (sz 162932, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Booting version: 0x1

==================================
LPC55S69 wolfBoot demo Application
Copyright 2026 wolfSSL Inc
==================================
    boot:   ver=0x1 state=0xFF
    update: ver=0x0 state=0xFF
Calling wolfBoot_success()
    boot:   ver=0x1 state=0x00
    update: ver=0x0 state=0xFF

Running wolfCrypt tests...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 wolfSSL version 5.9.1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
macro    test passed!
error    test passed!
MEMORY   test passed!
asn      test passed!
SHA-256  test passed!
SHA-384  test passed!
SHA-512  test passed!
SHA-512/224  test passed!
SHA-512/256  test passed!
RANDOM   test passed!
Hash     test passed!
HMAC-SHA256 test passed!
HMAC-SHA384 test passed!
HMAC-SHA512 test passed!
GMAC     test passed!
AES      test passed!
AES192   test passed!
AES256   test passed!
AES-CBC  test passed!
AES-CTR  test passed!
AES-OFB  test passed!
AES-GCM  test passed!
AES-CFB  test passed!
ECC      test passed!
ECC buffer test passed!
logging  test passed!
mutex    test passed!
memcb    test passed!
Test complete
Tests complete.


Running wolfCrypt benchmarks...
wolfCrypt Benchmark (block bytes 1024, min 1.0 sec each)
RNG SHA-256 DRBG         325 KiB took 1.044 seconds, 311.302 KiB/s
AES-128-CBC-enc          350 KiB took 1.051 seconds, 333.016 KiB/s
AES-128-CBC-dec          350 KiB took 1.057 seconds, 331.125 KiB/s
AES-192-CBC-enc          300 KiB took 1.035 seconds, 289.855 KiB/s
AES-192-CBC-dec          300 KiB took 1.040 seconds, 288.461 KiB/s
AES-256-CBC-enc          275 KiB took 1.064 seconds, 258.458 KiB/s
AES-256-CBC-dec          275 KiB took 1.062 seconds, 258.701 KiB/s
AES-128-GCM-enc          275 KiB took 1.036 seconds, 265.188 KiB/s
AES-128-GCM-dec          275 KiB took 1.035 seconds, 265.444 KiB/s
AES-192-GCM-enc          250 KiB took 1.057 seconds, 236.518 KiB/s
AES-192-GCM-dec          250 KiB took 1.056 seconds, 236.742 KiB/s
AES-256-GCM-enc          225 KiB took 1.047 seconds, 214.899 KiB/s
AES-256-GCM-dec          225 KiB took 1.046 seconds, 215.105 KiB/s
AES-128-GCM-enc-no_AAD   275 KiB took 1.033 seconds, 265.957 KiB/s
AES-128-GCM-dec-no_AAD   275 KiB took 1.032 seconds, 266.214 KiB/s
AES-192-GCM-enc-no_AAD   250 KiB took 1.053 seconds, 237.191 KiB/s
AES-192-GCM-dec-no_AAD   250 KiB took 1.052 seconds, 237.416 KiB/s
AES-256-GCM-enc-no_AAD   225 KiB took 1.044 seconds, 215.517 KiB/s
AES-256-GCM-dec-no_AAD   225 KiB took 1.042 seconds, 215.723 KiB/s
GMAC Table               1 MiB took 1.009 seconds, 1.208 MiB/s
AES-128-ECB-enc          374 KiB took 1.026 seconds, 364.167 KiB/s
AES-128-ECB-dec          385 KiB took 1.027 seconds, 374.878 KiB/s
AES-192-ECB-enc          319 KiB took 1.024 seconds, 311.219 KiB/s
AES-192-ECB-dec          330 KiB took 1.018 seconds, 323.846 KiB/s
AES-256-ECB-enc          286 KiB took 1.036 seconds, 276.061 KiB/s
AES-256-ECB-dec          286 KiB took 1.006 seconds, 284.011 KiB/s
AES-128-CFB-enc          350 KiB took 1.064 seconds, 328.947 KiB/s
AES-128-CFB-dec          350 KiB took 1.057 seconds, 331.125 KiB/s
AES-192-CFB-enc          300 KiB took 1.046 seconds, 286.532 KiB/s
AES-192-CFB-dec          300 KiB took 1.039 seconds, 288.461 KiB/s
AES-256-CFB-enc          275 KiB took 1.074 seconds, 256.052 KiB/s
AES-256-CFB-dec          275 KiB took 1.067 seconds, 257.490 KiB/s
AES-128-OFB-enc          350 KiB took 1.020 seconds, 343.137 KiB/s
AES-128-OFB-dec          350 KiB took 1.019 seconds, 343.137 KiB/s
AES-192-OFB-enc          300 KiB took 1.009 seconds, 297.324 KiB/s
AES-192-OFB-dec          300 KiB took 1.009 seconds, 297.324 KiB/s
AES-256-OFB-enc          275 KiB took 1.038 seconds, 264.677 KiB/s
AES-256-OFB-dec          275 KiB took 1.039 seconds, 264.423 KiB/s
AES-128-CTR              350 KiB took 1.010 seconds, 346.191 KiB/s
AES-192-CTR              300 KiB took 1.003 seconds, 299.102 KiB/s
AES-256-CTR              275 KiB took 1.033 seconds, 265.957 KiB/s
SHA-256                  1000 KiB took 1.000 seconds, 1000.000 KiB/s
SHA-384                  425 KiB took 1.060 seconds, 400.565 KiB/s
SHA-512                  425 KiB took 1.060 seconds, 400.565 KiB/s
SHA-512/224              425 KiB took 1.062 seconds, 400.188 KiB/s
SHA-512/256              425 KiB took 1.060 seconds, 400.565 KiB/s
HMAC-SHA256              1000 KiB took 1.009 seconds, 991.080 KiB/s
HMAC-SHA384              400 KiB took 1.015 seconds, 394.088 KiB/s
HMAC-SHA512              400 KiB took 1.015 seconds, 394.088 KiB/s
ECC   [      SECP256R1]   256  key gen        72 ops took 1.007 sec, avg 13.986 ms, 71.499 ops/sec
ECDHE [      SECP256R1]   256    agree        34 ops took 1.013 sec, avg 29.823 ms, 33.530 ops/sec
ECDSA [      SECP256R1]   256     sign        42 ops took 1.036 sec, avg 24.690 ms, 40.501 ops/sec
ECDSA [      SECP256R1]   256   verify        22 ops took 1.003 sec, avg 45.590 ms, 21.934 ops/sec
RNG      256 SHA256 Init/Free    196 ops took 1.003 sec, avg 5.117 ms, 195.413 ops/sec
Benchmark complete
Benchmarks complete.
  1. Now try changing to PKA?=1 in the config file, rebuild, and reflash...
lpc55s69 init
Boot partition: 0x10000 (sz 163148, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Partition 1 header magic 0xFFFFFFFF invalid at 0x3B000
Boot partition: 0x10000 (sz 163148, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Booting version: 0x1

==================================
LPC55S69 wolfBoot demo Application
Copyright 2026 wolfSSL Inc
==================================
    boot:   ver=0x1 state=0xFF
    update: ver=0x0 state=0xFF
Calling wolfBoot_success()
    boot:   ver=0x1 state=0x00
    update: ver=0x0 state=0xFF

Running wolfCrypt tests...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 wolfSSL version 5.9.1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
macro    test passed!
error    test passed!
MEMORY   test passed!
asn      test passed!
SHA-256  test passed!
SHA-384  test passed!
SHA-512  test passed!
SHA-512/224  test passed!
SHA-512/256  test passed!
RANDOM   test passed!
Hash     test passed!
HMAC-SHA256 test passed!
HMAC-SHA384 test passed!
HMAC-SHA512 test passed!
GMAC     test passed!
AES      test passed!
AES192   test passed!
AES256   test passed!
AES-CBC  test passed!
AES-CTR  test passed!
AES-OFB  test passed!
AES-GCM  test passed!
AES-CFB  test passed!
ECC      test passed!
ECC buffer test passed!
logging  test passed!
mutex    test passed!
memcb    test passed!
Test complete
Tests complete.


Running wolfCrypt benchmarks...
wolfCrypt Benchmark (block bytes 1024, min 1.0 sec each)
RNG SHA-256 DRBG         650 KiB took 1.011 seconds, 642.292 KiB/s
AES-128-CBC-enc          23 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 23.657 MiB/s
AES-128-CBC-dec          22 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 22.097 MiB/s
AES-192-CBC-enc          23 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 23.510 MiB/s
AES-192-CBC-dec          19 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 19.531 MiB/s
AES-256-CBC-enc          21 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 21.582 MiB/s
AES-256-CBC-dec          17 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 17.504 MiB/s
AES-128-GCM-enc          950 KiB took 1.022 seconds, 928.641 KiB/s
AES-128-GCM-dec          950 KiB took 1.022 seconds, 929.549 KiB/s
AES-192-GCM-enc          925 KiB took 1.003 seconds, 922.233 KiB/s
AES-192-GCM-dec          925 KiB took 1.001 seconds, 923.153 KiB/s
AES-256-GCM-enc          925 KiB took 1.012 seconds, 914.031 KiB/s
AES-256-GCM-dec          925 KiB took 1.011 seconds, 914.935 KiB/s
AES-128-GCM-enc-no_AAD   950 KiB took 1.010 seconds, 939.663 KiB/s
AES-128-GCM-dec-no_AAD   950 KiB took 1.010 seconds, 940.594 KiB/s
AES-192-GCM-enc-no_AAD   950 KiB took 1.016 seconds, 934.119 KiB/s
AES-192-GCM-dec-no_AAD   950 KiB took 1.014 seconds, 935.960 KiB/s
AES-256-GCM-enc-no_AAD   925 KiB took 1.000 seconds, 925.000 KiB/s
AES-256-GCM-dec-no_AAD   950 KiB took 1.025 seconds, 925.925 KiB/s
GMAC Table               1 MiB took 1.001 seconds, 1.218 MiB/s
AES-128-ECB-enc          24 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 24.502 MiB/s
AES-128-ECB-dec          24 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 24.008 MiB/s
AES-192-ECB-enc          24 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 24.341 MiB/s
AES-192-ECB-dec          20 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 20.990 MiB/s
AES-256-ECB-enc          22 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 22.290 MiB/s
AES-256-ECB-dec          18 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 18.659 MiB/s
AES-128-CFB-enc          3 MiB took 1.003 seconds, 3.136 MiB/s
AES-128-CFB-dec          3 MiB took 1.005 seconds, 3.133 MiB/s
AES-192-CFB-enc          3 MiB took 1.006 seconds, 3.082 MiB/s
AES-192-CFB-dec          3 MiB took 1.006 seconds, 3.079 MiB/s
AES-256-CFB-enc          3 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 3.027 MiB/s
AES-256-CFB-dec          3 MiB took 1.001 seconds, 3.021 MiB/s
AES-128-OFB-enc          3 MiB took 1.007 seconds, 3.030 MiB/s
AES-128-OFB-dec          3 MiB took 1.008 seconds, 3.027 MiB/s
AES-192-OFB-enc          3 MiB took 1.006 seconds, 2.982 MiB/s
AES-192-OFB-dec          2 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 2.978 MiB/s
AES-256-OFB-enc          2 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 2.929 MiB/s
AES-256-OFB-dec          2 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 2.926 MiB/s
AES-128-CTR              17 MiB took 1.001 seconds, 17.706 MiB/s
AES-192-CTR              17 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 17.633 MiB/s
AES-256-CTR              16 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 16.528 MiB/s
SHA-256                  57 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 57.397 MiB/s
SHA-384                  400 KiB took 1.000 seconds, 400.000 KiB/s
SHA-512                  400 KiB took 1.000 seconds, 400.000 KiB/s
SHA-512/224              400 KiB took 1.000 seconds, 400.000 KiB/s
SHA-512/256              400 KiB took 1.000 seconds, 400.000 KiB/s
HMAC-SHA256              48 MiB took 1.000 seconds, 48.803 MiB/s
HMAC-SHA384              400 KiB took 1.015 seconds, 393.700 KiB/s
HMAC-SHA512              400 KiB took 1.015 seconds, 393.700 KiB/s
ECC   [      SECP256R1]   256  key gen        74 ops took 1.020 sec, avg 13.783 ms, 72.549 ops/sec
ECDHE [      SECP256R1]   256    agree        34 ops took 1.015 sec, avg 29.882 ms, 33.464 ops/sec
ECDSA [      SECP256R1]   256     sign        42 ops took 1.003 sec, avg 23.904 ms, 41.832 ops/sec
ECDSA [      SECP256R1]   256   verify        24 ops took 1.081 sec, avg 45.041 ms, 22.201 ops/sec
RNG      256 SHA256 Init/Free      5 ops took 1.258 sec, avg 251.600 ms, 3.974 ops/sec
Benchmark complete
Benchmarks complete.

NXP LS1028A

The LS1028A is a AARCH64 armv8-a Cortex-A72 processor. Support has been tested with the NXP LS1028ARDB.

Example configurations for this target are provided in:

LS1028A SD Card Boot (eSDHC)

The LS1028A can load the signed application image from the SD card slot (eSDHC1) using the same Freescale eSDHC driver as the T1040 (hal/nxp_esdhc.c, built as its own object). The card layout is identical to the T1040 SD target: GPT (or MBR) partitioned, with the signed image at offset 0 of the first two partitions (BOOT_PART_A/BOOT_PART_B, 0-based). wolfBoot reads both headers, picks the higher version, loads it to DDR (WOLFBOOT_LOAD_ADDRESS=0x80100000), verifies the signature and boots it. The driver reprograms the eSDHC source clock (HWA2) at init, because the NOR-boot RCW leaves it on a source too fast for card identification. Define DEBUG_ESDHC (see the config) for controller bring-up trace on the DUART console. Validated on the LS1028ARDB booting a signed image from SD.

Building wolfBoot for NXP LS1028A

  1. Download aarch64-none-elf- toolchain.

  2. Copy the example nxp-ls1028a.config file to root directory and rename to .config

  3. Build keytools and wolfboot

cp ./config/examples/nxp-ls1028a.config .config
make distclean
make keytools
make

This should output 3 binary files, wolfboot.bin, image_v1_signed.bin and factory.bin

  • wolfboot.bin is the wolfboot binary
  • image_v1_signed.bin is the signed application image and by default is test-app/app_nxp_ls1028a
  • factory.bin is the two binaries merged together

Hardware Setup LS1028ARDB

DIP Switch Configuration for XSPI_NOR_BOOT:

SW2 : 0xF8 = 11111000  SW3 : 0x70 = 01110000  SW5 : 0x20 = 00100000
Where '1' = UP/ON

UART Configuration:

Baud Rate: 115200
Data Bits: 8
Parity: None
Stop Bits: 1
Flow Control: None
Specify device type - PC16552D
Configured for UART1 DB9 Connector

Programming NXP LS1028A

Programming requires three components:

  1. RCW binary - Distribured by NXP at https://github.com/nxp-qoriq/qoriq-rcw-bin or can be generated using https://github.com/nxp-qoriq/rcw/tree/master/ls1028ardb/R_SQPP_0x85bb (tested with rcw_1300.bin)
  2. woflBoot
  3. Application - Test app found in test-app/app_nxp_ls1028a.c

Once you have all components, you can use a lauterbach or CW to flash NOR flash. You must flash RCW, wolfboot and singed_image. factory.bin can be used which is wolfboot and the signed image merged. You will need to build a signed image for every update to the application code, which can be done by using keytools in tools/keytools/sign see docs/Signing.md for more details and to sign a custom image.

Usage: tools/keytools/sign [options] image key version

Lauterbach Flashing and Debugging

  1. Launch lauterbach and open the demo script debug_wolfboot.cmm.
  2. Open any desired debug windows.
  3. Hit the play button on the demo script.
  4. It should pop up with a code window and at the reset startpoint. (May requrie a reset or power cycle)
./t32/bin/macosx64/t32marm-qt

Open Script > debug_wolfboot.cmm

You can modify the Lauterbach NOR flash demo or use debug_wolfboot.cmm script, just make sure the flash offset for the RCW is 0x0 and the address offset for wolboot is 0x1000.

Other Tools

  1. Make sure the memory addresses are aligned with the .config file.
  2. Note the important NOR flash addresses in the default config are as follows.
  3. RCW location is offset 0x0 or 0x20000000 memory mapped.
  4. Wolfboot location is offset 0x1000 or 0x20001000 where wolfboot starts.
  5. Application location is offset 0x20000 or 0x20020000 where application code goes.
  6. Update location is offset 0x40000 or 0x20040000 where the new or updated applciaiton goes.
  7. Load Location is 0x18020100 which is OCRAM or where the applciaiton code is loaded if using RAM loading from
  8. DTS Location is
  9. Update memory locations as needed.

Cortex-A53 / Raspberry PI 3 (experimental)

Tested using https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux on Ubuntu 20

Prerequisites: sudo apt install gcc-aarch64-linux-gnu qemu-system-aarch64

Compiling the kernel

  • Get raspberry-pi linux kernel:
git clone https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux linux-rpi -b rpi-4.19.y --depth=1
  • Build kernel image:
export wolfboot_dir=`pwd`
cd linux-rpi
patch -p1 < $wolfboot_dir/tools/wolfboot-rpi-devicetree.diff
make ARCH=arm64 CROSS_COMPILE=aarch64-linux-gnu- bcm2711_defconfig
make ARCH=arm64 CROSS_COMPILE=aarch64-linux-gnu-
  • Copy Image and .dtb to the wolfboot directory
cp ./arch/arm64/boot/Image arch/arm64/boot/dts/broadcom/bcm2710-rpi-3-b.dtb $wolfboot_dir
cd $wolfboot_dir

Testing with qemu-system-aarch64

  • Build wolfboot using the example configuration (RSA4096, SHA3)
cp config/examples/raspi3.config .config
make clean
make wolfboot.bin CROSS_COMPILE=aarch64-linux-gnu-
  • Sign Linux kernel image
make keytools
./tools/keytools/sign --rsa4096 --sha3 Image wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1
  • Compose the image
tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble wolfboot_linux_raspi.bin 0x0 wolfboot.bin \
                              0xc0000 Image_v1_signed.bin
dd if=bcm2710-rpi-3-b.dtb of=wolfboot_linux_raspi.bin bs=1 seek=128K conv=notrunc
  • Test boot using qemu

Download root file system image(2020-02-13-raspbian-buster-lite.zip)

qemu-system-aarch64 -M raspi3b -m 1024 -serial stdio -kernel wolfboot_linux_raspi.bin -cpu cortex-a53 -drive file=../wolfboot/2020-02-13-raspbian-buster-lite.img,if=sd,format=raw

Testing on Raspberry PI 3 B Plus

  • Copy dtb file for Raspberry PI 3 B Plus to the wolfboot directory
cp /path/to/raspberry-pi-linux/arch/arm64/boot/dts/broadcom/bcm2710-rpi-3-b-plus.dtb $wolfboot_dir
cd $wolfboot_dir
  • Compose the image
dd if=bcm2710-rpi-3-b-plus.dtb of=wolfboot_linux_raspi.bin bs=1 seek=128K conv=notrunc
  • Copy the kernel image to boot partition of boot media. e.g. SD card

Raspberry Pi loads kernel8.img when it is in AArch64 mode. Therefore, the kernel image is copied to boot partition as kernel8.img file name.

cp wolfboot_linux_raspi.bin /media/foo/boot/kernel8.img
  • Troubleshooting

o Turn on UART for debugging to know what boot-process is going on. Changing DEBUG_UART property in .config to 1.

DEBUG_UART?=1

UART properties set as 115200 bps, 8bit data transmission, 1 stop bit and no parity.

You would see the following message when wolfboot starts.

My board version is: 0xA020D3
Trying partition 0 at 0x140000
Boot partition: 0x140000 (size 14901760, version 0x1)
....

Note: Now, integrity-check takes 2 - 3 minutes to complete before running Linux kernel.

o Kernel panic after wolfboot message Mount position of root file system could be wrong. Checking your boot media by lsblk command.

$ lsblk
NAME MAJ:MIN RM SIZE RO TYPE MOUNTPOINT
mmcblk0 179:0 0 29.7G 0 disk
├─mmcblk0p1 179:1 0 63M 0 part
├─mmcblk0p2 179:2 0 1K 0 part
├─mmcblk0p5 179:5 0 32M 0 part
├─mmcblk0p6 179:6 0 66M 0 part /boot
└─mmcblk0p7 179:7 0 29.6G 0 part /

It need to modify dtb file accordingly. Go to /path/to/raspberry-pi-linux/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm2710-rpi-3-b-plus.dts. Change root=/dev/mmcblk0p7 of the following line in the file to your root file system device.

bootargs = "coherent_pool=1M 8250.nr_uarts=1 console=ttyAMA0,115200 console=tty1 root=/dev/mmcblk0p7 rootfstype=ext4 elevator=deadline fsck.repair=yes rootwait splash plymouth.ignore-serial-consoles";

Testing with kernel encryption

The raspberry pi target is used to demonstrate the end-to-end encryption when booting images from RAM. The image is encrypted after being signed. The bootloader uses the same symmetric key to decrypt the image to RAM before performing the validity checks. Here are the steps to enable this feature:

  • Build wolfboot using the example configuration (RSA4096, SHA3, ENCRYPT=1)
cp config/examples/raspi3-encrypted.config .config
make clean
make wolfboot.bin CROSS_COMPILE=aarch64-linux-gnu-
  • Create the decrypt key + nonce
printf "0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef" > /tmp/enc_key.der

AES256-CTR takes a 32-byte key followed by a 16-byte IV, so the file is 48 bytes. A shorter one fails with Error reading IV.

  • Provision the same key into the bootloader

    The raspi3 HAL no longer ships a hardcoded key, so the bootloader has none until one is provisioned and encrypted updates fail closed. To run this demo, call wolfBoot_set_encrypt_key() with the key and nonce from the file above at the end of hal_init() in hal/raspi3.c. That is a development-only shortcut; a real deployment provisions a per-device key from outside the firmware image (see encrypted_partitions.md).

    CI builds this example and runs the signing, encryption and assembly steps above (.github/workflows/test-raspi3-encrypted.yml), but does not boot the result: the target produces no console output under QEMU, so there is nothing for a boot test to assert on. Runtime coverage would need that fixed and a provisioning hook the target does not have.

  • Sign and encrypt Linux kernel image

make keytools
./tools/keytools/sign --aes256 --encrypt /tmp/enc_key.der --rsa4096 --sha3 Image wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1
  • Compose the image
tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble wolfboot_linux_raspi.bin 0x0 wolfboot.bin \
                              0xc0000 Image_v1_signed_and_encrypted.bin
dd if=bcm2710-rpi-3-b.dtb of=wolfboot_linux_raspi.bin bs=1 seek=128K conv=notrunc
  • Test boot using qemu
qemu-system-aarch64 -M raspi3b -m 1024 -serial stdio -kernel wolfboot_linux_raspi.bin -cpu cortex-a53

Cortex-A72 / Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 (BCM2711)

Filesystem boot: this target can also read its signed image from a file on a read-only FAT32 or ext4 partition instead of from raw offset 0. Build with DISK_FS=fat32|ext4|both and set BOOT_FILE_A / BOOT_FILE_B. See Disk boot from a read-only filesystem (FAT32 / ext4).

wolfBoot runs on the Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 (CM4), a Broadcom BCM2711 with a quad-core Cortex-A72 (AArch64). wolfBoot takes the place of the second-stage OS loader: the BCM2711 boot ROM loads the VideoCore firmware, the firmware loads kernel8.img from the boot partition, and that kernel8.img is wolfBoot. wolfBoot then verifies the signed application image and boots it, extending the platform root of trust into the OS.

BCM2711 boot ROM -> SPI EEPROM bootloader -> VideoCore firmware (start4.elf)
   -> kernel8.img (wolfBoot) -> verify (ECDSA/SHA) -> application

On CM4 modules with onboard eMMC the boot files live on the eMMC FAT boot partition; on CM4 Lite they live on a microSD. Either way the medium hangs off the BCM2711 EMMC2 controller (a standard SDHCI v3.0 Arasan block at 0xFE340000).

Building

cp config/examples/cm4.config .config
make CROSS_COMPILE=aarch64-none-elf- DEBUG_UART=1

cm4.config defaults DEBUG?=0 and DEBUG_UART?=0 for a silent, optimized release build; the DEBUG_UART=1 above enables the boot log shown under "Boot output". The example uses SIGN=ECC384 HASH=SHA384 (both FIPS-approved). wolfBoot is built as an AArch64 Linux kernel image (kernel8.img): src/boot_aarch64_start.S prepends the 64-byte ARM64 image header ("ARM\x64" magic), and hal/cm4.ld links at 0x200000. The VideoCore firmware only transfers control to a 64-bit kernel that carries this header, and it runs the image in place at the 2 MB-aligned load address 0x200000 (it does not relocate a header image down to 0x80000) at EL2. The image is loaded from RAM: wolfBoot reads the signed application at kernel_addr (0x2C0000), verifies it, copies it to WOLFBOOT_LOAD_ADDRESS, and boots.

Signing and assembling the boot image

Sign the application, then concatenate wolfBoot and the signed image so the signed image lands at kernel_addr (0x2C0000 = 0x200000 load + 0xC0000):

make keytools tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble
IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=1024 ./tools/keytools/sign --ecc384 --sha384 \
    app.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1
tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble kernel8.img \
    0x0     wolfboot.bin \
    0xC0000 app_v1_signed.bin

config.txt

The debug console on GPIO14/15 is the BCM2711 mini-UART (AUX, Linux ttyS0); the PL011 is used by Bluetooth. wolfBoot drives the mini-UART by default (it inherits the firmware's stable baud, which enable_uart=1 fixes by pinning core_freq), so no baud reprogramming is needed. Boards where dtoverlay=disable-bt actually routes the PL011 onto GPIO14/15 can build with CFLAGS_EXTRA=-DCM4_UART_PL011 to use the PL011 instead.

arm_64bit=1
kernel=kernel8.img
# wolfBoot is linked absolutely at 0x200000; pin the load address to match.
kernel_address=0x200000
enable_uart=1
uart_2ndstage=1
dtoverlay=disable-bt
init_uart_clock=48000000
init_uart_baud=115200

kernel_address=0x200000 is required: wolfBoot is linked absolutely at 0x200000, and its startup code self-checks the runtime base against that link-time base. If the firmware loads the image at any other address the check fails and wolfBoot halts silently, before any UART output, so a missing or mismatched kernel_address looks like a dead board with no console log. All the prepare_emmc*.sh scripts emit this line.

Flashing

  • CM4 Lite: write kernel8.img + the RPi firmware (start4.elf, fixup4.dat) + config.txt to the microSD FAT boot partition.
  • CM4 with eMMC: put the module in USB boot mode (nRPIBOOT), run rpiboot to expose the eMMC as USB mass storage, and write the same files to its FAT boot partition. See https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot .

Boot output

With DEBUG_UART=1, a successful authenticated boot prints (115200 8N1):

wolfBoot CM4 (BCM2711 Cortex-A72) hal_init, EL2
Trying partition 0 at 0x2C0000
Checking integrity...done
Verifying signature...done
Firmware Valid
Booting at 0x3080000

Optional: eMMC/SD A/B disk boot

config/examples/cm4_emmc.config (onboard eMMC) and config/examples/cm4_sdcard.config (microSD) enable the disk updater (DISK_EMMC/DISK_SDCARD), driving the BCM2711 EMMC2 controller through the generic SDHCI driver (src/sdhci.c + the hal/cm4.c register glue) to read A/B signed images from GPT partitions. wolfBoot reads the GPT, selects the higher-version image, verifies it, ELF-loads it (ELF=1) to WOLFBOOT_LOAD_ADDRESS, and boots.

The eMMC path (cm4_emmc.config) has been validated end to end on CM4 hardware: SDHCI/eMMC card init -> GPT parse -> A/B version select -> SHA-384 integrity -> ECDSA-P384 signature verify -> ELF64 load -> boot of a signed payload. tools/scripts/cm4/prepare_emmc.sh builds the GPT layout (FAT boot partition with kernel8.img + firmware, plus raw A/B image partitions), signs a minimal test payload (tools/scripts/cm4/disk_app.S), and writes it to the eMMC over rpiboot. Uncomment DEBUG_SDHCI / DEBUG_DISK / DEBUG_GPT in the config for verbose bring-up tracing. The microSD path (cm4_sdcard.config) shares the same driver and controller but has not been run on hardware: it needs a CM4 Lite, because a module with onboard eMMC disables the carrier's microSD slot.

FIPS 140-3

The CM4 target uses SIGN=ECC384 HASH=SHA384 (FIPS-approved) and can perform its signature verification with the wolfCrypt FIPS 140-3 module (build config/examples/cm4.config with FIPS=1, pointing WOLFBOOT_LIB_WOLFSSL at a FIPS wolfSSL tree). At boot the module runs its power-on self-test and in-core integrity check, and wolfBoot refuses to boot unless the module is operational. Entropy for the FIPS DRBG comes from the BCM2711 RNG200 hardware TRNG. The FIPS configuration builds with the CM4 hardware-boot support (ARM64 image header, 0x200000 load address, mini-UART console) and has been validated end to end on CM4 hardware with the FIPS-ready bundle: after sealing the in-core integrity hash, wolfBoot reports FIPS 140-3 module operational and the module gates the boot with SHA-384 integrity and ECDSA-P384 signature verification of the eMMC A/B image (cm4_emmc.config with FIPS=1; wolfBoot's src/loader.c runs the power-on self-test and in-core check before booting). A production, CMVP-validated deployment additionally requires the licensed validated wolfCrypt FIPS bundle at the validated revision (see FIPS.md). On an in-core hash mismatch, wolfBoot prints the runtime hash (FIPS in-core hash = ..., from src/loader.c) to seal into verifyCore[]. Re-seal by recompiling only fips_test.o with -DWOLFCRYPT_FIPS_CORE_HASH_VALUE=<hash> (a full rebuild shifts the module boundary and the hash); see FIPS.md for the full build, entropy, and hash-sealing procedure.

Optional: Linux kernel FIT boot

config/examples/cm4_emmc_linux.config boots a real Linux kernel instead of the disk_app prove-out stub. wolfBoot loads a wolfBoot-signed FIT (kernel-only, gzip-compressed) from an eMMC GPT partition, verifies the outer ECDSA-P384/SHA-384 signature, decompresses the kernel to 0x10000000, relocates the RPi-firmware-provided DTB to WOLFBOOT_LOAD_DTS_ADDRESS (0x08000000) and injects the kernel command line (root=, console=) into /chosen/bootargs, then boots Linux at EL2.

Key config points: GZIP=1 (the FIT kernel subimage is Image.gz), ELF=1, DISK_EMMC=1, and WOLFBOOT_LOAD_ADDRESS=0x18000000 - the FIT is staged above the decompressed kernel so gunzip does not overwrite its own compressed input mid-stream. CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DCM4_FIRMWARE_DTB captures and reuses the firmware DTB (which already carries the RAM size and mini-UART clock), CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DCM4_UART_PL011 puts the Linux console on the PL011 (ttyAMA0, via dtoverlay=disable-bt), and CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DLINUX_BOOTARGS_ROOT=... sets root=. The FIT is built from hal/cm4.its with mkimage and signed with the wolfBoot key; tools/scripts/cm4/prepare_emmc_linux.sh stages it on the eMMC. This path was hardware-validated booting a Yocto (Scarthgap, kernel 6.6) rootfs.

Device tree trust boundary

wolfBoot's signature covers the kernel FIT it loads from the raw eMMC partition. It does not cover the device tree used on the Linux paths. Both shipped Linux configurations (cm4_emmc_linux.config and cm4_emmc_rauc.config) enable CM4_FIRMWARE_DTB, so this applies to anyone following the recipes above - it is a compile-time switch, not a default-off feature.

On this path wolfBoot reuses the device tree that the VideoCore firmware left in memory, relocates it, and overwrites only /chosen/bootargs. Everything else in that DTB - /memory, /reserved-memory, per-device reg windows, and any initrd pointers - reaches the kernel exactly as the firmware supplied it, from the unsigned FAT boot partition. Anyone who can write that partition can influence how Linux sees the machine, without invalidating any wolfBoot signature.

wolfBoot does provide a mechanism to bind a raw DTB to a signed image (HDR_DEVICE_TREE_DIGEST, produced by sign --dts), but it does not apply here, for two independent reasons:

  1. The digest is verified only on the RAM-boot path (src/update_ram.c). The CM4 boots through src/update_disk.c, which performs no device-tree digest check.
  2. Even with that plumbing in place, the hash is not predictable when the image is signed. The VideoCore firmware patches the DTB at runtime: the shipped bcm2711-rpi-cm4.dtb declares /memory@0 reg = <0 0 0> and receives the real RAM size, the mini-UART clock and the board serial number before handoff. The blob wolfBoot receives is therefore never byte-identical to any blob that could have been signed.

That runtime patching is also why the firmware DTB is used rather than one carried inside the signed FIT: a FIT-carried device tree boots with no RAM size.

The only thing that actually closes this boundary on a CM4 is the Raspberry Pi EEPROM secure boot, which authenticates the boot partition itself; with it enabled, the firmware and the DTB it hands over are covered by the platform's own root of trust. Deployments that need the device tree to be within the verified boundary should enable it. Note that the bring-up board used for this port has secure boot disabled (its OTP customer key hash reads all zeros), so the validation described above was performed with this boundary open.

Optional: RAUC A/B redundant boot

config/examples/cm4_emmc_rauc.config makes wolfBoot replace U-Boot as the RAUC slot arbiter. wolfBoot reads a raw U-Boot-environment partition (mkenvimage/fw_setenv compatible), runs the RAUC BOOT_ORDER / BOOT_<slot>_LEFT try-counter state machine, decrements the selected slot's counter and writes it back (so a hung slot fails over to the other on the next boot), then boots the shared signed kernel FIT with root= pointing at the active slot's rootfs and rauc.slot=<name> on the command line.

The eMMC uses a 6-partition layout:

  • p1 boot FAT: RPi firmware + kernel8.img + config.txt
  • p2 uboot-env raw: RAUC fw_env.config target. wolfBoot and RAUC read the first 0x4000 bytes (= UBOOT_ENV_SIZE, the env-image size written by mkenvimage -s 0x4000); the partition itself only needs to be >= 0x4000 (the layout script makes it 8 MB for alignment/headroom)
  • p3 fitImage raw: shared wolfBoot-signed kernel FIT
  • p4 rootfs_A ext4: slot A
  • p5 rootfs_B ext4: slot B
  • p6 data ext4: persistent data

Key config: CM4_RAUC_AB=1 (a make var that pulls in src/ubootenv.o and the RAUC branch of hal/cm4.c), CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DCM4_UBOOT_ENV_PART=<n> (0-based GPT index of p2), CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DCM4_ROOT_A=... / -DCM4_ROOT_B=... (slot rootfs devices), and optionally -DCM4_SLOT_A_NAME=... / -DCM4_SLOT_B_NAME=... (RAUC bootnames, default "A" / "B"). tools/scripts/cm4/prepare_emmc_rauc.sh lays out the disk and writes an initial env (BOOT_ORDER "A B", tries 3). Both slot-switch and hung-slot failover were hardware-validated. On the Yocto side, RAUC's fw_env.config must point at the raw p2 partition (offset 0, size 0x4000) and the system.conf slot devices must match p4/p5, so userspace (rauc mark-good / fw_setenv) and wolfBoot agree on the env layout.

Footprint

Built with aarch64-none-elf-gcc 14.3 and the shipped SIGN=ECC384 HASH=SHA384. The text/data/BSS columns are for the configs as shipped: the three disk configs default DEBUG_UART?=1, while cm4.config defaults it off.

Config Text Data BSS wolfboot.bin DEBUG_UART=0
cm4.config (RAM boot) 41.0 KB 8 B 64 B 41.0 KB 36.4 KB
cm4_emmc.config 51.4 KB 8 B 9.6 KB 51.4 KB 43.7 KB
cm4_emmc_linux.config 57.2 KB 48 B 9.6 KB 57.3 KB 48.7 KB
cm4_emmc_rauc.config 61.0 KB 48 B 25.6 KB 61.1 KB 51.8 KB

cm4_emmc_rauc.config is the one to compare against U-Boot: it is the only configuration that both verifies a signed FIT and arbitrates the RAUC slots, which is the whole of what the U-Boot it replaces was doing. For scale, the U-Boot 2025.04 that the reference Yocto image builds for this board is 726 KB, or 763 KB with its control device tree appended. Most of that difference is scope rather than efficiency: U-Boot carries a shell, a network stack and a broad driver set that a verifying bootloader does not need.

Xilinx Zynq UltraScale

Filesystem boot: this target can also read its signed image from a file on a read-only FAT32 or ext4 partition instead of from raw offset 0. Build with DISK_FS=fat32|ext4|both and set BOOT_FILE_A / BOOT_FILE_B. See Disk boot from a read-only filesystem (FAT32 / ext4).

AMD Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC ZCU102 Evaluation Kit - Quad-core ARM Cortex-A53 (plus dual Cortex-R5).

wolfBoot replaces U-Boot in the ZynqMP boot flow:

FSBL -> PMUFW -> BL31 (EL3) -> wolfBoot (EL2) -> Linux (EL1)

wolfBoot runs from DDR at 0x8000000 (128MB, EL2, non-secure) for both QSPI and SD card boot. All clock, MIO, and DDR initialization is handled by the FSBL/PMUFW before wolfBoot starts.

This target supports two boot paths:

  • QSPI boot (primary, production-style): config/examples/zynqmp.config
  • SD card boot (MBR, A/B images): config/examples/zynqmp_sdcard.config

In both of the above, wolfBoot is loaded by the Xilinx FSBL and runs at EL2. wolfBoot can also replace the FSBL entirely -- see the next section.

wolfBoot as a full FSBL replacement (ZYNQMP_FSBL=1)

Instead of being loaded by the Xilinx FSBL, wolfBoot can be the FSBL. The BootROM authenticates and loads wolfBoot directly (as the boot-image [bootloader] partition) into the 256 KB OCM at 0xFFFC0000 and enters it at EL3. wolfBoot then runs the board psu_init() (PLLs, DDR controller + PHY training, MIO mux, clocks) and loads + verifies the downstream images with its own keys:

BootROM -> wolfBoot (OCM, EL3) -> psu_init -> verify+load BL31 + kernel + DTB -> BL31 (EL3) -> Linux

PMUFW is still loaded by the BootROM via the [pmufw_image] BIF tag. Milestone 1 keeps real ARM Trusted Firmware (BL31) as the resident EL3 monitor.

Board PS init (psu_init) drop-in. DDR controller init and PHY training are board/XSA specific and are generated by the Xilinx tools; they carry the Xilinx copyright and are not part of the wolfBoot tree. Copy your generated psu_init_gpl.c and psu_init_gpl.h into hal/board/zynqmp/ (gitignored) or point ZYNQMP_PSU_INIT_DIR at them. For the ZCU102 these come from PetaLinux/Vitis (project-spec/hw-description/psu_init_gpl.*). See hal/board/zynqmp/README.txt. wolfBoot-owned shims at hal/zynqmp/ (xil_io.h, sleep.h) let the unmodified file compile.

Build. Link/run from OCM and run psu_init at boot:

make ZYNQMP_FSBL=1                            # QSPI: config/examples/zynqmp_fsbl.config
make ZYNQMP_FSBL=1 \
  ZYNQMP_PSU_INIT_DIR=/path/to/hw-description # if not in hal/board/zynqmp/

The SD variant is config/examples/zynqmp_fsbl_sd.config. wolfBoot is ~197 KB of the 256 KB OCM (single-stage; wolfBoot's own code does not need DDR).

Package the boot image. wolfBoot is the bootloader; there is no zynqmp_fsbl.elf:

cp wolfboot.elf pmufw.elf tools/scripts/zcu102/   # pmufw.elf from PetaLinux/Vitis
cd tools/scripts/zcu102
bootgen -arch zynqmp -image zynqmp_wolfboot_fsbl.bif -w -o BOOT.BIN

Use zynqmp_wolfboot_fsbl_auth.bif for the Xilinx hardware root of trust (RSA authentication via the eFuse PPK; see comments in that file).

Flash QSPI (over JTAG, any boot mode; program_flash is under the Vitis bin/):

program_flash -f BOOT.BIN -fsbl zynqmp_fsbl.elf \
  -flash_type qspi-x8-dual_parallel -flash_density 1024 \
  -verify -url tcp:127.0.0.1:3121

zynqmp_fsbl.elf here is the stock Xilinx FSBL used only as the program_flash flash-writer bootstrap (it is not flashed). Then set SW6 to QSPI32 and power-cycle.

SD card. Write BOOT.BIN to the FAT (boot) partition of the SD card, set SW6 to SD, power-cycle.

Boot mode switches (SW6). See the SD-card SW6 table below (JTAG 0000, QSPI32 0010, SD1 1110).

Downstream images (direct-kernel BL33). The boot image wolfBoot loads is a wolfBoot-signed FIT containing an atf (BL31) sub-image plus the kernel and DTB. Two requirements: build BL31 with its link base in DDR (the default OCM 0xFFFE0000 overlaps wolfBoot), and, because BL33 is the kernel directly (no U-Boot), apply tools/scripts/zcu102/tf-a-zynqmp-wolfboot-dtb.patch so BL31 forwards the DTB (which wolfBoot publishes in PMU_GLOBAL.GLOBAL_GEN_STORAGE5) into the kernel's x0.

Building BL31 (ARM Trusted Firmware). BL31 is upstream Xilinx Arm Trusted Firmware - clone https://github.com/Xilinx/arm-trusted-firmware.git (validated on branch xlnx_rebase_v2.12); it is not vendored in the wolfBoot tree. Apply the in-tree DTB-forwarding patch and build for ZynqMP with the reset base relocated into DDR (so it does not overlap wolfBoot in OCM), for example:

git clone -b xlnx_rebase_v2.12 https://github.com/Xilinx/arm-trusted-firmware.git
cd arm-trusted-firmware
git apply /path/to/wolfboot/tools/scripts/zcu102/tf-a-zynqmp-wolfboot-dtb.patch
make CROSS_COMPILE=aarch64-none-elf- PLAT=zynqmp RESET_TO_BL31=1 \
  PRELOADED_BL33_BASE=0x0 ZYNQMP_ATF_MEM_BASE=0x8000000 bl31

ZYNQMP_ATF_MEM_BASE sets the DDR link base; use the value your FIT atf sub-image loads to (must not overlap the OCM range wolfBoot runs in). The resulting bl31.elf is what you place in the signed FIT's atf sub-image. The tf-a-zynqmp-wolfboot-dtb.patch is the only wolfBoot-specific change; everything else is stock upstream TF-A.

Validation status (ZCU102). The FSBL path is hardware-validated: wolfBoot runs at Current EL: 3, cold-boot psu_init brings up DDR (read/write tested), clocks, MIO, UART, and QSPI (flash ID read), from both a JTAG load and a real BootROM QSPI cold boot. The full downstream chain to Linux (FIT + DDR-linked BL31 + the TF-A DTB patch) is hardware-validated end-to-end: wolfBoot verifies and loads the signed FIT, hands off to BL31, and boots the kernel all the way to a PetaLinux login prompt on the ZCU102.

Prerequisites

  1. Xilinx Vitis 2024.1 or newer
    • Set VITIS_PATH environment variable: export VITIS_PATH=/opt/Xilinx/Vitis/2024.1
  2. Toolchain: aarch64-none-elf-gcc
  3. Pre-built firmware (FSBL, PMUFW, BL31):
    git clone --branch xlnx_rel_v2024.2 https://github.com/Xilinx/soc-prebuilt-firmware.git
    export PREBUILT_DIR=$(pwd)/../soc-prebuilt-firmware/zcu102-zynqmp
    

Configuration Options

Key configuration options:

  • ARCH=AARCH64 - ARM 64-bit architecture
  • TARGET=zynq - ZynqMP platform target
  • SIGN=RSA4096 - RSA 4096-bit signatures
  • HASH=SHA3 - SHA3-384 hashing
  • ELF=1 - ELF loading support

BBRAM AES key provisioning (optional)

Opt-in (off by default), wolfBoot can program the 256-bit AES key the CSU uses to decrypt an encrypted boot image. Enable with ZYNQMP_BBRAM=1; ZYNQMP_BBRAM_SELFTEST=1 additionally programs a fixed test key at the end of hal_init() as a bring-up check (it implies ZYNQMP_BBRAM=1). BBRAM is battery-backed and erasable, so unlike the eFuse AES key it can be replaced, and it has no temperature or supply-voltage precondition.

make ZYNQMP_FSBL=1 ZYNQMP_SEC=1 ZYNQMP_BBRAM=1 ZYNQMP_BBRAM_SELFTEST=1

API in hal/zynq.h: zynqmp_bbram_program() (programs and CRC-verifies in one step), zynqmp_bbram_zeroize(), zynqmp_bbram_status().

The key cannot be read back. Writing the CRC and checking STS.AES_CRC_PASS is the only verification the controller offers, and it covers the key loading operation, not the stored key (XAPP1319). Entering programming mode zeroizes the key by itself and STS is volatile across a cold boot, so a key programmed on an earlier boot cannot be validated later. The only way to confirm a stored key is to boot something encrypted with it.

The controller takes the key in reverse word order. BBRAM_0 holds the last four bytes of the key and BBRAM_7 the first, matching the key as bootgen's aeskeyfile encodes it. zynqmp_bbram_key_words() does this packing. Programming it forwards still sets AES_CRC_PASS -- the CRC covers the words as written -- but produces a key the CSU cannot decrypt a boot image with, which presents as a silent board with no diagnostic.

To build an image encrypted against the BBRAM key, add the key source and an aeskeyfile to the BIF (note the attribute takes its value outside the brackets):

the_ROM_image:
{
	[keysrc_encryption] bbram_red_key
	[bootloader, destination_cpu=a53-0, encryption=aes, aeskeyfile=key.nky] wolfboot.elf
	[pmufw_image] pmufw.elf
}

Program the key before flashing an encrypted image. Any encrypted boot disables the DAP, successful or not, so flashing first locks you out of the JTAG access needed to program the key; recovery is SW6 to JTAG. For the same reason, flash an unencrypted image before a session that needs JTAG.

eFuse security state and programming (optional)

With ZYNQMP_SEC=1 wolfBoot reads the eFuse cache at EL3 and prints SEC_CTRL (decoding RSA_EN, ENC_ONLY, JTAG_DIS, PPK revocation and the lock bits), the PUF CHASH/AUX, and the 12-word PPK0 hash. zynqmp_sec_policy_check() turns that into a boot-time gate: it returns non-zero when SEC_CTRL does not have every bit a deployment requires, so a build can refuse to run on a part that is not locked down. RSA_EN is the exception, being the redundant field SEC_CTRL[25:11] whose used bits depend on the silicon version, so any bit set counts as authentication enforced.

eFuse programming is separate and off by default:

make ZYNQMP_FSBL=1 ZYNQMP_SEC=1 ZYNQMP_EFUSE_WRITE=1

This builds the programming path in report-only mode: zynqmp_efuse_write_bit() validates the target, checks the gate, prints the bit it would blow, and returns without touching the OTP. Adding ZYNQMP_EFUSE_BURN=1 compiles in the program strobe. eFuses are one-shot, so that second flag is deliberate and irreversible.

Brick-class SEC_CTRL fuses are rejected unconditionally and cannot be enabled. RSA_EN, ENC_ONLY, JTAG_DIS, SEC_LOCK, BBRAM_DIS, AES_WRLK, AES_RDLK and the PPK WRLK/INVLD bits each remove a recovery path: every later boot must be correctly signed or encrypted, JTAG is gone, or a wrong key or hash can no longer be replaced. They are listed in ZYNQMP_EFUSE_SEC_CTRL_BRICK_MASK, which names them for the dump and for zynqmp_sec_policy_check(). zynqmp_efuse_write_bit() goes further and refuses the whole SEC_CTRL row by its programming coordinate (page 0, row 22), because every bit in that row is an irreversible security control: the remaining five (ERR_DIS, DFT_DIS and PROG_GATE[2:0]) do not strand a device but still cannot be undone. Refusing by coordinate rather than by bitmask means a wrong bit definition cannot widen what is reachable. RSA_EN covers all of SEC_CTRL[25:11], since programming any one of those bits enforces authenticated boot, and BBRAM_DIS is included because it withdraws the BBRAM key source a device may be booting from. Programming them stays with the Xilinx tools.

The rejection covers SEC_CTRL (page 0, row 22) only. Other one-shot fuses, including the SPK ID used for revocation, are not protected by it: with ZYNQMP_EFUSE_BURN=1 a caller can program them, so treat the coordinates it is given as deliberate.

Programming is gated on temperature and supply. zynqmp_efuse_prog_allowed() reads PS SysMon and requires -40 to 125 C, VCC_PSAUX 1.62-1.98 V and VCC_PSINTLP 0.675-0.935 V, matching what Xilinx's own tooling enforces. Supply channels read zero until the SysMon sequencer is configured, and a zero is treated as unknown and refused rather than as zero volts.

ZYNQMP_EFUSE_SELFTEST=1 reports the raw SysMon readings and whether the gate passes at boot, which is the quickest way to confirm the channel offsets and thresholds on a new board. It is read-only and never programs a fuse.

The controller timing is derived from PS_REF_CLK (TPGM, TRD, TSU_H_PS, TSU_H_PS_CS, TSU_H_CS) using integer arithmetic. The default assumes 33.333 MHz; override with CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DZYNQMP_PS_REF_CLK_HZ=<hz> if your board differs, since two of the five values land on an integer boundary at that clock.

PUF state reporting

With ZYNQMP_SEC=1 the eFuse dump reports PUF_MISC (eFuse cache 0x1054), which carries the 24-bit AUX field with the PUF control bits above it: REG_DIS (registration permanently disabled), SYN_WRLK (helper data locked against programming) and SYN_INVLD (eFuse helper data invalidated). All three are one-shot, so together they say whether a part can still be provisioned.

Software can trigger a PUF regeneration, but cannot supply the helper data. The CSU sources it itself: from the eFuse PUF rows, or from the boot header when the authenticated boot header selects that (UG1085: "The CSU then initializes the PUF, loads the helper data, and regenerates the KEK"). That is why csu_puf_regeneration() takes no arguments. On a part whose PUF eFuses are unprogrammed (CHASH reads zero) the command runs but recovers no stored KEK, so csu_puf_regeneration() checks CHASH first and then checks that the command actually produced a key (KEY_RDY set, OVERFLOW clear) rather than reporting success on a completed command. The boot-header helper-data path is BootROM-only.

Constraints on a black-key deployment, all from UG1085:

  • Regeneration "can only be performed when authentication is enabled", so the part needs RSA_EN and a PPK hash burned.
  • The PUF "is disabled in the encrypt-only secure boot mode", so ENC_ONLY and the PUF are mutually exclusive.
  • The helper data and the encrypted key must be stored in the same place, both in eFuse or both in the boot image.
  • Moving from eFuse helper data to boot-header helper data requires burning SYN_INVLD, after which the part can no longer boot with eFuse helper data.
  • The device has no TRNG, so the PUF is intended to be registered once.

Once the CSU has regenerated the KEK it is simply the device key, so decryption uses the existing CSU_AES_KEY_SRC_DEVICE_KEY path.

For a black key, csu_puf_black_key_unwrap() regenerates the KEK and decrypts the wrapped key with CSU_AES_KUP_WR set, so the recovered key is written into the KUP register rather than to memory and is never visible to software; the caller then selects CSU_AES_KEY_SRC_KUP. It refuses on an unprovisioned part. The routing has been exercised on a ZCU102 with a resident KUP wrapping key standing in for the PUF KEK: the recovered key appears in the KUP, a corrupted blob fails the GCM tag, and the failure path leaves nothing selectable. The PUF key source itself is untested, because the bench device is unprovisioned and registration is one-shot.

Ethernet PHY init (optional)

Opt-in (off by default), wolfBoot can replay a board's U-Boot Ethernet PHY register sequence over the GEM MDIO management plane so the PHY is ready before the OS runs. Enable with CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DWOLFBOOT_ZYNQMP_PHY_INIT. The default targets the ZCU102 on-board PHY (TI DP83867 at MDIO 0x0C on GEM3, 0xFF0E0000) and just reads the PHY ID as a diagnostic (printed with DEBUG_UART=1). A board supplies its own sequence by keeping its values in a small header selected with one line, CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DZYNQMP_PHY_INIT_HEADER='"myboard_phy.h"', where that header #defines any of ZYNQMP_GEM_BASE, ZYNQMP_PHY_ADDR, ZYNQMP_PHY_GPIO_ADDR, ZYNQMP_GEM_MDC_DIV, and the {op, arg0, arg1} step array ZYNQMP_PHY_INIT_STEPS; scalars can also be set directly with -D, and anything omitted falls back to the ZCU102 defaults (see hal/zynq.h and the commented example in config/examples/zynqmp.config). Where the PHY is behind the PL, the boot image must include the FPGA bitstream (bootgen [destination_device=pl] system.bit) or the transactions are no-ops.

Non-cacheable DMA window

The ZynqMP GEM is not coherent with the CPU caches, so a hook that drives it needs non-cacheable memory. hal/zynq.ld reserves a 2MB-aligned .dma_buffers region at WOLFBOOT_DMA_BUFFER_ADDRESS (default 0x8200000) and hal_dma_set_noncached() re-attributes it at runtime; see HAL.md.

Building with Xilinx tools (Vitis IDE)

See IDE/XilinxSDK/README.md for using Xilinx IDE

Building with gcc-aarch64-linux-gnu

Requires gcc-aarch64-linux-gnu package. Use make CROSS_COMPILE=aarch64-linux-gnu-

Building with QNX

source ~/qnx700/qnxsdp-env.sh
cp ./config/examples/zynqmp.config .config
make clean
make CROSS_COMPILE=aarch64-unknown-nto-qnx7.0.0-

QSPI Boot (default)

Use config/examples/zynqmp.config.

cp config/examples/zynqmp.config .config
make clean
make

QSPI layout

Partition Size Address Description
Bootloader - 0x8000000 wolfBoot in DDR (loaded by FSBL)
Primary 42MB 0x800000 Boot partition in QSPI
Update 42MB 0x3A00000 Update partition in QSPI
Swap - 0x63E0000 Swap area in QSPI

Build BOOT.BIN for QSPI

See IDE/XilinxSDK/README.md for creating BOOT.BIN with the Xilinx IDE, or use the existing BIF file:

cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/zynqmp_fsbl.elf .
cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/pmufw.elf .
cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/bl31.elf .

source ${VITIS_PATH}/settings64.sh
bootgen -arch zynqmp -image ./IDE/XilinxSDK/boot.bif -w -o BOOT.BIN

Signing

tools/keytools/sign --rsa4096 --sha3 /path/to/vmlinux.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1

Testing with QEMU

qemu-system-aarch64 -machine xlnx-zcu102 -cpu cortex-a53 -serial stdio -display none \
    -device loader,file=wolfboot.bin,cpu-num=0

SD Card Boot (MBR + A/B)

Use config/examples/zynqmp_sdcard.config. This uses the Arasan SDHCI controller (SD1 - external SD card slot on ZCU102) and an MBR partitioned SD card.

Both handoff paths flush the EL2 D-cache/I-cache and disable the EL2 MMU via el2_flush_and_disable_mmu in src/boot_aarch64_start.S, under different conditions: the ERET-to-EL1 path whenever BOOT_EL1 and EL2_HYPERVISOR=1 are both set, and the direct-jump path when EL2_HYPERVISOR=1 and the current exception level is EL2.

Partition layout

Partition Name Size Type Contents
1 boot 128MB FAT32 LBA (0x0c), bootable BOOT.BIN (FSBL + PMUFW + BL31 + wolfBoot)
2 OFP_A 200MB Linux (0x83) Primary signed firmware image
3 OFP_B 200MB Linux (0x83) Update signed firmware image
4 rootfs remainder Linux (0x83) Linux root filesystem

Build wolfBoot + sign test images

cp config/examples/zynqmp_sdcard.config .config
make clean
make

make test-app/image.bin
IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=1024 ./tools/keytools/sign --rsa4096 --sha3 test-app/image.elf wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1
IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=1024 ./tools/keytools/sign --rsa4096 --sha3 test-app/image.elf wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2

Build BOOT.BIN for SD card

Copy the pre-built firmware and generate BOOT.BIN:

cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/zynqmp_fsbl.elf .
cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/pmufw.elf .
cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/bl31.elf .

source ${VITIS_PATH}/settings64.sh
bootgen -arch zynqmp -image ./tools/scripts/zcu102/zynqmp_sd_boot.bif -w -o BOOT.BIN

The BIF file (zynqmp_sd_boot.bif) configures the boot chain:

  • FSBL at A53-0 (bootloader)
  • PMUFW at PMU
  • BL31 at EL3 with TrustZone
  • wolfBoot at EL2

Create SD image

dd if=/dev/zero of=sdcard.img bs=1M count=1024
sfdisk sdcard.img <<EOF
label: dos

1 : start=2048, size=128M, type=c, bootable
2 : size=200M, type=83
3 : size=200M, type=83
4 : type=83
EOF

SECTOR2=$(sfdisk -d sdcard.img | awk '/sdcard.img2/ {for (i=1;i<=NF;i++) if ($i ~ /start=/) {gsub(/start=|,/, "", $i); print $i}}')
SECTOR3=$(sfdisk -d sdcard.img | awk '/sdcard.img3/ {for (i=1;i<=NF;i++) if ($i ~ /start=/) {gsub(/start=|,/, "", $i); print $i}}')
dd if=test-app/image_v1_signed.bin of=sdcard.img bs=512 seek=$SECTOR2 conv=notrunc
dd if=test-app/image_v2_signed.bin of=sdcard.img bs=512 seek=$SECTOR3 conv=notrunc

Provision SD card

sudo dd if=sdcard.img of=/dev/sdX bs=4M status=progress conv=fsync
sync
sudo mkfs.vfat -F 32 -n BOOT /dev/sdX1
sudo mount /dev/sdX1 /mnt
sudo cp BOOT.BIN /mnt/
sudo umount /mnt
sudo fdisk -l /dev/sdX

Or just mount and copy the BOOT.BIN and "dd" the partitions

# Mount the FAT boot partition and copy just the updated BOOT.BIN
sudo mount /dev/sdX1 /mnt && sudo cp BOOT.BIN /mnt/ && sudo umount /mnt && sync

# Write the signed image to partition 2 (P:A) and partition 3 (P:B)
sudo dd if=test-app/image_v1_signed.bin of=/dev/sdX2 bs=4k
sudo dd if=test-app/image_v1_signed.bin of=/dev/sdX3 bs=4k

Boot Mode

Set the ZCU102 boot mode switches (SW6) for SD card boot:

Boot Mode MODE Pins 3:0 SW6[4:1]
JTAG 0 0 0 0 on, on, on, on
QSPI32 0 0 1 0 on, on, off, on
SD1 1 1 1 0 off, off, off, on

SDHCI Notes (Arasan controller)

The ZynqMP uses an Arasan SDHCI v3.0 controller. Key considerations:

  • SDMA vs PIO: The PIO (Programmed I/O) multi-block read path has a race condition on this controller under compiler optimization (-Os/-O2). The BRR (Buffer Read Ready) flag is re-polled too quickly between blocks, causing stale data reads that corrupt firmware images. The default SDHCI_DMA_THRESHOLD=4096 forces all multi-block reads through the SDMA path, which avoids this issue entirely.
  • HV4E redirect: The Arasan controller does not support Host Version 4 Enable (HV4E). The platform HAL in hal/zynq.c transparently redirects SRS22/SRS23 writes to the legacy SRS00 register for 32-bit SDMA addressing.
  • Card detect: The Arasan controller does not support CDSS/CDTL card detect test level. SDHCI_FORCE_CARD_DETECT is set in the config since FSBL already booted from the same SD card.
  • DISK_BLOCK_SIZE: Controls the firmware read chunk size in update_disk.c (default 64KB). This determines the per-read size passed to the SDHCI driver. It does not need to be smaller than SDHCI_DMA_BUFF_BOUNDARY; if a read crosses one or more SDMA buffer boundaries, the SDHCI driver handles that via the normal SDMA boundary interrupt path. In practice, this setting is a tradeoff: larger reads may trigger boundary IRQs more often, while smaller reads reduce crossings but increase request overhead.

Debug

Enable SDHCI debug output by uncommenting in the config:

CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DDEBUG_SDHCI
CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DDEBUG_DISK

Example Boot Output

wolfBoot Secure Boot
Current EL: 2
PMUFW Ver: 1.1
SDHCI: SDCard mode
Reading MBR...
Found MBR partition table
  MBR part 1: type=0x0C, start=0x100000, size=128MB
  MBR part 2: type=0x83, start=0x8100000, size=200MB
  MBR part 3: type=0x83, start=0x14900000, size=200MB
  MBR part 4: type=0x83, start=0x21100000, size=71MB
Total partitions on disk0: 4
Checking primary OS image in 0,1...
Checking secondary OS image in 0,2...
Versions, A:1 B:1
Load address 0x10000000
Attempting boot from P:A
Boot partition: 0x8038AA0 (sz 211096, ver 0x1, type 0x401)
Loading image from disk...done
Boot partition: 0x8038AA0 (sz 211096, ver 0x1, type 0x401)
Checking image integrity...done
Verifying image signature...done
Firmware Valid.
Loading elf at 0x10000000
Found valid elf64 (little endian)
Program Headers 1 (size 56)
Load 29888 bytes (offset 0x10000) to 0x10000000 (p 0x10000000)
Clear 17540 bytes at 0x10000000 (p 0x10000000)
Entry point 0x10000000
Booting at 10000000
do_boot: entry=0x10000000, EL=2
do_boot: dts=0x00000000


===========================================
 wolfBoot Test Application - AMD ZynqMP
===========================================

Current EL: 2
Boot mode: Disk-based (MBR partitions)
Application running successfully!

Entering idle loop...

Booting Linux via FIT image

wolfBoot is a drop-in replacement for U-Boot's FIT image loader: it parses the same mkimage-produced multi-component FIT (kernel + DTB + optional ramdisk), honors per-subimage load/entry/compression properties, and hands off to the kernel the same way - with the added value of authenticating the entire FIT against a wolfBoot signature before any subimage is touched.

ZynqMP can chain into a Linux kernel (PetaLinux, Yocto, or any other producer) using the same FIT mechanism as the Versal target. wolfBoot's FIT-using configs (zynqmp.config and zynqmp_sdcard.config) default to GZIP=1, which lets you point the FIT at a gzipped kernel (Image.gz) directly:

images {
    kernel-1 {
        data = /incbin/("Image.gz");
        compression = "gzip";
        load = <0x10000000>;
        entry = <0x10000000>;
        hash-1 { algo = "sha256"; };
    };
};

mkimage -f your-zynqmp.its fitImage then produces a single signed FIT that wolfBoot decompresses straight to the kernel load address at boot. See the Versal "Booting Linux via FIT image" section for a full walkthrough - the flow is identical apart from the load addresses and the bl31/fsbl versus bl31/plm boot chain, including the bootargs handling (the FIT DTB's own /chosen/bootargs win unless LINUX_BOOTARGS/LINUX_BOOTARGS_ROOT is set; see "Linux kernel command line (bootargs)" in docs/compile.md). Set GZIP=0 in .config if you want to keep using an uncompressed Image plus compression = "none".

The decompressed-output bound for any single FIT subimage defaults to WOLFBOOT_FIT_MAX_DECOMP = 256 MB. Override per target via CFLAGS+=-DWOLFBOOT_FIT_MAX_DECOMP=... if a kernel/ramdisk legitimately expands beyond that. The outer wolfBoot signature still authenticates the entire FIT; this cap is defense-in-depth against a malformed-but-signed stream.

FIT ramdisk (initramfs)

When PetaLinux is built with INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "0" the rootfs cpio ships as a separate ramdisk node in the FIT alongside the kernel and DTB. wolfBoot can extract it, copy it to a configurable RAM address, and patch the loaded DTB with /chosen/linux,initrd-{start,end} so the kernel finds it. Enable this with FIT_RAMDISK=1:

cp config/examples/zynqmp_sdcard.config .config
# Uncomment the FIT_RAMDISK / WOLFBOOT_LOAD_RAMDISK_ADDRESS / LINUX_BOOTARGS
# block under "Optional: FIT-bundled initramfs" and comment out the
# LINUX_BOOTARGS_ROOT line above it.
make

Key options (in config/examples/zynqmp_sdcard.config):

  • FIT_RAMDISK=1 - enables FIT ramdisk extraction (-DWOLFBOOT_FIT_RAMDISK).
  • FIT_RAMDISK_REQUIRED=1 - a failed ramdisk load panics instead of booting on. Set it where the ramdisk is the only root filesystem the image has.
  • WOLFBOOT_LOAD_RAMDISK_ADDRESS=0x40000000 - destination address. Pick a region clear of the kernel image (~0x80000 + tens of MB) and clear of FIT staging (WOLFBOOT_LOAD_ADDRESS=0x10000000 + FIT size). The default 0x40000000 leaves ~1 GB of headroom on a 4 GB ZCU102. Set to 0 to honor the FIT's own load = <...> property verbatim instead.
  • LINUX_BOOTARGS should drop root=... since the ramdisk is the rootfs.

Compressed (gzip) ramdisks are supported transparently when GZIP=1 is set (the same gzip path used for the kernel handles compression = "gzip" on the ramdisk node). The outer wolfBoot signature already authenticates the entire FIT, so the ramdisk inherits authentication without per-image hashing. Per-image hash-1 subnodes (if present) are not re-verified at runtime - per the FIT spec they hash the in-FIT data bytes, which the outer wolfBoot signature already covers.

Example FIT layout:

images {
    kernel-1  { ... };
    fdt-1     { ... };
    ramdisk-1 {
        data = /incbin/("rootfs.cpio.gz");
        type = "ramdisk";
        compression = "gzip";  /* or "none" */
        load = <0x40000000>;   /* required for decompression / relocation */
        hash-1 { algo = "sha256"; };
    };
};
configurations {
    default = "conf-zcu102";
    conf-zcu102 {
        kernel  = "kernel-1";
        fdt     = "fdt-1";
        ramdisk = "ramdisk-1";
    };
};

Successful boot prints:

Loading ramdisk: 0x... -> 0x40000000 (N bytes)
FDT: Set chosen (...), linux,initrd-start=1073741824
FDT: Set chosen (...), linux,initrd-end=...

FPGA bitstream from FIT

wolfBoot can program the PL (FPGA fabric) from an fpga sub-image carried in the same signed FIT, using the standard U-Boot convention: a sub-image with type = "fpga", referenced from the configuration node via an optional fpga = "<node>" property, with a compatible string naming the load method. The PL is programmed before the kernel/DTB are loaded so PL-dependent clocks and peripherals come up first. The outer wolfBoot signature authenticates the whole FIT (bitstream included), so no per-image hashing is required.

Enable with FPGA_BITSTREAM=1 (off by default). A failed PL load is fatal (wolfBoot_panic) unless FPGA_NONFATAL=1 is also set, which downgrades it to a logged warning that continues the boot.

As produced by mkimage, the fpga sub-image is typically gzip-compressed (compression = "gzip") and carries NO load property (U-Boot decompresses it into a scratch buffer before programming). wolfBoot mirrors this: set WOLFBOOT_LOAD_FPGA_ADDRESS to a DDR staging address (clear of the FIT at WOLFBOOT_LOAD_ADDRESS, the kernel, and the DTS), and the bitstream is decompressed there before the PL is programmed. Build with GZIP=1 (already default in the example configs). If the fpga node does provide its own load, leave WOLFBOOT_LOAD_FPGA_ADDRESS=0 to honor it.

cp config/examples/zynqmp.config .config
make FPGA_BITSTREAM=1 WOLFBOOT_LOAD_FPGA_ADDRESS=0x40000000

Per-target support:

  • ZynqMP (TARGET=zynq): supported. The bitstream (a bootgen .bin with the 66 55 99 aa sync word, not a Vivado .bit) is staged in DDR and handed to the PMU firmware via the PM_FPGA_LOAD EEMI call (xilfpga over the CSU DMA / PCAP). The size is passed in bytes and the flags are 0 for a full legacy bitstream, matching stock Xilinx U-Boot; no software byte-swap is applied.
  • Zynq-7000 (TARGET=zynq7000): supported (full bitstream). Programmed directly through the DevC/PCAP DMA engine (UG585 ch.6). Partial reconfiguration is not yet implemented.
  • Versal (TARGET=versal): not yet implemented - Versal programs the PL with a PDI loaded by the PLM (XilLoader Load-PDI IPI), not a raw bitstream. hal_fpga_load is a stub; leave FPGA_BITSTREAM off on Versal until that path lands.

The compatible string selects full vs partial: any value containing partial requests partial reconfiguration, otherwise a full bitstream is loaded. Typical full-bitstream values are u-boot,fpga-legacy, u-boot,zynqmp-fpga-ddrauth, or u-boot,zynqmp-fpga-enc.

Decompressed-size validation: the fpga node carries no explicit uncompressed-size property, but for compression = "gzip" the gzip trailer encodes it. wolfBoot verifies the gzip CRC32 and ISIZE (decompressed length) on completion and bounds the output by WOLFBOOT_FIT_MAX_FPGA, so a truncated or corrupt bitstream is rejected (fatal, or skipped under FPGA_NONFATAL=1). The byte count handed to PM_FPGA_LOAD is the validated decompressed length. Note that WOLFBOOT_FIT_MAX_FPGA is a compile-time cap only (set it with CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DWOLFBOOT_FIT_MAX_FPGA=...; it defaults to WOLFBOOT_FIT_MAX_DECOMP, 256 MB) - it is a sanity ceiling, NOT the size of your DDR staging region. It does not by itself stop the bitstream from overrunning the kernel/DTB/FIT areas, so choosing a WOLFBOOT_LOAD_FPGA_ADDRESS clear of those regions (and, if you want a tight bound, lowering WOLFBOOT_FIT_MAX_FPGA to your staging window) is the integrator's responsibility.

Multiple configurations: wolfBoot boots the FIT's default configuration. For a FIT that carries several boards' configurations selected at runtime (e.g. U-Boot's bootm <addr>#conf-<board>), build with FIT_CONFIG_SELECT=1 and provide a hal_fit_config_name() in your integration that returns the config node name to boot (e.g. "conf-fcm"), or NULL to fall back to default. wolfBoot ships only the weak default (returns NULL) - the board-detection logic (PS GPIO, CHIPID, etc.) is intentionally left to the integrator and is not part of upstream.

Example FIT layout (matches mkimage output - gzip, no load):

images {
    kernel-1 { ... };
    fdt-1    { ... };
    fpga-1 {
        description = "FPGA bitstream";
        data = /incbin/("system.bit.bin.gz"); /* gzip of bootgen .bin */
        type = "fpga";
        arch = "arm64";                        /* informational; not read by wolfBoot */
        compression = "gzip";
        compatible = "u-boot,fpga-legacy";
        hash-1 { algo = "sha256"; };           /* covered by outer sig */
    };
};
configurations {
    default = "conf-zcu102";
    conf-zcu102 {
        kernel = "kernel-1";
        fdt    = "fdt-1";
        fpga   = "fpga-1";
    };
};

Successful programming prints (ZynqMP):

FIT: programming FPGA 'fpga-1' (N bytes, full)
FPGA status: 0x...
FIT: FPGA programmed

Xilinx Zynq-7000 (ZC702)

Filesystem boot: this target can also read its signed image from a file on a read-only FAT32 or ext4 partition instead of from raw offset 0. Build with DISK_FS=fat32|ext4|both and set BOOT_FILE_A / BOOT_FILE_B. See Disk boot from a read-only filesystem (FAT32 / ext4).

AMD/Xilinx Zynq-7000 (XC7Z020) on the ZC702 Evaluation Kit - dual ARM Cortex-A9 (ARMv7-A 32-bit), 1 GB DDR3, 16 MB QSPI NOR (N25Q128A), SDIO, dual UART. Older sibling of the ZynqMP family - distinct silicon, different controllers (XQspiPs not XQspiPsu, Arasan SDHCI v2.0 not v3.0, no CSU/PMU/PUF, PL310 L2).

wolfBoot replaces U-Boot in the Zynq-7000 boot flow -- there is no U-Boot stage. wolfBoot is loaded by the Xilinx Zynq-7000 FSBL into DDR:

BootROM -> FSBL -> wolfBoot -> signed app or Linux kernel

The FSBL handles all PS init (DDR, MIO, clocks, QSPI ref clock); wolfBoot only initializes UART, the QSPI controller, runs the verify/swap logic, and chain-loads the next stage.

This target supports:

  • QSPI boot (primary): config/examples/zynq7000.config -- one config for both bare-metal and Linux payloads (MMU=1 + ELF=1; bare-metal apps don't pay any runtime cost beyond ~5 KB of unused FDT/MMU code).
  • SD card boot: config/examples/zynq7000_sdcard.config -- bare-metal and Linux payloads from MBR-partitioned SD via the generic SDHCI driver and the Arasan v2.0 translation in hal/zynq7000.c.
  • JTAG-loaded dev via Platform Cable II + xsdb (no flash required).

Prerequisites

  1. Toolchain: arm-none-eabi-gcc (Arm bare-metal). Tested with 13.2.
  2. Xilinx Vitis (provides bootgen, xsdb, and program_flash). Source the env once per shell:
    source /opt/Xilinx/2025.2/Vitis/settings64.sh
    
    Vivado's settings64.sh works equivalently if you don't have Vitis installed.
  3. Platform Cable II USB drivers (one-time, requires root). Without these the cable enumerates as 03fd:0013 with empty descriptors and xsdb reports no JTAG targets:
    sudo /opt/Xilinx/2025.2/Vitis/data/xicom/cable_drivers/lin64/install_script/install_drivers/install_drivers
    
    Unplug/replug the cable afterward so udev can load the firmware.
  4. Pre-built ZC702 FSBL + DTB (clone next to your wolfboot working tree):
    git clone https://github.com/wolfSSL/soc-prebuilt-firmware.git
    export PREBUILT_DIR=$(pwd)/../soc-prebuilt-firmware/zc702-zynq
    ls $PREBUILT_DIR/zynq_fsbl.elf  # required
    
  5. Hardware: ZC702 with Platform Cable II (USB JTAG) connected to J22 and powered.

Configuration Options

Key options in config/examples/zynq7000.config:

  • ARCH=ARM - 32-bit ARM
  • TARGET=zynq7000 - selects hal/zynq7000.{c,h,ld} and the CORTEX_A9 arch.mk block
  • SIGN=ECC256 / HASH=SHA256 - smaller and faster than RSA on Cortex-A9
  • MMU=1 ELF=1 - lets the same image boot Linux or bare-metal. do_boot always emits the ARM Linux boot ABI (r0=0, r1=~0, r2=DTB_phys, r3=0) on this target, which bare-metal apps simply ignore. MMU=1 enables update_ram.c's DTB-load codepath and pulls in src/fdt.o; wolfBoot does not manage page tables (it inherits FSBL's flat 1:1 DDR mapping). ELF=1 lets wolfBoot understand ELF inputs (e.g. vmlinux) and load only their LOAD segments. Cost over a strictly bare-metal-only build: ~5 KB extra wolfBoot binary (31 KB -> 36 KB).
  • EXT_FLASH=1 - QSPI as external flash via XQspiPs
  • WOLFBOOT_LOAD_ADDRESS=0x10000000 - DDR offset 256 MB, where the verified app is staged before do_boot. Must be above wolfBoot's own region (0x04000000-0x040FFFFF) because src/update_ram.c enforces dst > _end.
  • WOLFBOOT_LOAD_DTS_ADDRESS=0x11000000 - DDR offset 272 MB, where a DTB read out of PART_DTS_BOOT would be relocated. Ignored for bare-metal payloads and for the appended-DTB Linux flow (where the DTB lives at the end of the signed kernel image). A DTB loaded this way (raw PART_DTS_BOOT or hal_get_dts_address(), i.e. not inside a signed FIT) is authenticated against the boot image's HDR_DEVICE_TREE_DIGEST TLV before the kernel sees it: sign the kernel with sign --dts <board.dtb> (see docs/Signing.md). When the image carries the digest it is always verified and a mismatch panics. A raw DTB with no digest only warns and boots by default (backward compatible); build with WOLFBOOT_REQUIRE_SIGNED_DTB=1 to make a missing digest a hard failure once every raw-DTB payload is signed with --dts.
  • WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS=0x00100000 - 16 MB QSPI layout below
  • CROSS_COMPILE=arm-none-eabi-

DDR layout:

Region Address range Contents
App stage 0x10000000+ Verified signed image, app text/data/bss/stack
Image header staging 0x0FFFFC00-0x0FFFFFFF wolfBoot copies the 1 KB header here just before the load address
wolfBoot 0x04000000-0x040FFFFF Loaded by FSBL, runs in place
FSBL/BootROM/OCM 0x00000000-0x000FFFFF OCM low-mapped during boot

QSPI partition layout (16 MB on-board flash):

Offset Size Contents
0x000000 ~512 KB BOOT.BIN (FSBL + wolfboot)
0x100000 6 MB BOOT_A (signed primary image)
0x700000 6 MB UPDATE_B (signed update slot)
0xD00000 64 KB SWAP scratch sector
0xD10000+ reserved

Building wolfBoot

cp config/examples/zynq7000.config .config
make keysclean && make keytools
make TARGET=zynq7000 wolfboot.elf

The result is a 32-bit ARM ELF with entry point 0x04000000 and .text start at the same address (vector table at the load base).

Building BOOT.BIN (production QSPI boot)

cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/zynq_fsbl.elf .
bootgen -arch zynq -image tools/scripts/zynq7000/zynq7000_qspi.bif -w -o BOOT.BIN

bootgen ships with Vitis. The .bif template at tools/scripts/zynq7000/zynq7000_qspi.bif is the minimum bootable image; add download.bit and a DTB if you also need to load the PL bitstream and a Linux device tree (see Milestone 5).

Programming QSPI

The 16 MB QSPI flash holds two artifacts: BOOT.BIN at offset 0x0 (FSBL + wolfBoot, < 1 MB) and the signed payload at WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS (default 0x100000 for the BOOT_A partition). Both go through program_flash over JTAG.

Set ZC702 boot mode straps to JTAG (SW16 all OFF) for programming. Then run two commands:

# 1. List JTAG targets and note the arm_dap target ID for the Xilinx Platform
# Cable USB II (skip this step if you only have one JTAG cable connected).
program_flash -jtagtargets -url TCP:127.0.0.1:3121

# 2. Program BOOT.BIN at offset 0
program_flash -f BOOT.BIN -offset 0 -flash_type qspi-x4-single \
    -fsbl ${PREBUILT_DIR}/zynq_fsbl.elf \
    -target_id <arm_dap_id> -url TCP:127.0.0.1:3121

# 3. Program the signed payload at the BOOT_A partition offset
program_flash -f test-app/image_v1_signed.bin -offset 0x100000 \
    -flash_type qspi-x4-single -fsbl ${PREBUILT_DIR}/zynq_fsbl.elf \
    -target_id <arm_dap_id> -url TCP:127.0.0.1:3121

program_flash ships with Vitis. The Vivado Hardware Manager UI works equivalently (Tools -> Add Configuration Memory Device -> select N25Q128 -> program two files at offsets 0 and 0x100000).

After programming, set boot mode to QSPI by turning SW16-4 ON (the four-position dip mapping is SW16-4 = MIO[5] MSB of the boot device strap, with SW16-1..3 = MIO[2..4]; per UG850 ch.1.2.4). Power-cycle the board (cold) so the BootROM re-samples the strap. Console comes up on UART1 (J17 USB-UART), 115200 8N1, and you should see the wolfBoot banner followed by === ZC702 test-app: BOOT OK === (or, with a signed kernel in the BOOT partition, the Linux boot log).

program_flash may print a segmentation fault on exit ("Flash Operation Successful" precedes it) -- that's a Vitis tool quirk on cleanup, not a programming failure; the flash content is correct.

JTAG-loaded development (no flash)

For driver bring-up or quick iteration, skip bootgen and load directly via Platform Cable II:

source /opt/Xilinx/2025.2/Vitis/settings64.sh   # once per shell
xsdb tools/scripts/zynq7000/jtag_load.tcl

The script runs the prebuilt FSBL (PS init: DDR/MIO/clocks/UART), then loads wolfboot.elf over the top, sets PC to 0x04000000 and CPSR to SVC with IRQ/FIQ masked, and resumes. Override paths via FSBL_ELF=... or WOLFBOOT_ELF=... env vars.

With a signed image programmed at QSPI offset 0x100000 (see "Building and flashing the signed test app" below), expected UART output is:

wolfBoot Zynq-7000 (ZC702) hal_init
Versions: Boot 1, Update 0
Trying Boot partition at 0x100000
Loading header 1024 bytes from 0x100000 to 0xFFFFC00
Loading image 396 bytes from 0x100400 to 0x10000000...done
Boot partition: 0xFFFFC00 (sz 396, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Checking integrity...done
Verifying signature...done
Successfully selected image in part: 0
Firmware Valid
Booting at 0x10000000

=== ZC702 test-app: BOOT OK ===
wolfBoot verified + chain-loaded this image
.....

On a blank QSPI (no signed image yet), wolfBoot prints Versions: Boot 0, Update 0 / No valid image found! / wolfBoot: PANIC! instead - that is correct behavior, not a bug.

If xsdb reports no targets found or empty jtag servers, either:

  • Cable USB drivers not installed - see step 3 of Prerequisites, OR
  • A previous run left the CPU in a stuck JTAG state - power-cycle the ZC702 (SW10, the Pi4 GPIO 20 power relay, or your PSU control) and retry.

A separate JTAG-only dev build (no QSPI driver) can be produced with make EXT_FLASH=0.

Building and flashing the signed test app

A minimal Cortex-A9 test app lives at test-app/app_zynq7000.c (UART banner + heartbeat dots). The top-level make target produces both wolfboot.elf and test-app/image_v1_signed.bin with the keys generated under wolfboot_signing_private_key.der:

cp config/examples/zynq7000.config .config
make keysclean && make            # builds wolfboot.elf + test-app/image_v1_signed.bin

Program the signed image to QSPI offset 0x100000 (the BOOT_A partition):

program_flash -f test-app/image_v1_signed.bin \
    -fsbl ${PREBUILT_DIR}/zynq_fsbl.elf \
    -flash_type qspi-x4-single -offset 0x100000

program_flash ships with Vitis. Then run wolfBoot via xsdb tools/scripts/zynq7000/jtag_load.tcl - it should verify and chain-load the test app, producing the heartbeat output above.

QSPI driver self-test (TEST_EXT_FLASH)

To exercise the XQspiPs driver in isolation - read JEDEC ID, sector erase + page program + linear-mode read-back of a 256-byte pattern at 0x200000:

make CFLAGS_EXTRA=-DTEST_EXT_FLASH wolfboot.elf
xsdb tools/scripts/zynq7000/jtag_load.tcl

Expected output:

qspi: --- TEST_EXT_FLASH start ---
qspi: JEDEC ID = 0x20bb18  rc=00            <- Micron N25Q128
qspi: read @0x100000 = 574f4c468c010000     <- "WOLF" magic from a programmed signed image
qspi: erase sector @ 0x00200000 ...
qspi: page program ...
qspi: post-program JEDEC = 0x20bb18
qspi: rdback[0..7] = 0001020304050607
qspi: --- TEST_EXT_FLASH PASS ---

QSPI driver design

The driver in hal/zynq7000.c splits read vs cmd-only paths similarly to how the ZynqMP HAL splits SDHCI CMD17 (single-block PIO) vs CMD18 (multi-block SDMA):

Operation Path Why
JEDEC ID, RDSR, WREN, sector erase, page program I/O mode (TXD0/TXD1/2/3 + auto-start) Short, command-shaped transactions; needs precise byte counts on MOSI
Bulk reads (signed image, partition headers) Linear/XIP mode (memcpy from 0xFC000000+offset) Hardware-accelerated; controller drives cmd+addr+dummy and presents data through the AXI window

qspi_linear_mode_setup() configures LQSPI_CR=0x8000010B (single-bit FAST_READ 0x0B + 1 dummy byte) which avoids needing the flash QE bit set. A sacrificial first-byte read primes the linear-mode pipeline before the actual memcpy.

For TX-only commands sent without RX capture, qspi_xfer4 picks TXD1/TXD2/TXD3 so the controller clocks exactly N bytes on the wire (no 4-byte padding that some flash interprets as additional commands - this caused our WREN to fail in an early iteration).

Boot flow notes

  • Cortex-A9 startup: shared src/boot_arm32_start.S (generic ARMv7-A startup, also used by SAMA5D3) plus shared src/boot_arm32.c for do_boot(). Sets VBAR to wolfBoot's vector table at 0x04000000, clears SCTLR.{A,C,I,V}, invalidates I-cache + branch predictor + TLB, sets stack pointers for IRQ/FIQ/ABT/UND/SVC modes, then unmasks async aborts and calls main.
  • MMU lifecycle: wolfBoot inherits FSBL's flat 1:1 DDR mapping and leaves the MMU enabled for the duration of its own run so unaligned LDR/STR keep working (disabling the MMU on Cortex-A9 makes all memory Strongly-Ordered, which traps unaligned accesses and breaks any ARMv7-A unrolled memcpy). It only disables the MMU at handoff, inside hal_prepare_boot() right before do_boot() -- so the chain-loaded payload starts with MMU+caches off in a known-clean architectural state. wolfBoot does not manage its own page tables; it simply rides on FSBL's.
  • memcpy/memset: do not define WOLFBOOT_USE_STDLIBC for this target. newlib's ARMv7-A memcpy uses unaligned word LDRs from arbitrary alignments and faults under any code path that runs without the MMU configured for Normal memory. wolfBoot's own byte-wise / aligned-word memcpy in src/string.c is used instead.
  • ext_flash_read returns bytes-read (not 0 on success): src/update_ram.c checks ret != IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE for the header read and ret < 0 for the body read.
  • Cache teardown in hal_prepare_boot(): cleans+invalidates L1 D-cache by set/way, invalidates L1 I-cache and branch predictor, then disables MMU+caches via SCTLR before do_boot() performs bx r4.
  • Register handoff (do_boot in src/boot_arm32.c): on this target (which always builds with MMU=1), do_boot always emits the ARM Linux boot ABI -- r0 = 0, r1 = ~0 (no machine ID, use DTB), r2 = DTB physical address, r3 = 0, entry in r4. Bare-metal apps simply ignore r0..r3, so the same ABI covers both payload types and no per-config switch is needed.
  • L2 (PL310): not touched by wolfBoot. Stock ZC702 FSBLs do not enable PL310; if your customised FSBL does, extend hal_prepare_boot() with an L2x0 clean-invalidate + disable.

SD card boot (Milestone 6)

config/examples/zynq7000_sdcard.config enables SD-card boot via the generic SDHCI driver (src/sdhci.c) with HAL hooks in hal/zynq7000.c that translate the driver's Cadence SD4HC register layout to the Arasan SDHCI v2.0 standard layout used by the Zynq-7000 controller. The config sets MMU=1 ELF=1 so the same SD-card image can chain- load either a bare-metal app or a signed appended-DTB Linux zImage -- Linux-from-SD is verified end-to-end on ZC702 (full kernel banner + SMP + driver init through to rootfs panic).

Strap: SW16-3 + SW16-4 ON (others OFF). BOOT_MODE_REG = 0x5.

Layout: pure MBR (no GPT - the Zynq-7000 BootROM only accepts MBR-with-FAT32-Active for SD boot).

Partition Type Size Contents
p1 0x0C FAT32-LBA, Active 64 MB BOOT.BIN for the BootROM
p2 0x83 Linux raw 16 MB Signed boot image (BOOT_PART_A=1)
p3 0x83 Linux raw 16 MB Signed update image (BOOT_PART_B=2)

tools/scripts/zynq7000/prepare_sdcard.sh lays this out (parted msdos + manual MBR type/active patch + dd of signed images).

Bare-metal payload (signed test app):

cp config/examples/zynq7000_sdcard.config .config
make TARGET=zynq7000
cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/zynq_fsbl.elf .
bootgen -arch zynq -image tools/scripts/zynq7000/zynq7000_qspi.bif -w -o BOOT.BIN
sudo ./tools/scripts/zynq7000/prepare_sdcard.sh /dev/sdX

Linux payload (signed appended-DTB zImage):

cp config/examples/zynq7000_sdcard.config .config
make TARGET=zynq7000
cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/zynq_fsbl.elf .
bootgen -arch zynq -image tools/scripts/zynq7000/zynq7000_qspi.bif -w -o BOOT.BIN
./tools/scripts/zynq7000/prepare_linux.sh    # appends DTB to zImage and signs as one image
mv image_v1_signed.bin test-app/zImage_signed.bin
sudo ./tools/scripts/zynq7000/prepare_sdcard.sh /dev/sdX test-app/zImage_signed.bin

Arasan SDHCI v2.0 quirks (handled by the HAL/config):

  • 3.3V-only, no UHS-I. The driver tries to enable UHS-I SDR25 / 1.8V signaling on init; we mask out UMS, 1.8V Enable, sampling-clock, HV4E, and A64 in sdhci_reg_write for SRS15.
  • High Speed Enable (HSE bit in HostCtrl1) does not work reliably on v2.0 with 3.3V cards that didn't switch to HS via CMD6 - we mask HSE in HostCtrl1 writes.
  • Post-init clock is capped at 6 MHz via SDHCI_CLK_50MHZ=6000. At 12 MHz the first single-block CMD17 issued after a multi-block CMD18+CMD12 sequence times out (DTOE) - looks like a state-cleanup quirk specific to v2.0. At 24 MHz even the very first CMD17 fails. 6 MHz / 4-bit yields ~3 MB/s, plenty for boot-time loads.
  • Cortex-A9 Global Timer at PERIPHCLK = CPU_3x2x = 333.33 MHz on the default ZC702 FSBL clock plan; Z7_GTIMER_FREQ_HZ in hal/zynq7000.h defaults to that and feeds hal_get_timer_us() used by the SDHCI driver's udelay().
  • DISK_BLOCK_SIZE=0x80000 (512 KB) is set so update_disk.c issues ~10 CMD18 SDMA reads of 512 KB each instead of thousands of CMD17 PIO reads of 512 B each. The default 512 B causes the card to time out (SRS12 bit 20 / EDT) on multi-MB Linux loads. The default 4 KB SDMA buffer boundary is left in place; overriding it to 512 KB stalled SDMA on Arasan v2.0 (TC never fired).

Differences from the ZynqMP port

Aspect ZynqMP (hal/zynq.c) Zynq-7000 (hal/zynq7000.c)
CPU Cortex-A53 quad, AArch64 Cortex-A9 dual, ARMv7-A
QSPI controller GQSPI (XQspiPsu) Linear/Static (XQspiPs)
UART IP XUartPs @ 0xFF000000 XUartPs @ 0xE0001000
SDHCI Arasan v3.0 + Cadence shim Arasan v2.0 + Cadence shim
Crypto HW CSU (AES-GCM, SHA3, PUF) none (DevC AES only)
Boot chain FSBL + PMUFW + BL31 + wolfBoot FSBL + wolfBoot
Linux EL EL2 (hypervisor) SVC (no exception levels)
bootgen -arch zynqmp zynq

Versal Gen 1 VMK180

Filesystem boot: this target can also read its signed image from a file on a read-only FAT32 or ext4 partition instead of from raw offset 0. Build with DISK_FS=fat32|ext4|both and set BOOT_FILE_A / BOOT_FILE_B. See Disk boot from a read-only filesystem (FAT32 / ext4).

AMD Versal Prime Series VMK180 Evaluation Kit - Versal Prime XCVM1802-2MSEVSVA2197 Adaptive SoC - Dual ARM Cortex-A72.

wolfBoot replaces U-Boot in the Versal boot flow:

PLM -> PSM -> BL31 (EL3) -> wolfBoot (EL2) -> Linux (EL2)

wolfBoot runs from DDR at 0x8000000 (EL2, non-secure). All clock, MIO, and DDR initialization is handled by PLM/PSM before wolfBoot starts.

The application is entered at EL2 by default (BOOT_EL2 in hal/versal.h). PSCI brings the secondary cores up at EL2, so dropping only the boot core to EL1 leaves Linux with CPUs started in inconsistent modes. Set BOOT_EL1=1 for a payload that requires EL1 - that was the previous default, so it now has to be stated explicitly.

This target supports two boot paths:

  • QSPI boot (primary, production-style): config/examples/versal_vmk180.config
  • SD card boot (MBR, A/B images): config/examples/versal_vmk180_sdcard.config

Prerequisites

  1. Xilinx Vitis 2024.1 or newer

Note: If using QSPI there are bootgen issues with 2025.1+, so recommend 2024.1 or 2024.2

  • Set VITIS_PATH environment variable: export VITIS_PATH=/opt/Xilinx/Vitis/2024.1
  1. Toolchain: aarch64-none-elf-gcc

Common Notes

  • Debugging with OCRAM (OCM): set WOLFBOOT_ORIGIN=0xFFFC0000 (OCM is 256KB at 0xFFFC0000 - 0xFFFFFFFF).
  • High DDR apertures: designs whose DDR window lives above the default map (for example DDR at 0x400_0000_0000) set DDR_HIGH_BASE=... and DDR_HIGH_SIZE=... (512 GB aligned, plain hex with no UL suffix) to map the window in the translation table, plus NO_DDR_LOW=1 when nothing remains at 0x0. These are AArch64-generic, and the assembler rejects a window outside the VA region the target's TCR covers; the older -DVERSAL_DDR_HIGH_* spellings are still accepted. Move WOLFBOOT_ORIGIN, WOLFBOOT_LOAD_ADDRESS and WOLFBOOT_LOAD_DTS_ADDRESS into the window (hal/versal.ld follows WOLFBOOT_ORIGIN from the config), update the bootgen BIF load/exec and the BL31 BL33 entry to match, and switch the FIT ITS to #address-cells = <2> with two-cell load/entry values since 32-bit cells cannot hold addresses above 4 GB. A commented recipe is in config/examples/versal_vmk180.config; the DDR aperture itself must be routed to the APU by the design's PDI.
  • Test application uses generic boot_arm64_start.S and AARCH64.ld and prints EL + version.
    • Entry point: _start (in boot_arm64_start.S) which sets up stack, clears BSS, and calls main()

Configuration Options

Key configuration options in config/examples/versal_vmk180.config:

  • ARCH=AARCH64 - ARM 64-bit architecture
  • TARGET=versal - Versal platform target
  • WOLFBOOT_ORIGIN=0x8000000 - Entry point in DDR
  • WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE=0x20000 - QSPI flash sector size (128KB)
  • WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE=0x2C00000 - Application partition size (44MB)
  • EXT_FLASH=1 - External flash support
  • ELF=1 - ELF loading support

System Watchdog (SWDT/WWDT)

Versal has two system watchdog timers: LPD_SWDT at 0xFF120000 (wired for the RPU) and FPD_SWDT at 0xFD4D0000 (for the APU). WATCHDOG=1 has wolfBoot reprogram, refresh and settle one of them, for a design that arms it from its .cdo so a hung bootloader resets the board.

Option Default Meaning
WATCHDOG 0 Manage the watchdog through wolfBoot's boot and settle it before the OS.
WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_MS 30000 Timeout to program. It has to exceed a signature verify, which is one call with no loop to refresh from.
WATCHDOG_BASE 0xFD4D0000 Instance to use; 0xFF120000 is the LPD one.
WATCHDOG_CLK_HZ 150000000 Counting clock, FPD_LSBUS or LPD_LSBUS. The default is the rate the VMK180 reference design uses, not the 100 MHz its device tree advertises; below the real rate the window shortens in proportion, so a design with a different lsbus divider must set this.
WATCHDOG_HANDOFF 0 Leave it armed with a full window for an OS that will take it over, instead of stopping it. The OS watchdog node then has to be enabled and its driver servicing it.

The default stops the watchdog in hal_prepare_boot(), as U-Boot does before it boots Linux. wolfBoot reprograms the timer with no closed (first) window so that its own refreshes - from the hash, decompression, flash and disk loops via wolfBoot_watchdog_feed() - are always legal. A refresh or a disable is only honored while the open (second) window is current, elsewhere the hardware records a bad event and ignores a disable, so both wait for that window and report rather than assume. Window and generic mode are both handled and a generic-mode watchdog stays generic; Q&A mode is reported and left alone.

The PDI must release the block's reset and clock (CRF.RST_FPD_SWDT at 0xFD1A0314, CRL.RST_LPD_SWDT at 0xFF5E034C); wolfBoot makes no EEMI calls. Without WATCHDOG it neither reads nor writes the block, since a read of one still in reset can abort at EL2 - so a CDO-armed watchdog is only handled in a WATCHDOG=1 build.

QSPI Boot (default)

Use config/examples/versal_vmk180.config.

QSPI layout

Partition Size Address Description
Bootloader - 0x8000000 wolfBoot in DDR (loaded by BL31)
Primary 44MB 0x800000 Boot partition in QSPI
Update 44MB 0x3400000 Update partition in QSPI
Swap - 0x6000000 Swap area in QSPI

QSPI Flash

VMK180 uses dual parallel MT25QU01GBBB flash (128MB each, 256MB total). The QSPI driver supports:

  • DMA mode (default) or IO polling mode (GQSPI_MODE_IO)
  • Quad SPI (4-bit) for faster reads
  • 4-byte addressing for full flash access
  • Hardware striping for dual parallel operation
  • 75MHz default clock (configurable via GQSPI_CLK_DIV)

Build wolfBoot

cp config/examples/versal_vmk180.config .config
make clean
make

Build BOOT.BIN

git clone --branch xlnx_rel_v2024.2 https://github.com/Xilinx/soc-prebuilt-firmware.git
export PREBUILT_DIR=$(pwd)/../soc-prebuilt-firmware/vmk180-versal
cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/project_1.pdi .
cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/plm.elf .
cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/psmfw.elf .
cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/bl31.elf .
cp ${PREBUILT_DIR}/system-default.dtb .

source ${VITIS_PATH}/settings64.sh
bootgen -arch versal -image ./tools/scripts/versal_boot.bif -w -o BOOT.BIN

The BIF file (versal_boot.bif) references files using relative paths in the same directory.

Flash QSPI

Flash BOOT.BIN to QSPI flash using your preferred method:

  • Vitis: Use the Hardware Manager to program the QSPI flash via JTAG. Load BOOT.BIN and program to QSPI32 flash memory.

  • Lauterbach: Use Trace32 to program QSPI flash via JTAG. Load BOOT.BIN and write to QSPI flash memory addresses.

  • U-Boot via SD Card: Boot from SD card with U-Boot, then use TFTP to download BOOT.BIN and program QSPI flash:

    tftp ${loadaddr} BOOT.BIN
    sf probe 0 0 0
    sf erase 0 +${filesize}
    sf write ${loadaddr} 0 ${filesize}
    

Firmware Update Testing

wolfBoot supports firmware updates using the UPDATE partition. The bootloader automatically selects the image with the higher version number from either the BOOT or UPDATE partition.

  • BOOT partition: 0x800000
  • UPDATE partition: 0x3400000
  • For RAM-based boot (Versal), images are loaded to WOLFBOOT_LOAD_ADDRESS (0x10000000)

Update behavior:

  • wolfBoot checks both BOOT and UPDATE partitions on boot
  • Selects the partition with the higher version number
  • Falls back to the other partition if verification fails
  • The test application displays the firmware version it was signed with

To test firmware updates, build and sign the test application with different version numbers, then flash them to the appropriate partitions.

Example Boot Output

========================================
wolfBoot Secure Boot - AMD Versal
========================================
Current EL: 2
Timer Freq: 99999904 Hz
QSPI: Lower ID: 20 BB 21
QSPI: Upper ID: 20 BB 21
QSPI: 75MHz, Quad mode, DMA
Versions: Boot 1, Update 0
Trying Boot partition at 0x800000
Loading header 512 bytes from 0x800000 to 0xFFFFE00
Loading image 664 bytes from 0x800200 to 0x10000000...done
Boot partition: 0xFFFFE00 (sz 664, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Checking integrity...done
Verifying signature...done
Successfully selected image in part: 0
Firmware Valid
Loading elf at 0x10000000
Invalid elf, falling back to raw binary
Loading DTB (size 24894) from 0x1000 to RAM at 0x1000
Booting at 0x10000000

===========================================
 wolfBoot Test Application - AMD Versal
===========================================
Current EL: 1
Firmware Version: 2 (0x00000002)
Application running successfully!

Entering idle loop...

Booting Linux via FIT image (QSPI)

wolfBoot can boot a signed Linux kernel on the Versal VMK180, replacing U-Boot entirely for a secure boot chain.

Prerequisites:

  1. PetaLinux 2024.2 (or compatible version) built for VMK180
  2. Pre-built Linux images from your PetaLinux build:
    • Image - Uncompressed Linux kernel (ARM64)
    • Image.gz - gzip-compressed kernel (used with GZIP=1, see below)
    • system-default.dtb - Device tree blob for VMK180
  3. SD card with root filesystem (PetaLinux rootfs.ext4 written to partition 2)

wolfBoot uses a FIT (Flattened Image Tree) image containing the kernel and device tree. The ITS file (hal/versal.its) specifies:

  • Kernel load address: 0x00200000
  • DTB load address: 0x00001000
  • SHA256 hashes for integrity

config/examples/versal_vmk180.config and config/examples/versal_vmk180_sdcard.config default to GZIP=1, so wolfBoot can decompress a gzipped kernel at boot time. Pick one of the two flows below.

Option A - Compressed kernel (GZIP=1, default)

Edit hal/versal.its to point the kernel data at the gzipped kernel and set compression = "gzip":

images {
    kernel-1 {
        data = /incbin/("Image.gz");
        compression = "gzip";
        load = <0x00200000>;
        entry = <0x00200000>;
        hash-1 { algo = "sha256"; };
        ...
    };
};

Then build and flash the FIT directly - no manual gunzip step:

cp /path/to/petalinux/images/linux/Image.gz .
cp /path/to/petalinux/images/linux/system-default.dtb .
mkimage -f hal/versal.its fitImage
./tools/keytools/sign --ecc384 --sha384 fitImage wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1

tftp ${loadaddr} fitImage_v1_signed.bin
sf probe 0
sf erase 0x800000 +${filesize}
sf write ${loadaddr} 0x800000 ${filesize}

The compressed FIT is roughly half the size of the uncompressed equivalent on a typical PetaLinux ARM64 kernel, which lets a larger kernel fit in the existing 44 MB QSPI partition. wolfBoot decompresses to 0x00200000 at boot. Integrity is provided by the outer wolfBoot signature over the entire FIT plus gzip's CRC32 + ISIZE trailer on the decompressed payload; per-image hash-1 subnodes are not re-verified at runtime.

Option B - Uncompressed kernel (GZIP=0)

Build wolfBoot with GZIP=0 and use the uncompressed Image directly. Keep compression = "none" in hal/versal.its:

cp /path/to/petalinux/images/linux/Image .
cp /path/to/petalinux/images/linux/system-default.dtb .
mkimage -f hal/versal.its fitImage
./tools/keytools/sign --ecc384 --sha384 fitImage wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1

tftp ${loadaddr} fitImage_v1_signed.bin
sf probe 0
sf erase 0x800000 +${filesize}
sf write ${loadaddr} 0x800000 ${filesize}
Ramdisk (initramfs)

A stock PetaLinux image.ub carries a ramdisk sub-image that bootm passes to the kernel via /chosen/linux,initrd-{start,end}. wolfBoot does the same with FIT_RAMDISK=1, enabled by default in both Versal example configs. Add the node plus a ramdisk = "ramdisk-1"; reference to your configuration node; hal/versal.its carries a commented example.

WOLFBOOT_LOAD_RAMDISK_ADDRESS defaults to 0, which uses the ramdisk in place inside the staged FIT. Set it to a DDR address clear of the kernel, DTB and staging area if the payload needs a fixed location.

FIT images built without load/entry

Some producers emit a FIT whose kernel node declares neither load nor entry - Yocto's kernel-fitimage class omits both unless UBOOT_LOADADDRESS and UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT are set - and leave it to U-Boot to place the image. wolfBoot needs a destination: a gzip kernel has nowhere to decompress to, and an uncompressed one would be entered in place inside the staged FIT at whatever alignment the FIT gives it.

Either add the properties to the ITS, or set WOLFBOOT_LOAD_KERNEL_ADDRESS to the address the kernel should be staged at; a nonzero value overrides the FIT's load/entry and is returned as the entry point. WOLFBOOT_LOAD_RAMDISK_ADDRESS does the same for the ramdisk node.

WOLFBOOT_FIT_MAX_KERNEL bounds how much may be written at that address. It defaults to WOLFBOOT_FIT_MAX_DECOMP (256 MB) and is set with CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DWOLFBOOT_FIT_MAX_KERNEL=...; WOLFBOOT_FIT_MAX_RAMDISK and WOLFBOOT_FIT_MAX_FPGA are the equivalents for those nodes. Like the other WOLFBOOT_FIT_MAX_* caps it is a compile-time sanity ceiling and not a description of your DDR map, so lower it to the staging window if you want a tight bound. wolfBoot narrows it further at run time to the space left below the staged FIT and below wolfBoot's own image, and a kernel that does not fit there is rejected with a message rather than copied or decompressed over either - both the uncompressed and the gzip path make that check.

For a DDR aperture above 4 GB the ITS must use #address-cells = <2> and two-cell values:

/ {
    #address-cells = <2>;
    images {
        kernel-1 {
            data = /incbin/("Image.gz");
            compression = "gzip";
            load = <0x00000400 0x08000000>;
            entry = <0x00000400 0x08000000>;
            hash-1 { algo = "sha256"; };
        };
    };
};
FIT images with no device tree

A kernel-only FIT - no fdt sub-image, and no fdt property on the configuration node - takes its device tree from the boot firmware instead, which is the arrangement U-Boot describes with fdtcontroladdr. Point WOLFBOOT_LOAD_DTS_ADDRESS at wherever the earlier stage left the blob; for a bootgen raw partition that is the load address in the BIF:

{ type=raw, load=0x40000001000, file=system-top.dtb }

wolfBoot then relocates and validates that DTB exactly as it does for a non-FIT payload, and hands it to the kernel in x0.

Such a DTB is outside the FIT, so the signature does not cover it: /chosen/bootargs from the blob is not trusted and LINUX_BOOTARGS replaces it. On the RAM/flash loader (src/update_ram.c) a digest bound with sign --dts authenticates it and honors its bootargs, and WOLFBOOT_REQUIRE_SIGNED_DTB=1 makes a missing digest fatal. The disk loader (src/update_disk.c) has no DTB-digest machinery, so put the DTB in the FIT as an fdt sub-image to bring it inside the root of trust there.

Kernel Command Line (bootargs)

If the FIT's DTB carries /chosen/bootargs, wolfBoot keeps them by default - an image boots with the arguments its kernel was validated with. Setting LINUX_BOOTARGS or LINUX_BOOTARGS_ROOT in the config replaces the DTB's value (the replaced value is logged); CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DLINUX_BOOTARGS_OVERRIDE=0 demotes an explicit LINUX_BOOTARGS to a fallback used only when the DTB has none.

# Replace the image's bootargs, mounting root from SD card partition 4
CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DLINUX_BOOTARGS_ROOT=\"/dev/mmcblk0p4\"

On Versal the PS UART console is ttyAMA0 (PL011); when supplying your own bootargs prefer an explicit earlycon=pl011,mmio32,0xFF000000,115200n8 console=ttyAMA0,115200.

Automated Testing

export LINUX_IMAGES_DIR=/path/to/petalinux/images/linux
./tools/scripts/versal_test.sh --linux

Example Linux Boot Output

========================================
wolfBoot Secure Boot - AMD Versal
========================================
Current EL: 2
QSPI: Lower ID: 20 BB 21
QSPI: Upper ID: 20 BB 21
QSPI: 75MHz, Quad mode, DMA
Versions: Boot 1, Update 0
Trying Boot partition at 0x800000
Loading header 512 bytes from 0x800000 to 0xFFFFE00
Loading image 24658696 bytes from 0x800200 to 0x10000000...done (701 ms)
Boot partition: 0xFFFFE00 (sz 24658696, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Checking integrity...done (167 ms)
Verifying signature...done (3 ms)
Successfully selected image in part: 0
Firmware Valid
Loading elf at 0x10000000
Invalid elf, falling back to raw binary
Flattened uImage Tree: Version 17, Size 24658696
Loading Image kernel-1: 0x100000D8 -> 0x200000 (24617472 bytes)
Image kernel-1: 0x200000 (24617472 bytes)
Loading Image fdt-1: 0x1177A3DC -> 0x1000 (39384 bytes)
Image fdt-1: 0x1000 (39384 bytes)
Loading DTS: 0x1000 -> 0x1000 (39384 bytes)
FDT: Size 39384
FDT: Setting bootargs: earlycon root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 rootwait
FDT: Set chosen (28076), bootargs=earlycon root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 rootwait
Booting at 0x200000
[    0.000000] Booting Linux on physical CPU 0x0000000000 [0x410fd083]
[    0.000000] Linux version 6.6.40-xilinx-g2b7f6f70a62a ...
[    0.000000] Machine model: Xilinx Versal vmk180 Eval board revA
...
PetaLinux 2024.2 xilinx-vmk180 ttyAMA0

xilinx-vmk180 login:

Example Linux Boot Output (GZIP=1 + FIT_RAMDISK=1)

Decompressing Image kernel-1 (gzip): 0x100000E4 -> 0x200000 (10623118 bytes)
Decompressed kernel-1: 24617472 bytes (7363 ms)
Loading DTS: 0x1000 -> 0x1000 (39384 bytes)
Loaded ramdisk: 0x10A2B540 (5647828 bytes)
FDT: Set chosen (28076), linux,initrd-start=279098688
FDT: Set chosen (28076), linux,initrd-end=284746516
Booting at 0x200000
do_boot: EL2->EL1 via ERET
[    0.856319] Freeing initrd memory: 5512K
[    3.315791] Run /init as init process

xilinx-vmk180-20242 login:

Inflating a 24 MB kernel takes about 7 s on the A72, spent entirely between the Decompressing and Decompressed lines with no intermediate output. Do not mistake that gap for a hang.

Console input

DEBUG_UART=1 provides the console output path, and uart_rx() the matching non-blocking receive: it returns 1 when a character was read and 0 when the receive FIFO is empty. This is the only input path, as wolfBoot links -nostdlib and there is no C library getchar() behind it. Declare it as extern int uart_rx(uint8_t *c); rather than including uart_drv.h, which also declares uart_tx() and uart_init() with signatures this HAL does not use. When wolfBoot runs at EL2 the port is left exactly as the PLM configured it, so uart_rx() sets UARTCR.RXE itself on first use and touches nothing else. Blocking on input from a hook such as wolfBoot_hook_postinit() is safe: wolfBoot imposes no timeout of its own at that point.

Diagnosing a boot that stops with no message

wolfBoot runs at EL2 on Versal, where any abort is fatal. With DEBUG_UART=1 (the default in both Versal example configs) the handlers print the syndrome:

*** SYNCHRONOUS EXCEPTION ***
ESR_EL2: 0x0000000096000006
ELR_EL2: 0x0000000008005910
FAR_EL2: 0x00000000F9200000
*** SYSTEM HALTED ***

ESR_EL2[31:26] is the exception class, [5:0] the fault status, and FAR_EL2 the faulting address. An instruction abort (exception class 0x21) reporting ELR_EL2 and FAR_EL2 as zero is a call through a null or unresolved function pointer rather than a bad data access. A stop with no such banner is not an exception - check the PLM's PMC EAM output on the same UART. Error IDs 0xA/0xB are DDRMB_CR/DDRMB_NCR, DDR controller correctable and uncorrectable errors, which the PLM logs without acting on.

Boot Performance

Typical boot timing with ECC384/SHA384 signing:

Operation Time
Load 24MB FIT from QSPI ~700ms
SHA384 integrity check ~167ms
ECC384 signature verify ~3ms
Total wolfBoot overhead ~870ms

SD Card Boot (MBR + A/B)

Use config/examples/versal_vmk180_sdcard.config. This uses the Arasan SDHCI controller and an MBR partitioned SD card.

Versal enters the application at BOOT_EL2 by default, with the same EL2 cache/MMU teardown as ZynqMP via el2_flush_and_disable_mmu in src/boot_aarch64_start.S, so no extra config flag is needed to boot Linux directly at EL2. Set BOOT_EL1=1 to hand off through el2_to_el1_boot (ERET to EL1) instead.

Partition layout

Partition Name Size Type Contents
1 boot 128MB FAT32 LBA (0x0c), bootable BOOT.BIN (PLM + PSM + BL31 + wolfBoot)
2 OFP_A 200MB Linux (0x83) Primary signed firmware image
3 OFP_B 200MB Linux (0x83) Update signed firmware image
4 rootfs remainder Linux (0x83) Linux root filesystem

Build wolfBoot + sign test images

cp config/examples/versal_vmk180_sdcard.config .config
make clean
make

make test-app/image.bin
./tools/keytools/sign --ecc384 --sha384 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1
./tools/keytools/sign --ecc384 --sha384 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2

Create SD image

dd if=/dev/zero of=sdcard.img bs=1M count=1024
sfdisk sdcard.img <<EOF
label: dos

1 : start=2048, size=128M, type=c, bootable
2 : size=200M, type=83
3 : size=200M, type=83
4 : type=83
EOF

SECTOR2=$(sfdisk -d sdcard.img | awk '/sdcard.img2/ {for (i=1;i<=NF;i++) if ($i ~ /start=/) {gsub(/start=|,/, "", $i); print $i}}')
SECTOR3=$(sfdisk -d sdcard.img | awk '/sdcard.img3/ {for (i=1;i<=NF;i++) if ($i ~ /start=/) {gsub(/start=|,/, "", $i); print $i}}')
dd if=test-app/image_v1_signed.bin of=sdcard.img bs=512 seek=$SECTOR2 conv=notrunc
dd if=test-app/image_v2_signed.bin of=sdcard.img bs=512 seek=$SECTOR3 conv=notrunc

Provision SD card

sudo dd if=sdcard.img of=/dev/sdX bs=4M status=progress conv=fsync
sync
sudo mkfs.vfat -F 32 -n BOOT /dev/sdX1
sudo mount /dev/sdX1 /mnt
sudo cp BOOT.BIN /mnt/
sudo umount /mnt
sudo fdisk -l /dev/sdX

Boot Mode

Boot Mode MODE Pins 3:0 Mode SW1[4:1]
JTAG 0 0 0 0 on, on, on, on
QSPI32 0 0 1 0 on, on, off, on
SD1 1 1 1 0 off, off, off, on

Cypress PSoC-6

The Cypress PSoC 62S2 is a dual-core Cortex-M4 & Cortex-M0+ MCU. The secure boot process is managed by the M0+. WolfBoot can be compiled as second stage flash bootloader to manage application verification and firmware updates.

Building

The following configuration has been tested using PSoC 62S2 Wi-Fi BT Pioneer Kit (CY8CKIT-052S2-43012).

Target specific requirements

wolfBoot uses the following components to access peripherals on the PSoC:

Cypress provides a customized OpenOCD for programming the flash and debugging.

Clock settings

wolfBoot configures PLL1 to run at 100 MHz and is driving CLK_FAST, CLK_PERI, and CLK_SLOW at that frequency.

Build configuration

The following configuration has been tested on the PSoC CY8CKIT-62S2-43012:

make TARGET=psoc6 \
    CYPRESS_PDL=./lib/psoc6pdl \
    CYPRESS_TARGET_LIB=./lib/TARGET_CY8CKIT-062S2-43012 \
    CYPRESS_CORE_LIB=./lib/core-lib \
    WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE=4096

Note: A reference .config can be found in /config/examples/cypsoc6.config.

Hardware acceleration is enable by default using psoc6 crypto hw support.

To compile with hardware acceleration disabled, use the option

PSOC6_CRYPTO=0

in your wolfBoot configuration.

External Flash Support

PSoC6 supports external QSPI flash for firmware storage. To enable:

make TARGET=psoc6 \
    EXT_FLASH=1 \
    CYPRESS_PDL=./lib/psoc6pdl \
    CYPRESS_TARGET_LIB=./lib/TARGET_CY8CKIT-062S2-43012 \
    CYPRESS_CORE_LIB=./lib/core-lib \
    WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE=4096

External flash uses a temporary sector backup mechanism to handle the larger erase size (for example, 0x40000-byte sectors on an S25FL512S device) compared to internal flash rows. The backup sector is automatically managed in external flash beyond the update partition.

Dual-Bank Flash Swap

PSoC6 supports hardware-assisted bank swapping for faster and more reliable firmware updates:

make TARGET=psoc6 \
    DUALBANK_SWAP=1 \
    CYPRESS_PDL=./lib/psoc6pdl \
    CYPRESS_TARGET_LIB=./lib/TARGET_CY8CKIT-062S2-43012 \
    CYPRESS_CORE_LIB=./lib/core-lib \
    WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE=4096

OpenOCD installation

Compile and install the customized OpenOCD.

Use the following configuration file when running openocd to connect to the PSoC6 board:

### openocd.cfg for PSoC-62S2

source [find interface/kitprog3.cfg]
transport select swd
adapter speed 1000
source [find target/psoc6_2m.cfg]
init
reset init

Loading the firmware

To upload factory.bin to the device with OpenOCD, connect the device, run OpenOCD with the configuration from the previous section, then connect to the local openOCD server running on TCP port 4444 using telnet localhost 4444.

From the telnet console, type:

program factory.bin 0x10000000

When the transfer is finished, you can either close openOCD or start a debugging session.

Debugging

Debugging with OpenOCD:

Use the OpenOCD configuration from the previous sections to run OpenOCD.

From another console, connect using gdb, e.g.:

arm-none-eabi-gdb
(gdb) target remote:3333

To reset the board to start from the M0+ flash bootloader position (wolfBoot reset handler), use the monitor command sequence below:

(gdb) mon init
(gdb) mon reset init
(gdb) mon psoc6 reset_halt

Microchip SAMA5D3

SAMA5D3 is a Cortex-A5 Microprocessor. The ATSAMA5D3-XPLAINED is the evaluation board used for wolfBoot port, which also equips a 2MB NAND flash. WolfBoot replaces the default first stage bootloader (at91bootstrap).

Building wolfBoot

An example configuration file is provided.

cp config/examples/sama5d3.config .config

Run make to build wolfBoot.bin and the test application

make

Programming wolfboot.bin into NAND flash

To flash any firmware image into the device NVMs, you need the tool sam-ba, distributed by Microchip.

This procedure has been tested using sam-ba v.3.8 using ATSAMA5D3-XPLAINED board, with JP6 (aka the SPI_CS jumper) removed, so the system boots from NAND by default.

Step 1: install the tool, connect a J-Link device to the J24 JTAG connector then run the following command to activate "lowlevel" mode:

sam-ba -p j-link -b sama5d3-xplained -t 5 -a lowlevel

Step 2: erase the entire NAND flash:

sam-ba -p j-link -b sama5d3-xplained -t 5 -a nandflash -c erase

Step 3: program wolfboot.bin to the beginning of the flash:

sam-ba -p j-link -b sama5d3-xplained -t 5 -a nandflash -c writeboot:wolfboot.bin

Programming the test application into NAND flash

The application can be written to a second partition in nand, e.g. at address "0x40000"

sam-ba -p j-link -b sama5d3-xplained -t 5 -a nandflash -c write:test-app/image_v1_signed.bin:0x400000

With the example configuration, wolfBoot will evaluate two alternative images at addresses 0x400000 and 0x800000, authenticate, load to DRAM and stage from LOAD_ADDRESS.

Ensure that the application is compiled to run from LOAD_ADDRESS. Check test-app/ARM-sama5d3.ld for details.

Microchip PIC32CK

The PIC32CK is a high-performance 32-bit microcontroller family from Microchip featuring an ARM Cortex-M33 core. wolfBoot has been tested on the PIC32CKSG Curiosity board, which has GPIO pins PD20 and PB25 connected to LED0 and LED1, respectively, for status indication.

Configuration

The PIC32CK SG family models support TrustZone. The flash and memory areas marked as secure or non secure depend on configuration settings. If setting TZEN=0, wolfBoot ignores TrustZone configuration, with the net effect to stage the application in the secure domain. In this case the flash area used to store BOOT and UPDATE partition should be marked as secure. The config file provided in config/examples/pic32ck.config sets TZEN=0 and uses flash partition addresses that are marked as secure under default settings. The PIC32CK supports a dual-bank update mechanism but, based on configuration settings, the swap may cause an area marked as secure to be mapped in non-secure flash space. For this reason DUALBANK_SWAP feature should be only used after precise configuration.

Building

To build wolfBoot for the PIC32CK:

  1. Configure the build using the example configuration file:

    cp config/examples/pic32ck.config .config
    make clean
    make
    
  2. Sign the application:

    ./tools/keytools/sign --ed25519 --sha256 ./test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1
    ./tools/keytools/sign --ed25519 --sha256 ./test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
    

Programming and Testing

To program the flash chip using the JLink tool:

Identify the correct JLink device for your PIC32CK. In the examples the model is PIC32CK2051SG.

  1. Run the following command:

    JLinkExe -device PIC32CK2051SG -if SWD -speed 4000 -autoconnect 1
    
  2. At the JLink prompt, use the following commands:

    halt
    reset
    erase
    loadfile wolfboot.bin 0x08000000
    loadfile test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x0c000000
    loadfile test-app/image_v2_signed.bin 0x0c07f000
    reset
    q
    
  3. Disconnect USB debugger and power cycle board. LED0 will turn on indicating version 1. Then press the reset button and LED1 will turn on indicating version 2.

Programming with MPlab IPE

In order to program using the MPlab IPE, you need to create the hex files for wolfBoot, and the signed application images:

arm-none-eabi-objcopy -O ihex wolfboot.elf wolfboot.hex
arm-none-eabi-objcopy -I binary -O ihex --change-addresses=0x0C000000 test-app/image_v1_signed.bin image_v1_signed.hex
arm-none-eabi-objcopy -I binary -O ihex --change-addresses=0x0C07F000 test-app/image_v2_signed.bin image_v2_signed.hex

then enable advanced setting in the MPLAB IPE GUI, and enable the "Allow Import Multiple Hex file" option in the Production view. Once the option is enabled, load the hex files into the MPLAB IPE GUI (File -> Import -> Multiple hex) and program the device.

Behavior During Testing

  • The application version 1 will boot first. The application will trigger the update and light LED0. On the next reset, wolfBoot will update the application, boot application version 2, and turn on LED1.

Microchip PIC32CZ

The PIC32CZ is a high-performance 32-bit microcontroller family from Microchip featuring an ARM Cortex-M7 core. wolfBoot has been tested on the PIC32CZCA91 Curiosity board, which has GPIO pins PB21 and PB22 connected to LED0 and LED1, respectively, for status indication.

Configuration

The PIC32CZ supports a dual-bank update mechanism that can be activated using the DUALBANK_SWAP=1 option in the configuration file. When activated, the boot partition must be configured to reside in the lower Program Flash Memory (PFM) area, while the update partition should be in the upper PFM area. An example configuration for the PIC32CZ with 4MB RAM is provided in config/examples/pic32cz.config.

Building

To build wolfBoot for the PIC32CZ:

  1. Configure the build using the example configuration file:

    cp config/examples/pic32cz.config .config
    make clean
    make
    
  2. Sign the application. The key tools must use the same 1024-byte image header configured for PIC32CZ:

    IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=1024 ./tools/keytools/sign --ed25519 --sha256 ./test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1
    IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=1024 ./tools/keytools/sign --ed25519 --sha256 ./test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
    

Programming and Testing

To program the flash chip using the JLink tool:

Identify the correct JLink device for your PIC32CZ board. In the examples the model is PIC32CZ4010CA90.

  1. Run the following command:

    JLinkExe -device PIC32CZ4010CA90 -if SWD -speed 4000 -autoconnect 1
    
  2. At the JLink prompt, use the following commands:

    halt
    reset
    erase
    loadfile wolfboot.bin 0x08000000
    loadfile test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x0c000000
    loadfile test-app/image_v2_signed.bin 0x0c200000
    reset
    q
    
  3. Disconnect USB debugger and power cycle board. LED0 will turn on indicating version 1. Then press the reset button and LED1 will turn on indicating version 2.

Programming with MPLAB IPE

In order to program using the MPLAB IPE, you need to create the hex files for wolfBoot, and the signed application images:

arm-none-eabi-objcopy -O ihex wolfboot.elf wolfboot.hex
arm-none-eabi-objcopy -I binary -O ihex --change-addresses=0x0C000000 test-app/image_v1_signed.bin image_v1_signed.hex
arm-none-eabi-objcopy -I binary -O ihex --change-addresses=0x0C200000 test-app/image_v2_signed.bin image_v2_signed.hex

then enable advanced setting in the MPLAB IPE GUI, and enable the "Allow Import Multiple Hex file" option in the Production view. Once the option is enabled, load the hex files into the MPLAB IPE GUI (File -> Import -> Multiple hex) and program the device.

Behavior During Testing

The test behavior depends on whether the DUALBANK_SWAP feature is enabled:

  • If DUALBANK_SWAP=1: The higher version of the application will be automatically selected, and LED1 will turn on.
  • If DUALBANK_SWAP=0: The application version 1 will boot first. The application will trigger the update and light LED0. On the next reset, wolfBoot will update the application, boot application version 2, and turn on LED1.

PIC32CZ with wolfHSM

On Microchip PIC32CZ CA9x devices, wolfBoot can run on the Cortex-M7 host core as a wolfHSM client, offloading the image digest and signature verification to the wolfHSM server running on the Cortex-M0+ HSM core.

Currently, wolfBoot as wolfHSM for PIC32CZ is distributed as part of the wolfHSM PIC32CZ platform release bundle, not as a standalone package. This bundle is under NDA and is not publicly available.

For access to the PIC32CZ platform release or for more information on using wolfBoot and wolfHSM on PIC32CZ devices, contact facts@wolfssl.com.

Microchip SAME51

SAME51 is a Cortex-M4 microcontroller with a dual-bank, 1MB flash memory divided in blocks of 8KB.

Toolchain

Although it is possible to build wolfBoot with xc32 compilers, we recommend to use gcc for building wolfBoot for best results in terms of footprint and performance, due to some assembly optimizations in wolfCrypt, being available for gcc only. There is no limitation however on the toolchain used to compile the application firmware or RTOS as the two binary files are independent.

Building using gcc/makefile

The following configurations have been tested using ATSAME51J20A development kit.

  • config/examples/same51.config - example configuration with swap partition (dual-bank disabled)
  • config/examples/same51-dualbank.config - configuration with two banks (no swap partition)

To build wolfBoot, copy the selected configuration into .config and run make.

Building using MPLAB IDE

Example projects are provided to build wolfBoot and a test application using MPLAB. These projects are configured to build both stages using xc32-gcc, and have been tested with MpLab IDE v. 6.20.

The example application can be used to update the firmware over USB.

More details about building the example projects can be found in the IDE/MPLAB directory in this repository.

Uploading the bootloader and the firmware image

Secure boot and updates have been tested on the SAM E51 Curiosity Nano evaluation board, connecting to a Pro debugger to the D0/D1 pads.

The two firmware images can be uploaded separately using the JLinkExe utility:

$ JLinkExe -if swd -speed 1000 -Device ATSAME51J20

J-Link> loadbin wolfboot.bin 0x0

J-Link> loadbin test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x8000

The above is assuming the default configuration where the BOOT partition starts at address 0x8000.

NXP iMX-RT

The NXP iMX-RT10xx family of devices contain a Cortex-M7 with a DCP coprocessor for SHA256 acceleration.

WolfBoot currently supports the NXP RT1040, RT1050, RT1060/1061/1062, and RT1064 devices.

Building wolfBoot

MCUXpresso SDK is required by wolfBoot to access device drivers on this platform. A package can be obtained from the MCUXpresso SDK Builder, by selecting a target and keeping the default choice of components.

  • For the RT1040 use EVKB-IMXRT1040. See configuration example in config/examples/imx-rt1040.config.
  • For the RT1050 use EVKB-IMXRT1050. See configuration example in config/examples/imx-rt1050.config.
  • For the RT1060 use EVKB-IMXRT1060. See configuration example in config/examples/imx-rt1060.config.
  • For the RT1064 use EVK-IMXRT1064. See configuration example in config/examples/imx-rt1064.config.

Set the wolfBoot MCUXPRESSO configuration variable to the path where the SDK package is extracted, then build wolfBoot normally by running make.

wolfBoot support for iMX-RT1060/iMX-RT1050 has been tested using MCUXpresso SDK version 2.14.0. Support for the iMX-RT1064 has been tested using MCUXpresso SDK version 2.13.0

DCP support (hardware acceleration for SHA256 operations) can be enabled by using PKA=1 in the configuration file.

You can also get the SDK and CMSIS bundles using these repositories:

Example:

MCUXSDK?=1
MCUXPRESSO?=$(PWD)/../NXP/mcuxpresso-sdk/mcuxsdk
MCUXPRESSO_DRIVERS?=$(MCUXPRESSO)/devices/RT/RT1060/MIMXRT1062
MCUXPRESSO_CMSIS?="$(PWD)/../CMSIS_5/CMSIS"

Custom Device Configuration Data (DCD)

On iMX-RT10xx it is possible to load a custom DCD section from an external source file. A customized DCD section should be declared within the .dcd_data section, e.g.:

const uint8_t __attribute__((section(".dcd_data"))) dcd_data[] = { /* ... */ };

If an external .dcd_data section is provided, the option NXP_CUSTOM_DCD=1 must be added to the configuration.

FlexSPI Configuration Block (FCB) Look-Up Table (LUT)

By default the read LUT sequence for all i.MX RT targets uses a quad read. If your flash chip does not support this feature by default, e.g. the QE-bit is disabled from the factory, it is necessary to use a single read instead. This can be accomplished by defining CONFIG_IMX_FCB_LUT_SINGLE_READ_DATA when compiling wolfBoot, e.g. by adding it to the CFLAGS_EXTRA variable in the configuration file.

Building wolfBoot for HAB (High Assurance Boot)

The imx_rt target supports building without a flash configuration, IVT, Boot Data and DCD. This is needed when wanting to use HAB through NXP's Secure Provisioning Tool to sign wolfBoot to enable secure boot. To build wolfBoot this way TARGET_IMX_HAB needs to be set to 1 in the configuration file (see config/examples/imx-rt1060 _hab.config for an example). When built with TARGET_IMX_HAB=1 wolfBoot must be written to flash using NXP's Secure Provisioning Tool.

Building libwolfBoot

To enable interactions with wolfBoot, your application needs to include libwolfBoot. When compiling this a few things are important to note:

  • When using XIP, functions that have the RAMFUNCTION signature need to be located in RAM and not flash. To do this the .ramcode section needs to be placed in RAM. Note that defining WOLFBOOT_USE_STDLIBC will not use wolfBoot's implementation of memcpy, and thus breaks this requirement.
  • When using XIP, the DCACHE_InvalidateByRange function from NXP's SDK needs to be placed in RAM. To do this exclude the file it's located in from being put into flash
.text :
{
    ...
    *(EXCLUDE_FILE(
        */fsl_cache.c.obj
        ) .text*) /* .text* sections (code) */
    *(EXCLUDE_FILE(
        */fsl_cache.c.obj
        ) .rodata*) /* .rodata* sections (constants, strings, etc.) */
    ...
} > FLASH

and instead include it in your RAM section .ram : { /fsl_cache.c.obj(.text .rodata*) } > RAM

Flashing

Firmware can be directly uploaded to the target by copying factory.bin to the virtual USB drive associated to the device, or by loading the image directly into flash using a JTAG/SWD debugger.

The RT1050 EVKB board comes wired to use the 64MB HyperFlash. If you'd like to use QSPI there is a rework that can be performed (see AN12183). The default onboard QSPI 8MB ISSI IS25WP064A (CONFIG_FLASH_IS25WP064A). To use a 64Mbit Winbond W25Q64JV define CONFIG_FLASH_W25Q64JV (16Mbit, 32Mbit, 128Mbit, 256Mbit and 512Mbit versions are also available). These options are also available for the RT1042 and RT1061 target.

If you have updated the MCULink to use JLink then you can connect to the board with JLinkExe using one of the following commands:

# HyperFlash
JLinkExe -if swd -speed 5000 -Device "MIMXRT1042xxxxB"
JLinkExe -if swd -speed 5000 -Device "MIMXRT1052XXX6A"
JLinkExe -if swd -speed 5000 -Device "MIMXRT1062XXX6B"
# QSPI
JLinkExe -if swd -speed 5000 -Device "MIMXRT1042xxxxB?BankAddr=0x60000000&Loader=QSPI"
JLinkExe -if swd -speed 5000 -Device "MIMXRT1052XXX6A?BankAddr=0x60000000&Loader=QSPI"
JLinkExe -if swd -speed 5000 -Device "MIMXRT1062XXX6B?BankAddr=0x60000000&Loader=QSPI"

Flash using:

loadbin factory.bin 0x60000000

Testing Update

First make the update partition, pre-triggered for update:

./tools/scripts/prepare_update.sh

Run the "loadbin" commands to flash the update:

loadbin update.bin 0x60030000

Reboot device. Expected output:

wolfBoot Test app, version = 1
wolfBoot Test app, version = 8
# Start JLink GDB server for your device
JLinkGDBServer -Device MIMXRT1042xxxxB -speed 5000 -if swd -port 3333
JLinkGDBServer -Device MIMXRT1052xxx6A -speed 5000 -if swd -port 3333
JLinkGDBServer -Device MIMXRT1062xxx6B -speed 5000 -if swd -port 3333

# From wolfBoot directory
arm-none-eabi-gdb
add-symbol-file test-app/image.elf 0x60010100
mon reset init
b main
c

NXP i.MX RT700

The NXP i.MX RT700 (MIMXRT798S) is a crossover MCU built around a Cortex-M33 (Armv8-M with TrustZone-M) application core. Unlike the Cortex-M7 i.MX RT10xx family above, wolfBoot runs on the RT700 as a TrustZone-aware first-stage loader and boots execute-in-place from the external octal SPI NOR (MX25UM51345G, 64 MB) on XSPI0. It is validated on the MIMXRT700-EVK.

Building wolfBoot

The MCUXpresso SDK supplies the XSPI, clock, and reset drivers wolfBoot links against. Obtain it either from the MCUXpresso SDK Builder for MIMXRT798S, or from the west manifests using the mimxrt700evk board:

Point the wolfBoot MCUXPRESSO, MCUXPRESSO_DRIVERS, and MCUXPRESSO_CMSIS variables at the extracted SDK (see config/examples/imx-rt700.config), then run make. Use MCUXSDK=1 with the west layout, since the pack paths differ.

Three example configurations are provided:

  • config/examples/imx-rt700.config — ECC256, TrustZone disabled. The plain first-stage loader.
  • config/examples/imx-rt700-tz.config — TrustZone enabled with the secure application handoff (see below).
  • config/examples/imx-rt700-mldsa.config — ML-DSA (Dilithium) level 5 signatures for a CNSA 2.0 / post-quantum boot chain.

Flash memory map

XSPI0 external NOR is mapped at 0x28000000 (Non-secure) and aliased at 0x38000000 (Secure). The default layout:

Region Address Size
Flash config block (FCB) 0x28000000 16 KB
wolfBoot 0x28004000 240 KB
Boot partition 0x28040000 256 KB
Update partition 0x28180000 256 KB
Swap 0x281C0000 4 KB

The sector size is 4 KB. With RAM_CODE=1 the flash routines run from RAM so the XSPI can be reconfigured for erase and program while execution continues from internal SRAM.

TrustZone secure application handoff

imx-rt700-tz.config builds wolfBoot for Secure state (TZEN=1) and enables the generic secure application handoff (WOLFBOOT_SECURE_APP=1). wolfBoot authenticates and measures the boot image, writes a measured-boot record to WOLFBOOT_SECURE_HANDOFF_ADDRESS (0x30180000, in secure SRAM), then jumps to the image while staying in Secure state. A Secure runtime such as wolfTrust consumes the record. In this configuration the boot, update, and swap partitions are addressed through the Secure alias (0x38040000, 0x38180000, 0x381C0000).

Before handoff wolfBoot programs and locks the XSPI Secure Flash Protection (FRAD/MDAD) descriptors so the wolfBoot region is read-only to the application, and refuses to continue if that protection cannot be verified.

Flashing the EVK

Build wolfBoot and the signed application, wrap wolfBoot as a bootable image with the FCB using NXP's nxpimage tool, then program the external flash over SWD:

# Program the bootable wolfBoot image (FCB + MBI) at the base of XSPI0
pyocd flash -t mimxrt798sgfob -a 0x28000000 -e sector wolfboot_bootable.bin

# Program the signed application at the boot partition
pyocd flash -t mimxrt798sgfob -a 0x28040000 signed_app.bin

Reset the board to boot. When built with DEBUG_UART=1, wolfBoot prints its banner and verification progress on LPUART0 (the MCU-Link virtual COM port).

NXP Kinetis

Supports K64 and K82 with crypto hardware acceleration.

Build options

See /config/examples/kinetis-k82f.config for example configuration.

The TARGET is kinetis. For LTC PKA support set PKA=.

Set MCUXPRESSO, MCUXPRESSO_CPU, MCUXPRESSO_DRIVERS and MCUXPRESSO_CMSIS for MCUXpresso configuration.

Example partitioning for K82

WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE?=0x7A000
WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE?=0x1000
WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS?=0xA000
WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS?=0x84000
WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS?=0xff000

NXP Kinetis KL26Z

NXP MKL26Z128 is a Cortex-M0+ microcontroller running at 48MHz with 128 KB flash and 16 KB SRAM. The support has been tested using the FRDM-KL26Z board with the onboard OpenSDA debugger reflashed to Segger J-Link firmware.

The TARGET is kinetis_kl26, separate from the kinetis target used for K64/K82 because the KL26 silicon ships a different flash driver family (legacy fsl_flash.c, no FTFx cache, no SYSMPU) and a different memory map.

Two example configurations are provided:

  • config/examples/kinetis-kl26.config — ECC256 with SHA-256.
  • config/examples/kinetis-kl26-lms.config — LMS post-quantum signatures (parameters L=1, H=20, W=8, SHA-256).

Both produce a working bootloader for the FRDM-KL26Z; pick the one matching your signature scheme. The two configs use different partition layouts (the LMS variant trades a larger bootloader region and partition header for the bigger PQ signature), so the addresses in the steps below differ between them.

This requires the legacy NXP MCUXpresso SDK 2.2 for FRDM-KL26Z, generated and downloaded from the MCUXpresso SDK Builder (select the board, then build and download the SDK package). The extracted archive should be placed into ../NXP/SDK_2_2_0_FRDM-KL26Z by default (see .config or set with MCUXPRESSO).

KL26Z: Configuring and compiling

Copy one of the example configuration files and build with make:

# ECC256 variant
cp config/examples/kinetis-kl26.config .config

# LMS variant
cp config/examples/kinetis-kl26-lms.config .config

make

KL26Z: Loading the firmware

The FRDM-KL26Z board ships with the PEMicro OpenSDA firmware on the K20 debug chip. Reflash it once with Segger's board-specific J-Link OpenSDA build:

  • Download the firmware from Segger's J-Link OpenSDA Board-Specific Firmwares page.
  • Hold the reset button while plugging in USB so the OpenSDA chip enters its bootloader mode (the volume should mount as BOOTLOADER).
  • Drop the downloaded firmware file onto the BOOTLOADER volume.
  • Replug; the device now enumerates as a Segger J-Link.

Use JLinkExe to upload the initial firmware: JLinkExe -if swd -Device MKL26Z128xxx4

At the J-Link prompt, type:

unlock kinetis
loadbin factory.bin 0
r
g

The unlock kinetis step is required after any chip-erase: a blank Kinetis flash configuration field reads 0xFF at offset 0x40C, which secures the chip on next reset and locks out SWD. unlock kinetis issues a mass-erase through the MDM-AP backdoor that bypasses the secured state.

Reset or power cycle the board.

Once wolfBoot has performed validation of the partition and booted the v1 test app, the onboard RGB LED will light up blue.

KL26Z: Testing firmware update

  1. Sign the test-app as v2 passing appropriate parameters:

For the ECC256 variant:

tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 --sha256 \
    test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2

For the LMS variant:

IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=4096 \
LMS_LEVELS=1 LMS_HEIGHT=20 LMS_WINTERNITZ=8 \
IMAGE_SIGNATURE_SIZE=1776 \
tools/keytools/sign --lms --sha256 \
    test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2

Either command produces test-app/image_v2_signed.bin.

  1. Create a bin footer with the wolfBoot trailer "pBOOT" to manually trigger an update:
echo -n "pBOOT" > trigger_magic.bin
  1. Assemble the update partition image. The trigger offset is WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE - 5.

For the ECC256 variant (partition size 0xC000):

./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble \
  update.bin \
    0x0    test-app/image_v2_signed.bin \
    0xBFFB trigger_magic.bin

For the LMS variant (partition size 0xB000):

./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble \
  update.bin \
    0x0    test-app/image_v2_signed.bin \
    0xAFFB trigger_magic.bin
  1. Flash update.bin to the update partition base address (0x13000 in both configs) and reset. On the next boot wolfBoot will perform the update and launch version 2. The test app will then light up the onboard LED green instead of blue.
loadbin update.bin 0x13000

KL26Z: Debugging

To debug with JLink:

In one terminal: JLinkGDBServer -if swd -Device MKL26Z128xxx4 -port 3333

In another terminal use gdb:

b main
mon reset
c

NXP QorIQ P1021 PPC

The NXP QorIQ P1021 is a PPC e500v2 based processor (two cores). This has been tested with a NAND boot source.

Boot ROM NXP P1021

wolfBoot supports loading from external flash using the eLBC FMC (Flash Machine) with NAND.

When each e500 core comes out of reset, its MMU has one 4-Kbyte page defined at 0x0_FFFF_Fnnn. For NAND boot the first 4KB is loaded to this region with the first offset jump instruction at 0x0_FFFF_FFFC. The 4KB is mapped to the eLBC FCM buffers.

This device defines the default boot ROM address range to be 8 Mbytes at address 0x0_FF80_0000 to 0x0_FFFF_FFFF.

These pin determine if the boot ROM will use small or large flash page:

  • cfg_rom_loc[0:3] = 1000 Local bus FCM-8-bit NAND flash small page
  • cfg_rom_loc[0:3] = 1010 Local bus FCM-8-bit NAND flash large page

If the boot sequencer is not enabled, the processor cores exit reset and fetches boot code in default configurations.

A loader must reside in the 4KB page to handle early startup including DDR and then load wolfBoot into DDR for execution.

Design for NXP P1021

  1. First stage loader (4KB) resides in first block of NAND flash.
  2. Boot ROM loads this into eLBC FCM RAM and maps it to 0xFFFF0000 and sets PC to 0xFFFFFFFC
  3. wolfBoot boot assembly configures TLB MMU, LAW, DDR3 and UART (same for all boot stages)
  4. First stage loader relocates itself to DDR (to free FCM to allow reading NAND)
  5. First stage loader reads entire wolfBoot from NAND flash to DDR and jumps to it
  6. wolfBoot loads and parses the header for application partition
  7. wolfBoot performs SHA2-384 hash of the application
  8. wolfBoot performs a signature verification of the hash
  9. wolfBoot loads the application into DDR and jumps to it

First Stage Loader (stage 1) for NXP P1021 PPC

A first stage loader is required to load the wolfBoot image into DDR for execution. This is because only 4KB of code space is available on boot. The stage 1 loader must also copy iteslf from the FCM buffer to DDR (or L2SRAM) to allow using of the eLBC to read NAND blocks.

Flash Layout for NXP P1021 PPC (default)

File NAND offset
stage1/loader_stage1.bin 0x00000000
wolfboot.bin 0x00008000
test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0x00200000
update 0x01200000
fsl_qe_ucode_1021_10_A.bin 0x01F00000
swap block 0x02200000

The QE microcode programmed at 0x01F00000 is validated only for structural integrity (header magic, version, and size bounds) before it is activated; it is not cryptographically authenticated. This is out of scope for the example configuration: the microcode region sits inside the update partition, so replacing it requires the same flash write access that would let an attacker replace the update image itself, which wolfBoot's image authentication already protects against.

Building wolfBoot for NXP P1021 PPC

By default wolfBoot will use powerpc-linux-gnu- cross-compiler prefix. These tools can be installed with the Debian package gcc-powerpc-linux-gnu (sudo apt install gcc-powerpc-linux-gnu).

The make creates a factory_wstage1.bin image that can be programmed at 0x00000000, that include the first stage loader, wolfBoot and a signed test application.

To build the first stage load, wolfBoot, sign a custom application and assembly a single factory image use:

cp config/examples/nxp-p1021.config .config

# build the key tools
make keytools

make clean
make stage1

# Build wolfBoot (with or without DEBUG)
make DEBUG=1 wolfboot.bin
# OR
make wolfboot.bin

# Build test app
make test-app/image.bin

# Sign the ELF32 application
# 1=version (can be any 32-bit value)
IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=512 ./tools/keytools/sign \
    --ecc384 \
    --sha384 \
    test-app/image.elf \
    wolfboot_signing_private_key.der \
    1

./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble \
  factory.bin \
    0x0        hal/nxp_p1021_stage1.bin \
    0x8000     wolfboot.bin \
    0x200000   test-app/image_v1_signed.bin \
    0x01F00000 fsl_qe_ucode_1021_10_A.bin

Debugging NXP P1021 PPC

Use V=1 to show verbose output for build steps. Use DEBUG=1 to enable debug symbols.

The first stage loader must fit into 4KB. To build this in release and assemble a debug version of wolfBoot use the following steps:

make clean
make stage1
make DEBUG=1 wolfboot.bin
make DEBUG=1 test-app/image_v1_signed.bin
make factory_wstage1.bin

NXP QorIQ T10xx PPC (T1024 / T1040)

The NXP QorIQ T1024 and T1040 are 64-bit PPC e5500 based processors at 1400MHz. Each core has 256KB L2 cache. Both share the same HAL code (hal/nxp_t10xx.c) with #ifdef guards for differences.

Feature T1024 T1040
Cores 2 4
SVR 0x8548_0010 0x8528_0011
DDR4 2 GB 8 GB (Micron 18ASF1G72AZ)
NOR Flash 64 MB at 0xEC000000 128 MB at 0xE8000000
Flash TLB 64 MB page 256 MB page (no 128M on e5500)
PCIe 3 controllers 3 controllers
Ethernet 4 mEMAC 5 DTSEC
QE FW address 0xEFE00000 0xEFF10000
Board T1024RDB T1040D4RDB
Config nxp-t1024.config nxp-t1040.config

Both use the same wolfBoot partition layout at the top of flash — addresses differ only because the NOR base differs (64MB vs 128MB NOR).

T1024 Board Info

Board: T1024RDB, Board rev: 0x3031, CPLD ver: 0x42

T1024E, Version: 1.0, (0x8548_0010) e5500, Version: 2.1, (0x8024_1021)

Reset Configuration Word (RCW): 00000000: 0810000e 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000010: 2d800003 40408812 fc027000 21000000 00000020: 00000000 00000000 60000000 00036800 00000030: 00000100 484a5808 00000000 00000006

Flash is NOR on IFC CS0 (0x0_EC00_0000) 64MB.

T1024 NOR Flash Layout (64MB, 128KB block)

Description Address Size
RCW 0xEC000000 0x00020000 (128 KB)
Free 0xEC020000 0x000D0000 (832 KB)
Swap Sector 0xEC0F0000 0x00010000 ( 64 KB)
Free 0xEC100000 0x00700000 ( 7 MB)
FDT (Primary) 0xEC800000 0x00020000 (128 KB)
FDT (Update) 0xEC820000 0x00020000 (128 KB)
Free 0xEC840000 0x008A0000 ( 8 MB)
Ethernet Config 0xED0E0000 0x00000400 ( 1 KB)
Free 0xED100000 0x00F00000 ( 15 MB)
Application (OS) 0xEE000000 0x00F00000 ( 15 MB)
Update (OS) 0xEEF00000 0x00F00000 ( 15 MB)
QUICC (QE) 0xEFE00000 0x00100000 ( 1 MB)
DPAA (FMAN) 0xEFF00000 0x00020000 (128 KB)
wolfBoot 0xEFF40000 0x000BC000 (752 KB)
wolfBoot Stage 1 0xEFFFC000 0x00004000 ( 16 KB)

T1040 Board Info

Board: T1040D4RDB, Board ID: 0x1130013, CPLD PLD ver: 0x13

T1040E, Version: 1.1, (0x8528_0011) e5500, Version: 2.1, (0x8024_1021)

Reset Configuration Word (RCW): 00000000: 0c18000e 0e000000 00000000 00000000 00000010: 66000002 40000002 ec027000 01000000 00000020: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00030810 00000030: 00000000 0342580f 00000000 00000000

Flash is NOR on IFC CS0 (0x0_E800_0000) 128MB (Micron JS28F00AM29EWHA, 16-bit, AMD CFI).

T1040 NOR Flash Layout (128MB, 128KB block)

Description Address Size
RCW 0xE8000000 0x00020000 (128 KB)
Free 0xE8020000 0x000D0000 (832 KB)
Swap Sector 0xE80F0000 0x00010000 ( 64 KB)
Free 0xE8100000 0x00700000 ( 7 MB)
FDT (Primary) 0xE8800000 0x00020000 (128 KB)
FDT (Update) 0xE8820000 0x00020000 (128 KB)
Free 0xE8840000 0x057C0000 ( 87 MB)
Application (OS) 0xEE000000 0x00F00000 ( 15 MB)
Update (OS) 0xEEF00000 0x00F00000 ( 15 MB)
Free 0xEFE00000 0x00100000 ( 1 MB)
DPAA (FMAN) 0xEFF00000 0x00010000 ( 64 KB)
QUICC (QE) 0xEFF10000 0x00010000 ( 64 KB)
Free 0xEFF20000 0x00020000 (128 KB)
wolfBoot 0xEFF40000 0x000BC000 (752 KB)
wolfBoot Stage 1 0xEFFFC000 0x00004000 ( 16 KB)

Note: On T1040, FMAN and QE firmware share the same 128KB NOR erase sector (0xEFF00000-0xEFF1FFFF). They must be programmed together in a single erase/write operation.

The QE and FMan microcode in these NOR regions is validated only for structural integrity (header magic, version, and size bounds) before it is activated; it is not cryptographically authenticated. This is out of scope for the example configurations: programming these regions requires local write access to the board's flash, which also allows replacing the wolfBoot image itself - a threat the signed image flow already covers.

Design

Both T1024 and T1040 use a two-stage boot. Stage1 runs XIP from NOR flash, initializes DDR, and copies wolfBoot to DDR for execution.

Boot Sequence

Reset vector (0xEFFFFFFC) -> Stage1 bootstrap TLB (0xEFFFF000)
  -> Stage1 loader XIP from flash (0xEFFFC000)
    -> hal_early_init: DDR controller init
    -> boot_entry_C: copies wolfBoot .data/.bss to DDR
    -> Copies wolfBoot binary to DDR (0x7FF00000)
    -> Jumps to wolfBoot
  -> wolfBoot (running from DDR at 0x7FF00000)
    -> LAW/TLB init, UART, LIODN, IFC, CPLD, PCIe, QE, FMAN, multi-core
    -> Verify + load application ELF to 0x70000000
    -> FDT fixup, do_boot -> application entry

Memory Hierarchy

CPU Core (e5500) -> L1 (32KB I + 32KB D) -> L2 (256KB per core)
                 -> CoreNet Fabric -> CPC (256KB, SRAM or cache)
                 -> DDR Controller -> DDR4
                 -> IFC Controller -> NOR Flash

Memory Map

Region Virtual Address Physical Address Size Notes
DDR 0x00000000 0x00000000 2/8 GB T1024: 2GB, T1040: 8GB
CPC SRAM 0xFDFE0000 0xFDFE0000 256 KB Initial stack (stage1)
L1 Locked DCache 0xFDFC0000 0xFDFC0000 16 KB Stage1 stack before DDR
NOR Flash 0xE8/EC000000 0x0F_E8/EC000000 64/128 MB T1024: EC, T1040: E8
CCSRBAR 0xFE000000 0x0F_FE000000 16 MB Peripheral registers

Note: Stage1 uses 32-bit physical addresses (PHYS_HIGH=0x0). wolfBoot main relocates to 36-bit physical addresses (PHYS_HIGH=0xF) matching the hardware default bus routing.

TLB Entries (MMU TLB1)

Configured by boot_ppc_start.S during stage1:

Entry Virtual Address Physical Address Size Attributes Purpose
0 0xFFFFF000 0xFFFFF000 4 KB I, SX/SR Boot ROM
1 0xFE000000 0xFE000000 16 MB I|G, All CCSRBAR
2 FLASH_BASE_ADDR FLASH_BASE_ADDR 64/256 MB W|G, All NOR Flash (XIP)
9 0xFDFE0000 0xFDFE0000 256 KB M, All CPC SRAM
12 0x00000000 0x00000000 2 GB M, All DDR

The e5500 supports a 2GB MMU page size, so a single TLB entry covers the low 2GB of DDR. Larger DDR (T1040's 8GB) is accessible via LAW but only the first 2GB is mapped in the 32-bit effective address space.

T1024 uses 64MB flash TLB page (matching its 64MB NOR). T1040 uses 256MB page because e5500 has no 128MB page size (jumps 64M to 256M). The 128MB over-map is harmless as the extra region has no LAW target.

LAW Entries (Local Access Windows)

Stage1 (assembly):

Index Base Address Size Target Purpose
0 0xFE000000 16 MB CoreNet CCSRBAR routing
1 FLASH_BASE_ADDR 64/128 MB IFC NOR Flash
2 0xFDFE0000 256 KB DDR_1 CPC SRAM routing

wolfBoot main (C code, law_init):

Index Base Address Size Target Purpose
3 BMAN_BASE 32 MB BMAN Buffer Manager
4 QMAN_BASE 32 MB QMAN Queue Manager
5 DCSR_BASE 4 MB DCSR Debug Control/Status
15 0x00000000 2/8 GB DDR_1 Main DDR memory

Cold Boot Stack

Stage1 uses L1 locked data cache (16KB at 0xFDFC0000) as the initial stack. dcbz allocates cache lines without bus reads; dcbtls locks them to prevent eviction. This provides a core-local stack before DDR is available.

After DDR init in hal_early_init(), the CPC is configured as 256KB SRAM for general use. wolfBoot main runs with its stack in DDR.

DDR Errata

  • A-008378 (T1024/T1040): Set DEBUG_29[8:11]=0x9 before DDR enable
  • A-009942 (T1040 only): Adjust CPO setting after DDR training completes
  • A-008109 (T1024 only): DDR_SLOW mode and debug register adjustments

Multi-Core

T1024 has 2 cores; T1040 has 4 cores. The primary core (core 0) completes all initialization. Secondary cores spin on a spin-table in DDR, waiting for a non-zero entry point written by the OS. The boot page is at 0x7FFFF000.

UART

DUART0 at CCSRBAR + 0x11C500 (0xFE11C500), 115200 baud, 8N1. Both RDB boards use UART0 on the front-panel micro-USB connector.

Lauterbach TRACE32 Scripts

Debugging scripts are in tools/scripts/nxp_t1040/:

  • t1040_flash.cmm — Flash programming using CPC SRAM as target buffer. Programs RCW, FMAN+QE (combined), wolfBoot, stage1, and test application. Also supports full backup/restore of the 128MB NOR.
  • t1040_debug.cmm — Debug session setup. Configures TLB/LAW for debugger access, loads wolfBoot + stage1 + test-app ELF symbols, and sets breakpoints. Supports source-level debugging with STRIPPART for path resolution.

The debug script sets high TLB1 entries (10-13) so they do not conflict with the boot_ppc_start.S entries (0-9, 12). The e5500 has only 2 on-chip instruction breakpoints.

Building

By default wolfBoot will use powerpc-linux-gnu- cross-compiler prefix. These tools can be installed with the Debian package gcc-powerpc-linux-gnu (sudo apt install gcc-powerpc-linux-gnu).

cp ./config/examples/nxp-t1024.config .config   # T1024
cp ./config/examples/nxp-t1040.config .config   # T1040
make clean
make keytools
make

The make creates a factory_wstage1.bin image. For T1024 it is programmed at 0xEC000000; for T1040 at 0xE8000000.

Or each make component can be manually built using:

make stage1
make wolfboot.elf
make test-app/image_v1_signed.bin

If getting errors with keystore then you can reset things using make distclean.

Use V=1 to show verbose output for build steps. Use DEBUG=1 to enable debug symbols.

The first stage loader must fit into 16KB. To build stage1 in release and wolfBoot with debug symbols:

make clean
make stage1
make DEBUG=1 wolfboot.bin
make DEBUG=1 test-app/image_v1_signed.bin
make factory_wstage1.bin

Signing Custom application

./tools/keytools/sign --ecc384 --sha384 custom.elf wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1

Assembly of custom firmware image

T1024:

./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble factory_custom.bin \
    0xEC000000 RCW.bin \
    0xEC800000 custom.dtb \
    0xEE000000 custom_v1_signed.bin \
    0xEFE00000 iram_Type_A_T1024_r1.0.bin \
    0xEFF00000 fsl_fman_ucode_t1024_r1.0_108_4_5.bin \
    0xEFF40000 wolfboot.bin \
    0xEFFFC000 stage1/loader_stage1.bin

Flash factory_custom.bin to NOR base 0xEC00_0000

T1040:

./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble factory_custom.bin \
    0xE8000000 RCW.bin \
    0xE8800000 custom.dtb \
    0xEE000000 custom_v1_signed.bin \
    0xEFF00000 fsl_fman_ucode_t1040.bin \
    0xEFF10000 t1040_qe.bin \
    0xEFF40000 wolfboot.bin \
    0xEFFFC000 stage1/loader_stage1.bin

Flash factory_custom.bin to NOR base 0xE800_0000

T1040 SD Card Boot (eSDHC)

The T1040 can also load the signed application image from an SD card using the on-chip Freescale eSDHC controller (driver: hal/nxp_esdhc.c, built as its own object). Use config/examples/nxp-t1040-sdcard.config, which enables DISK_SDCARD=1 so wolfBoot links the disk boot path (src/update_disk.c) instead of the RAM loader.

The card is GPT (or MBR) partitioned. The signed image is written at offset 0 of the boot partitions; BOOT_PART_A and BOOT_PART_B are 0-based indexes into the partition table. wolfBoot reads the image header from both slots, picks the higher version, loads it to WOLFBOOT_LOAD_ADDRESS, verifies the signature and boots it.

Example card layout with two 16 MB raw slots:

sgdisk -Z /dev/sdX
sgdisk -n 1:0:+16M -t 1:8300 -n 2:0:+16M -t 2:8300 /dev/sdX
dd if=test-app/image_v1_signed.bin of=/dev/sdX1
dd if=test-app/image_v2_signed.bin of=/dev/sdX2

WOLFBOOT_RAMBOOT_MAX_SIZE bounds the image size read from disk before authentication. Define DEBUG_ESDHC (see the config) for controller bring-up trace on the DUART console.

NXP QorIQ T2080 PPC

The NXP QorIQ T2080 is a PPC e6500 based processor (four cores). Three board variants are supported:

Board Config Define Oscillator DDR NOR Flash
T2080 RDB (default) (none) 66.66 MHz DDR3L SODIMM 128 MB @ 0xE8000000
Curtiss-Wright VPX3-152 BOARD_CW_VPX3152 66.667 MHz 4 GB DDR3L 256 MB @ 0xF0000000
NAII 68PPC2 BOARD_NAII_68PPC2 100 MHz 8 GB DDR3 128 MB @ 0xE8000000

Note: The T2080 RDB DDR register values in hal/nxp_t2080.h are populated from a U-Boot register dump but have not been validated on hardware. The NAII 68PPC2 and CW VPX3-152 DDR configs are populated and tested.

Example configuration: /config/examples/nxp-t2080.config. See Board Selection below for per-board setup.

FMan microcode (DPAA/wolfIP): with DPAA/FMan enabled, wolfBoot uploads the FMan microcode from NOR at FMAN_FW_ADDR (hal/nxp_t2080.c), board-gated: the T2080 RDB and NAII 68PPC2 (128 MB NOR at 0xE8000000) use 0xEFF00000 -- the U-Boot-standard slot (CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR in T208xRDB.h) -- and CW VPX3-152 (256 MB NOR) uses 0xFFE60000. The wolfBoot partitions sit below this reserved firmware region so a BOOT-partition erase/update never overwrites the ucode. The address is bounds-checked against the NOR window, so a wrong value fails gracefully instead of machine-checking. Flash the matching fsl_fman_ucode_* blob at that address.

wolfIP-on-FMan is hardware-verified on the CW VPX3-152 (FM1@DTSEC1, SGMII), the NAII 68PPC2 (FM1@DTSEC3, RGMII, PHY @ addr 0 -- see the example config's wolfIP block), and the T1040D4RDB (e5500; FM1@DTSEC4, RGMII, RTL8211 @ addr 4). NAII NOR is dual-bank with only the top 128 KB boot sector common to both banks, so flash the ucode/app with the boot-bank select in its runtime state.

Design NXP T2080 PPC

The QorIQ requires a Reset Configuration Word (RCW) to define the boot parameters, which resides at the start of the flash (0xE8000000 for 128 MB boards, 0xF0000000 for the 256 MB CW VPX3-152).

The flash boot entry point is the last 4 bytes of the NOR flash region (0xEFFFFFFC for 128 MB flash, 0xFFFFFFFC for 256 MB flash), which is an offset jump to wolfBoot initialization boot code. Initially the PowerPC core enables only a 4KB region to execute from. The initialization code (src/boot_ppc_start.S) sets the required CCSR and TLB for memory addressing and jumps to wolfBoot main().

Boot Sequence and Hardware Constraints

Memory Hierarchy:

CPU Core -> L1 (32KB I + 32KB D) -> L2 (2 MB, shared by the single 4-core cluster)
         -> CoreNet Fabric -> CPC (2MB, SRAM or L3 cache)
         -> DDR Controller -> DDR SDRAM
         -> IFC Controller -> NOR Flash

Each core begins execution at effective address 0x0_FFFF_FFFC with a single 4KB MMU page (RM 4.3.3). The assembly startup (boot_ppc_start.S) configures TLBs, caches, and stack before jumping to C code.

The HAL handles several QorIQ boot constraints; the rationale is documented in src/boot_ppc_start.S and hal/nxp_t2080.c:

  • Cold-boot stack. CPC SRAM is unreliable for stores on cold power-on, so the initial 16KB stack uses locked L1 D-cache and relocates to DDR after hal_init().
  • XIP flash access. wolfBoot executes in place from NOR. Because program/erase puts the NOR into command mode bank-wide, all flash write/erase routines are RAMFUNCTION (copied to DDR) and must not call flash-resident code; the flash TLB switches cache attributes around program/erase.
  • Multi-core (ENABLE_MP). The e6500 L2 is shared by all four cores in the single cluster, so secondaries skip L2 re-init and share the boot core's L2.
  • CW VPX3-152 (256 MB NOR) only. The larger flash VA range forces CCSRBAR to relocate from 0xFE000000 to 0xEF000000 (CPC/L1 addresses move to 0xEE900000/0xEE800000), and the boot-ROM TLB is invalidated to avoid an e6500 multi-hit machine check. The 128 MB RDB and NAII boards need neither adjustment.

VxWorks 7 / 64-bit OS Boot Support (ENABLE_OS64BIT)

With ENABLE_OS64BIT, do_boot() performs the extra handoff needed to launch a 64-bit kernel -- a VxWorks 7 kernel (Curtiss-Wright ossel=ostype2 mode) or a 64-bit Linux kernel via the ePAPR convention. This path is hardware-verified on the CW VPX3-152 booting VxWorks 7 and Green Hills INTEGRITY-178 tuMP.

wolfBoot hands off per ePAPR: FDT pointer in r3, 'EPAP' in r6, IMA size in r7, remaining GPRs zero, with the OS switching itself to 64-bit mode. Before the jump wolfBoot builds the final 64-bit memory map (DDR identity-mapped at TLB1 slot 0, plus the board's peripheral and PCIe windows), fixes up the FDT (cpu-release-addr, enable-method, per-core status, and the WOLFBOOT_BOOTARGS bootargs), releases the secondary cores into the ePAPR spin-table, and jumps to the OS entry from a RAMFUNCTION trampoline running out of DDR. The board-specific peripheral map is supplied by the board HAL (for the VPX3-152, hal_cw_vpx3152_os64_periph()).

Set WOLFBOOT_EARLY_UART to compile in pre-C single-character UART breadcrumbs (DUART1) emitted from the assembly startup, useful when bringing up a new board or OS. Off by default.

Building wolfBoot for NXP T2080 PPC

By default wolfBoot will use powerpc-linux-gnu- cross-compiler prefix. These tools can be installed with the Debian package gcc-powerpc-linux-gnu (sudo apt install gcc-powerpc-linux-gnu).

Board Selection

Copy the example config and select your board:

T2080 RDB (default):

cp ./config/examples/nxp-t2080.config .config

Curtiss-Wright VPX3-152:

cp ./config/examples/nxp-t2080.config .config

Then in .config, uncomment CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DBOARD_CW_VPX3152 and all lines marked with # CW VPX3-152 (flash offset, SRAM address, origin, partition addresses, DTS addresses).

NAII 68PPC2:

cp ./config/examples/nxp-t2080.config .config

Then in .config, uncomment CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DBOARD_NAII_68PPC2.

Build

The make creates a factory.bin image that can be programmed to the application partition address.

make clean
make keytools
make

Or each make component can be manually built using:

make wolfboot.elf
make test-app/image_v1_signed.bin

If getting errors with keystore then you can reset things using make distclean.

Building QorIQ Linux SDK fsl-toolchain

To use the NXP cross-compiler:

Find "QorIQ Linux SDK v2.0 PPCE6500 IMAGE.iso" on nxp.com and extract the "fsl-toolchain". Then run the script to install to default location /opt/fsl-qoriq/2.0/.

Then add the following lines to your .config:

CROSS_COMPILE?=/opt/fsl-qoriq/2.0/sysroots/x86_64-fslsdk-linux/usr/bin/powerpc-fsl-linux/powerpc-fsl-linux-
CROSS_COMPILE_PATH=/opt/fsl-qoriq/2.0/sysroots/ppce6500-fsl-linux/usr

Programming NXP T2080 PPC

NOR Flash Regions:

  • T2080 RDB / NAII 68PPC2: 0xE8000000 - 0xEFFFFFFF (128 MB)
  • CW VPX3-152: 0xF0000000 - 0xFFFFFFFF (256 MB)

Flash Layout (T2080 RDB / NAII 68PPC2, 128 MB flash):

Description File Address
Reset Configuration Word (RCW) (board-specific) 0xE8000000
Signed Application test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0xEFE00000
Frame Manager Microcode fsl_fman_ucode_t2080_r1.0.bin 0xEFF00000
wolfBoot wolfboot.bin 0xEFFE0000
Boot Entry Point (offset jump to init code) 0xEFFFFFFC

Flash Layout (CW VPX3-152, 256 MB flash):

Description File Address
Reset Configuration Word (RCW) (board-specific) 0xF0000000
Frame Manager Microcode fsl_fman_ucode_t2080_r1.0.bin 0xFFE60000
Signed Application test-app/image_v1_signed.bin 0xFF000000
wolfBoot wolfboot.bin 0xFFFE0000
Boot Entry Point (offset jump to init code) 0xFFFFFFFC

Or program the factory.bin to the application partition address.

Example Boot Debug Output (with DEBUG_UART=1):

wolfBoot Init
Build: Mar  3 2026 13:22:20
IFC CSPR0: 0x141 (WP set)
Ramcode: copied 5584 bytes to DDR, TLB9 remapped
CPC: Released SRAM, full 2MB L3 CPC cache enabled
Flash: caching enabled (L1+L2+CPC)
MP: Starting cores (boot page 0x7FFFF000, spin table 0x7FFFE100)
Versions: Boot 1, Update 0
Trying Boot partition at 0xEFFC0000
Boot partition: 0xEFFC0000 (sz 3468, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Checking integrity...done
Verifying signature...done
Successfully selected image in part: 0
Firmware Valid
Copying image from 0xEFFC0200 to RAM at 0x19000 (3468 bytes)
Failed parsing DTB to load
Booting at 0x19000
FDT: Invalid header! -1
Test App

0x00000001
0x00000002
0x00000003

Flash Programming with Lauterbach

See these TRACE32 demo script files:

  • ./demo/powerpc64bit/hardware/qoriq_t2/t2080rdb/flash_cfi.cmm
  • ./demo/powerpc64bit/hardware/qoriq_t2/t2080rdb/demo_set_rcw.cmm
DO flash_cfi.cmm

FLASH.ReProgram 0xEFFE0000--0xEFFFFFFF /Erase
Data.LOAD.binary wolfboot.bin 0xEFFE0000
FLASH.ReProgram.off

Data.LOAD.binary wolfboot.bin 0xEFFE0000 /Verify

Note: To disable the flash protection bits use:

;enter Non-volatile protection mode (C0h)
Data.Set 0xE8000000+0xAAA %W 0xAAAA
Data.Set 0xE8000000+0x554 %W 0x5555
Data.Set 0xE8000000+0xAAA %W 0xC0C0
;clear all protection bit (80h/30h)
Data.Set 0xE8000000 %W 0x8080
Data.Set 0xE8000000 %W 0x3030
;exit Non-volatile protection mode (90h/00h)
Data.Set 0xE8000000 %W 0x9090
Data.Set 0xE8000000 %W 0x0000

Flash Programming with CodeWarrior TAP (Experimental)

Note: CodeWarrior TAP debugging has not been validated for this target. Lauterbach TRACE32 is the recommended debug probe. The following steps are provided for reference only.

In CodeWarrior use the Flash Programmer tool (see under Commander View -> Miscellaneous)

  • Connection: "CodeWarrior TAP Connection"
  • Flash Configuration File: "T2080QDS_NOR_FLASH.xml"
  • Unprotect flash memory before erase: Check
  • Choose file and set offset address.

Flash Programming from U-Boot

tftp 1000000 wolfboot.bin
protect off effe0000 +20000
erase effe0000 +20000
cp.b 1000000 effe0000 20000
protect on effe0000 +20000
cmp.b 1000000 effe0000 20000

CW VPX3-152 PABS Recovery and Testing

The CW VPX3-152 has a Permanent Alternate Boot Site (PABS) -- a second U-Boot on a separate flash device. When jumper JB1 (ALT-BOOT) is installed and the board is reset, it boots from PABS U-Boot (prompt: VPX3-152 PABS=>), which can reprogram the main NOR flash via TFTP. This is used for wolfBoot development and testing.

Reference: CW VPX3-152 Firmware User's Manual (838400 rev 6), Section 6.

Prerequisites:

  • JB1: Controlled by Pi4 GPIO 16 relay (or physical jumper)
  • JB5: Must be removed (NOR write protect disabled)
  • NVMRO: Must be grounded
  • Serial: COM1 at 115200 N81 (P2 connector)
  • Ethernet: GE02 (FM1@DTSEC1) on P1 connector

Entering PABS mode:

  1. Install JB1 jumper (or assert GPIO 16 high)
  2. Reset the board
  3. Board boots to VPX3-152 PABS=> prompt

Network setup in PABS U-Boot:

setenv serverip 10.0.4.24
setenv ipaddr 10.0.4.152
setenv gatewayip 10.0.4.1
setenv netmask 255.255.255.0

Flash wolfBoot from PABS:

tftp 0x1000000 wolfboot.bin
protect off 0xFFFE0000 0xFFFFFFFF
erase 0xFFFE0000 0xFFFFFFFF
cp.b 0x1000000 0xFFFE0000 $filesize
cmp.b 0x1000000 0xFFFE0000 $filesize

Flash signed application from PABS:

tftp 0x1000000 image_v1_signed.bin
protect off 0xFFEE0000 0xFFFDFFFF
erase 0xFFEE0000 0xFFFDFFFF
cp.b 0x1000000 0xFFEE0000 $filesize
cmp.b 0x1000000 0xFFEE0000 $filesize

Boot wolfBoot: Remove JB1 jumper (or deassert GPIO 16), reset the board.

Restore original CW U-Boot (from PABS):

fwupd 608603-100_rev-

DDR Register Verification:

The CW VPX3-152 DDR register values in hal/nxp_t2080.h were obtained from a U-Boot register dump. To verify or update these values, boot into PABS or main U-Boot and run the following md.l commands. Use CCSRBAR 0xEF000000 (CW U-Boot relocates CCSRBAR) or 0xFE000000 (default, check with bdinfo):

# CS Bounds and Config (DDR_BASE + 0x000, 0x080, 0x0C0)
md.l 0xef008000 4; md.l 0xef008080 4; md.l 0xef0080c0 4
# Timing (DDR_BASE + 0x100, 0x160)
md.l 0xef008100 4; md.l 0xef008160 3
# Config/Mode/Clock (DDR_BASE + 0x110, 0x130)
md.l 0xef008110 8; md.l 0xef008130 1
# ZQ/Write Leveling (DDR_BASE + 0x170, 0x190)
md.l 0xef008170 3; md.l 0xef008190 2
# RCW/Mode3-8 (DDR_BASE + 0x180, 0x200)
md.l 0xef008180 2; md.l 0xef008200 6
# Control Driver (DDR_BASE + 0xB28)
md.l 0xef008b28 2
# Error registers (DDR_BASE + 0xE40, 0xE58)
md.l 0xef008e40 3; md.l 0xef008e58 1

Flashing wolfBoot via PABS U-Boot:

The PABS U-Boot maps main NOR flash starting at 0x80000000. To convert wolfBoot flash addresses to PABS addresses, replace the 0xF prefix with 0x8 (e.g. 0xFFFE0000 becomes 0x8FFE0000). After configuring the network, use:

# Flash wolfBoot (128 KB at top of flash)
tftp 0x1000000 wolfboot.bin
erase 0x8FFE0000 +0x20000
cp.b 0x1000000 0x8FFE0000 $filesize
cmp.b 0x1000000 0x8FFE0000 $filesize

# Flash signed application (1 MB boot partition)
tftp 0x1000000 image_v1_signed.bin
erase 0x8FEE0000 +0x100000
cp.b 0x1000000 0x8FEE0000 $filesize
cmp.b 0x1000000 0x8FEE0000 $filesize

Remove the JB1 jumper and power cycle to boot from main flash with wolfBoot.

Debugging NXP T2080 PPC

Lauterbach

SYStem.RESet
SYStem.BdmClock 15.MHz
SYStem.CPU T2080
SYStem.DETECT CPU
CORE.ASSIGN 1.
SYStem.Option.FREEZE OFF
SYStem.Up

Data.LOAD.Elf wolfboot.elf /NoCODE

Break main
List.auto
Go

If cross-compiling on a different machine you can use the /StripPART option:

sYmbol.SourcePATH.SetBaseDir ~/wolfBoot
Data.LOAD.Elf wolfboot.elf /NoCODE /StripPART "/home/username/wolfBoot/"

CodeWarrior TAP (Experimental)

Note: CodeWarrior TAP debugging has not been validated for this target. Lauterbach TRACE32 is the recommended debug probe. The following steps are provided for reference only.

Start GDB Proxy:

Linux: /opt/Freescale/CW_PA_v10.5.1/PA/ccs/bin/gdbproxy Windows: C:\Freescale\CW_PA_v10.5.1\PA\ccs\bin\gdbproxy.exe

set logging on
set debug remote 10
set remotetimeout 20
set tdesc filename ../xml/e6500.xml
set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 10
target remote t2080-tap-01:2345
mon probe fpga
mon ccs_host t2080-tap-01
mon ccs_path /opt/Freescale/CodeWarrior_PA_10.5.1/PA/ccs/bin/ccs
mon jtag_speed 12500
mon jtag_chain t4amp
mon connect
Remote debugging using t2080-tap-01:2345
0x00000000 in ?? ()
(gdb) mon get_probe_status
Connected to gdbserver t2080-tap-01:2345

Executing Initialization File: /opt/Freescale/CodeWarrior_PA_10.5.1/PA/PA_Support/Initialization_Files/QorIQ_T2/68PPC2_init_sram.tcl
thread break: Stopped, 0x0, 0x0, cpuPowerPCBig,  Connected (state, tid, pid, cpu, target)

NXP MCXA153

NXP MCXA153 is a Cortex-M33 microcontroller running at 96MHz. The support has been tested using FRDM-MCXA153 with the onboard MCU-Link configured in JLink mode.

This requires the NXP MCUXpresso SDK, placed into ../NXP/mcuxpresso-sdk by default (see .config or set with MCUXPRESSO).

To set up the MCUXpresso SDK:

cd ../NXP

# Install west
python -m venv west-venv
source west-venv/bin/activate
pip install west

# Set up the repository
west init -m https://github.com/nxp-mcuxpresso/mcuxsdk-manifests.git mcuxpresso-sdk
cd mcuxpresso-sdk
west update_board --set board frdmmcxa153

deactivate

MCX A: Configuring and compiling

Copy the example configuration file and build with make:

cp config/examples/mcxa.config .config`
make

MCX A: Loading the firmware

The NXP Freedom MCX W board debugger comes loaded with MCU Link, but it can be updated to JLink.

  • Download and install the tool to update MCU Link to support jlink: @NXP: LinkServer for microcontrollers

  • put the rom bootloader in 'dfu' mode by adding a jumper JP8 (ISP_EN)

  • run scripts/program_JLINK to update the onboard debugger

  • when the update is complete, remove the jumper in JP8

Use JLinkExe tool to upload the initial firmware: JLinkExe -if swd -Device MCXA153

At the Jlink prompt, type:

loadbin factory.bin 0
Downloading file [factory.bin]...
J-Link: Flash download: Bank 0 @ 0x00000000: Skipped. Contents already match
O.K.

Reset or power cycle board.

Once wolfBoot has performed validation of the partition and booted the D15 Green LED on P3_13 will illuminate.

MCX A: Testing firmware update

  1. Sign the test-app with version 2:
./tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
  1. Create a bin footer with wolfBoot trailer "BOOT" and "p" (ASCII for 0x70 == IMG_STATE_UPDATING):
echo -n "pBOOT" > trigger_magic.bin
  1. Assembly new factory update.bin:
./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble \
  update.bin \
    0x0    test-app/image_v2_signed.bin \
    0xAFFB trigger_magic.bin
  1. Flash update.bin to 0x13000 (loadbin update.bin 0x13000). The D15 RGB LED Blue P3_0 will show if version is > 1.

Note: For alternate larger scheme flash update.bin to 0x14000 and place trigger_magic.bin at 0x9FFB.

MCX A: Debugging

Debugging with JLink:

Note: We include a .gdbinit in the wolfBoot root that loads the wolfboot and test-app elf files.

In one terminal: JLinkGDBServer -if swd -Device MCXA153 -port 3333

In another terminal use gdb:

b main
mon reset
c

NXP MCXW716

The NXP MCX W71 (MCXW716C) is a 96MHz Cortex-M33 wireless MCU (Bluetooth LE, 802.15.4) with TrustZone-M, the DSP extension and an FPU, 1MB of internal flash at 0x0 (secure alias 0x10000000) and 128KB of SRAM. The support has been tested on the FRDM-MCXW71 board, with its on-board MCU-Link in J-Link mode.

The flash has 8KB sectors and ECC over 16-byte phrases: a phrase can be programmed once between erases, hence NVM_FLASH_WRITEONCE=1. The boot ROM initializes only part of the ECC SRAM, so wolfBoot clears its RAM at reset (WOLFBOOT_RAM_ECC_INIT). The last flash sector (0xFE000) holds the NXP PROD_DATA hardware parameters (Bluetooth address, crystal trim): the HAL refuses to program or erase it, so keep custom layouts below 0xFE000.

This requires the NXP MCUXpresso SDK, placed under ../NXP by default:

mkdir -p ../NXP && cd ../NXP
python3 -m venv west-venv
. west-venv/bin/activate
pip install west
west init -m https://github.com/nxp-mcuxpresso/mcuxsdk-manifests.git mcuxpresso-sdk
cd mcuxpresso-sdk
west update_board --set board frdmmcxw71
deactivate

MCX W: Configuring and compiling

cp config/examples/mcxw.config .config
make

We provide two configuration files:

  • mcxw.config: wolfBoot and the application both run in the secure world.
  • mcxw-tz.config: wolfBoot runs in the secure world and the application in the non-secure world, calling wolfBoot through non-secure callable (NSC) veneers.

To add the non-secure callable wolfPKCS11 API, build mcxw-tz.config with make WOLFCRYPT_TZ=1 WOLFCRYPT_TZ_PKCS11=1. The MCX W71 has no TRNG of its own: wolfCrypt takes its entropy from the EdgeLock S200 secure enclave, through the SDK secure-subsystem (SSS) API.

Region mcxw.config mcxw-tz.config
wolfBoot 0x00000 (64KB) 0x00000 (192KB)
NSC veneers - 0x30000 (8KB)
BOOT partition 0x10000 (448KB) 0x32000 (352KB)
UPDATE partition 0x80000 (448KB) 0x8A000 (352KB)
SWAP sector 0xF0000 (8KB) 0xE2000 (8KB)
Keyvault - 0xE4000 (96KB)
NXP PROD_DATA 0xFE000 (8KB) 0xFE000 (8KB)

With mcxw-tz.config the SAU makes non-secure only the BOOT partition, the SRAM at 0x20016000-0x20019FFF, LPUART1 and GPIOA, and wolfBoot hands the RGB LED pins over to the application. The flash controller, the UPDATE and SWAP partitions, the keyvault, the S200 messaging unit and the clock and pin-mux controllers stay secure. Extend hal_sau_init() and periph_unsecure() in hal/mcxw.c to expose more peripherals.

MCX W: Loading the firmware

NXP does not publish a CMSIS pack for the MCX W71, so pyOCD cannot program its flash. The FRDM-MCXW71 MCU-Link ships with CMSIS-DAP firmware for NXP LinkServer, and can be switched to J-Link firmware:

  • Install LinkServer.
  • Put the MCU-Link in DFU mode with a jumper on JP5 (ISP_EN).
  • Run scripts/program_JLINK from the LinkServer installation, then remove the jumper.

Program factory.bin (wolfBoot and the signed version 1 application) with J-Link:

JLinkExe -device MCXW716C -if SWD -speed 4000 -autoconnect 1

At the J-Link prompt:

loadbin factory.bin 0x0
r
g
q

The console is LPUART1 (PTC2/PTC3) on the MCU-Link virtual COM port, at 115200 baud:

Booting version: 0x1
Checking integrity...done
Verifying signature...done
Hello from MCXW71 firmware version 1

The blue LED is on while version 1 runs.

MCX W: Testing firmware update

  1. Sign the test application as version 2:
./tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 --sha256 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
  1. Create the update trigger, the "BOOT" trailer magic preceded by "p" (0x70, IMG_STATE_UPDATING):
printf "pBOOT" > trigger_magic.bin
  1. Assemble update.bin with the trigger at WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE - 5 (0x6FFFB for mcxw.config, 0x57FFB for mcxw-tz.config):
./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble \
  update.bin \
    0x0     test-app/image_v2_signed.bin \
    0x6FFFB trigger_magic.bin
  1. Program update.bin to the UPDATE partition (0x80000 for mcxw.config, 0x8A000 for mcxw-tz.config) with loadbin update.bin 0x80000, then r and g. wolfBoot verifies and installs version 2, and the application confirms it:
Hello from MCXW71 firmware version 2
Update successful, firmware version 2 confirmed

The green LED is on once version 2 is confirmed.

MCX W: Debugging

We include a .gdbinit in the wolfBoot root that loads the wolfBoot and test-app ELF files.

JLinkGDBServer -device MCXW716C -if SWD -port 3333
arm-none-eabi-gdb wolfboot.elf -ex "target remote :3333"

NXP MCXN947

The NXP MCXN947 is a dual-core Cortex-M33 microcontroller. The support has been tested on the FRDM-MCXN947 board, with the on-board MCU-Link configured in JLink mode.

This requires the NXP MCUXpresso SDK. We tested using mcuxsdk-manifests and CMSIS_5 placed under "../NXP".

To set up the MCUXpresso SDK:

cd ../NXP

# Install west
python -m venv west-venv
source west-venv/bin/activate
pip install west

# Set up the repository
west init -m https://github.com/nxp-mcuxpresso/mcuxsdk-manifests.git mcuxpresso-sdk
cd mcuxpresso-sdk
west update_board --set board frdmmcxn947

deactivate

MCX N: Configuring and compiling

Copy the example configuration file and build with make:

cp config/examples/mcxn.config .config`
make

We provide these configuration files:

  • mcxn.config: basic configuration file; both wolfBoot and your application run in secure world.
  • mcxn-tz.config: wolfBoot runs in secure world, your application runs in non-secure world.
  • mcxn-wolfcrypt-tz.config: same as above, but also includes a non-secure callable (NSC) wolfPKCS11 API to perform crypto operations via wolfCrypt and access a secure keyvault provided by wolfBoot.
  • mcxn-tz-wolftrust.config: wolfBoot hands off to a signed secure application (for example wolfTrust) that stays in the secure world, with the measured-boot record at 0x30030000 (see Secure Application Handoff). The partitions are at the secure flash alias (0x10040000 boot, 0x10180000 update).

MCX N: Loading the firmware

The NXP Freedom MCX N board debugger comes loaded with MCU Link, but it can be updated to JLink.

  • Download and install the tool to update MCU Link to support jlink: @NXP: LinkServer for microcontrollers

  • put the rom bootloader in 'dfu' mode by adding a jumper in J21

  • run scripts/program_JLINK to update the onboard debugger

  • when the update is complete, remove the jumper in J21

Use JLinkExe tool to upload the initial firmware: JLinkExe -if swd -Device MCXN947_M33_0

At the Jlink prompt, type:

loadbin factory.bin 0

Reset or power cycle the board.

The RGB will light up blue to indicate version 1 of the firmware has been staged.

MCX N: Testing firmware update

  1. Sign the test-app with version 2:
./tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
  1. Create a bin footer with wolfBoot trailer "BOOT" and "p" (ASCII for 0x70 == IMG_STATE_UPDATING):
echo -n "pBOOT" > trigger_magic.bin
  1. Assembly new factory update.bin (replace 0xAFFB with the appropriate address, which should be your .config's WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE minus 5):
./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble \
  update.bin \
    0x0    test-app/image_v2_signed.bin \
    0xAFFB trigger_magic.bin
  1. Flash update.bin to your .config's WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS (e.g. loadbin update.bin 0x15000).

Once wolfBoot has performed validation of the partition and staged a firmware with version > 1, the RGB LED will light up green.

MCX N: Debugging

Debugging with JLink:

Note: We include a .gdbinit in the wolfBoot root that loads the wolfboot and test-app elf files.

In one terminal: JLinkGDBServer -if swd -Device MCXN947_M33_0 -port 3333

In another terminal use gdb:

b main
mon reset
c

MCX N: DICE attestation

Sample application for DICE attestation is available on MCXN947. Please find the details in docs/MCXN947-DICE.md.

NXP RW612

The NXP RW612 is a wireless MCU (Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth LE, 802.15.4) with a 260MHz Cortex-M33 and TrustZone-M. Code executes in place from an external FlexSPI NOR flash mapped at 0x08000000 (secure alias 0x18000000). The support has been tested on the FRDM-RW612 board (64MB Winbond W25Q512JV NOR, 4KB sectors) with its on-board MCU-Link.

wolfboot.bin contains the FlexSPI configuration block (FCB) at offset 0x400 and the boot ROM image header in its vector table at 0x1000, so it boots from the start of the flash without any nxpimage wrapping. Flash erase and program use the boot ROM FlexSPI API from RAM. The RW612 Cortex-M33 has no DSP extension, so wolfBoot is built with -mcpu=cortex-m33+nodsp.

This requires the NXP MCUXpresso SDK, placed under ../NXP by default:

mkdir -p ../NXP && cd ../NXP
python3 -m venv west-venv
. west-venv/bin/activate
pip install west
west init -m https://github.com/nxp-mcuxpresso/mcuxsdk-manifests.git mcuxpresso-sdk
cd mcuxpresso-sdk
west update_board --set board frdmrw612
deactivate

update_board fetches every project the board's SDK examples use. The wolfBoot build only needs four of them (drivers, CMSIS, the board's project template and flash configuration, and the RW612 device files), so this is enough instead:

west update core CMSIS mcu-sdk-examples mcux-devices-wireless

RW612: Configuring and compiling

cp config/examples/rw612.config .config
make

We provide two configuration files:

  • rw612.config: both wolfBoot and the application run in the secure world.
  • rw612-tz.config: wolfBoot runs in the secure world, the application runs in the non-secure world.

To add a non-secure callable wolfPKCS11 API to wolfCrypt and a secure keyvault provided by wolfBoot, build rw612-tz.config with make WOLFCRYPT_TZ=1 WOLFCRYPT_TZ_PKCS11=1.

Both sign with ECC256/SHA256; any other algorithm supported by wolfBoot can be selected with SIGN= and HASH=. Signatures that need a larger header must also raise WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE to at least IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE, for example ML-DSA-44:

make SIGN=ML_DSA ML_DSA_LEVEL=2 IMAGE_SIGNATURE_SIZE=2420 \
    IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=8192 WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE=0x2000
Region Address Size
FCB 0x08000400 512B
wolfBoot 0x08001000 -
NSC veneers (TZ) 0x08060000 8KB
Boot partition 0x08100000 1MB
Update partition 0x08200000 1MB
Swap sector 0x08300000 4KB
Keyvault (TZ) 0x08400000 128KB

With TrustZone, wolfBoot keeps its data in secure SRAM at 0x30000000 and the non-secure application uses SRAM from 0x20040000. Only the boot partition, that SRAM, the group 1 clock and reset controls (CLKCTL1, RSTCTL1), GPIO and FLEXCOMM0-3 are non-secure; extend hal_sau_init() in hal/rw612.c to give the application more peripherals.

RW612: Loading the firmware

Program the flash with pyOCD through the MCU-Link (CMSIS-DAP firmware, as shipped). factory.bin holds wolfBoot and the signed v1 application in one image laid out from 0x08000000:

pip install pyocd
pyocd pack install rw612eta2i
pyocd flash -t rw612eta2i -a 0x08000000 -e sector factory.bin

or write them separately:

pyocd flash -t rw612eta2i -a 0x08000000 -e sector wolfboot.bin
pyocd flash -t rw612eta2i -a 0x08100000 -e sector test-app/image_v1_signed.bin

If the MCU-Link has been updated to J-Link firmware, pyOCD drives it through the SEGGER J-Link software: install the J-Link Software and Documentation Pack, pip install pylink-square, and add -O jlink.device=RW612 to the commands above (on Linux, put the J-Link directory on LD_LIBRARY_PATH if pyOCD cannot find libjlinkarm). J-Link Commander works as well (add -USB <serial> when more than one J-Link is attached):

JLinkExe -device RW612 -if SWD -speed 4000 -NoGui 1 -CommanderScript flash.jlink
exec EnableEraseAllFlashBanks
connect
h
erase 0x08100000 0x08300FFF
loadbin factory.bin 0x08000000
r
g
qc

The FlexSPI NOR is not an internal flash bank, so an explicit erase range needs exec EnableEraseAllFlashBanks; without it J-Link reports No Flash bank within given address range and erases nothing. The erase clears the boot, update and swap areas so no stale partition state is left (add erase 0x08400000 0x0841FFFF to also clear the TrustZone keyvault), and loadbin erases the sectors it writes. Keep connect ahead of every command that talks to the target: some J-Link Commander versions stop processing the script after an implicit connect, so loadbin never runs.

The debug console is FLEXCOMM3 on the MCU-Link virtual COM port at 115200 baud. After reset:

Hello from RW612 firmware version 1

RW612: Testing firmware update

  1. Sign the test-app with version 2:
./tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
  1. Create the update trigger and assemble the update partition image (0xFFFFB is WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE minus 5):
echo -n "pBOOT" > trigger_magic.bin
./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble \
  update.bin \
    0x0     test-app/image_v2_signed.bin \
    0xFFFFB trigger_magic.bin
  1. Flash update.bin to the update partition:
pyocd flash -t rw612eta2i -a 0x08200000 -e sector update.bin

With J-Link Commander, loadbin update.bin 0x08200000 followed by r and g does the same.

wolfBoot verifies and installs version 2, which confirms the update with wolfBoot_success():

Hello from RW612 firmware version 2
Update successful, firmware version 2 confirmed

RW612: Debugging

pyocd gdbserver -t rw612eta2i
arm-none-eabi-gdb wolfboot.elf -ex "target remote :3333"

NXP S32K1XX

The NXP S32K1xx family (S32K142, S32K144, S32K146, S32K148) are automotive-grade Cortex-M4F microcontrollers. wolfBoot support has been tested on the S32K142 with 256KB Flash and 32KB SRAM.

Key Features:

  • ARM Cortex-M4F core at up to 112 MHz (HSRUN mode) or 80 MHz (RUN mode)
  • Flash sector size: 2KB (4KB when flash is over 256KB)
  • 8-byte (phrase) flash programming unit
  • Bare-metal implementation (no SDK required)
  • LPUART debug output support

NXP S32K1XX: Memory Layout

The default memory layout for S32K142 (256KB Flash):

Region Address Range Size
Bootloader 0x00000000 - 0x0000BFFF 48 KB
Boot Partition 0x0000C000 - 0x00024FFF 100 KB
Update Partition 0x00025000 - 0x0003DFFF 100 KB
Swap Sector 0x0003E000 - 0x0003E7FF 2 KB

NXP S32K1XX: Configuration

Example configuration files:

# Copy configuration (example for S32K142)
cp config/examples/nxp-s32k142.config .config

# Build wolfBoot
make clean
make

# Build test application
make test-app/image.bin

NXP S32K1XX: Configuration Options

The following build options are available for the S32K1xx HAL:

Option Description
NVM_FLASH_WRITEONCE Required for S32K1xx. Flash can only be written once between erases. Enables proper sector swap trailer management.
RAM_CODE Required for S32K1xx. Run flash operations from RAM (no read-while-write on same block).
WOLFBOOT_RESTORE_CLOCK Restore clock to SIRC (8 MHz) before booting application. Recommended for applications that configure their own clocks.
WOLFBOOT_DISABLE_WATCHDOG_ON_BOOT Keep watchdog disabled when jumping to application. By default, the watchdog is re-enabled before boot since it is enabled out of reset.
WATCHDOG Enable the watchdog during wolfBoot operation. wolfBoot calls wolfBoot_watchdog_feed() from its hash and copy/erase loops -- a weak no-op a port overrides to service its watchdog (e.g. external MAX6316-MAX6322, see hal/renesas-rx.c).
WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_MS Watchdog timeout in milliseconds when WATCHDOG is enabled (default: 1000ms).
S32K1XX_CLOCK_HSRUN Enable HSRUN mode (112 MHz). Requires external crystal and SPLL (not fully implemented).
DEBUG_UART Enable LPUART1 debug output.
DEBUG_HARDFAULT Enable detailed hard fault debugging output.
S32K144, S32K146, S32K148 Select variant (default is S32K142). Affects flash/SRAM size definitions.
WOLFBOOT_FOPT Override the Flash Option Byte (FOPT) in the Flash Configuration Field (FCF at 0x40D). Default is 0xFF. Set via CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DWOLFBOOT_FOPT=0xF7 in your .config file. See FOPT bit field table below.

FOPT Bit Fields (from S32K1xx Reference Manual Table 25-2):

Bit(s) Field Default Description
7-6 Reserved 1 Reserved for future expansion.
5 Reserved 1 Reserved.
4 Reserved 1 Reserved for future expansion.
3 RESET_PIN_CFG 1 1: RESET pin enabled (pullup, passive filter). 0: RESET pin disabled after POR (use PTA5 as GPIO).
2 NMI_PIN_CFG 1 1: NMI pin/interrupts enabled. 0: NMI interrupts always blocked (pin defaults to NMI_b with pullup).
1 Reserved 1 Reserved for future expansion.
0 LPBOOT 1 1: Core/system clock divider (OUTDIV1) = divide by 1. 0: OUTDIV1 = divide by 2. Not available on S32K14xW.

Example: To disable the RESET pin (use PTA5 as GPIO), set bit 3 to 0: WOLFBOOT_FOPT=0xF7.

IMPORTANT: Flash sector size depends on the S32K variant:

  • S32K142 (256KB Flash): 2KB sectors (WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE=0x800)
  • S32K144/S32K146/S32K148 (512KB+ Flash): 4KB sectors (WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE=0x1000)

NXP S32K1XX: Debug UART

For UART debug output, connect a USB-to-serial adapter to LPUART1 pins (PTC6=RX, PTC7=TX) and open a terminal at 115200 baud.

Debug output uses LPUART1 on pins:

  • TX: PTC7
  • RX: PTC6

Baud rate: 115200, 8N1

Enable with DEBUG_UART=1 in your configuration.

NXP S32K1XX: Programming and Debugging

The S32K1xx can be programmed and debugged using various tools. The recommended approach uses PEMicro debug probes (commonly found on S32K EVB boards).

Using PEMicro (recommended for S32K EVB boards):

  1. Install PEMicro GDB Server from pemicro.com Linux: ~/.local/pemicro/

  2. Start PEMicro GDB Server:

pegdbserver_console -device=NXP_S32K1xx_S32K142F256M15 -startserver -interface=OPENSDA -port=USB1 -serverport=7224 -speed=5000
  1. In another terminal, connect with GDB and flash:
arm-none-eabi-gdb --nx wolfboot.elf
target remote :7224
monitor reset halt
load
monitor reset run

NXP S32K1XX: USB Mass Storage Programming

The S32K EVB boards include an OpenSDA debugger that exposes a USB mass storage interface for easy programming. Simply copy the .srec file to the mounted USB drive.

Steps:

  1. Connect the S32K EVB board via USB (OpenSDA port)
  2. The board will mount as a USB drive (e.g., S32K142EVB)
  3. Build the factory image:
make factory.srec
  1. Copy the .srec file to the mounted drive:
cp factory.srec /media/<user>/S32K142EVB/

The board will automatically program the flash and reset.

NXP S32K1XX: Test Application

The S32K1xx test application (test-app/app_s32k1xx.c) provides a feature-rich demo application for testing wolfBoot functionality.

Features:

  • LED Indicators: Green LED for firmware v1, Blue LED for firmware v2+
  • Interactive Console: UART-based command interface
  • XMODEM Firmware Update: Upload new firmware images via XMODEM protocol
  • Partition Information: Display boot/update partition status and versions
  • Keystore Display: Show public key information from the bootloader

Console Commands:

Command Description
help Show available commands
info Display partition and keystore information
status Show partition versions and states
success Mark current firmware as successful (wolfBoot_success)
trigger Set update flag if update image is in flash
update Receive firmware via XMODEM and trigger update
timestamp Show current system time (ms)
reboot Perform software reset

UART Configuration:

  • LPUART1: PTC7 (TX), PTC6 (RX)
  • Baud rate: 115200, 8N1

Example Output:

========================================
S32K1xx wolfBoot Test Application
Copyright 2025 wolfSSL Inc.
========================================
Firmware Version: 1

=== Partition Information ===
Boot Partition:
  Address: 0x0000C000
  Version: 1
  State:   SUCCESS
Update Partition:
  Address: 0x00025000
  Version: 0
  State:   SUCCESS
Swap Partition:
  Address: 0x0003E000
  Size:    2048 bytes

=== Keystore Information ===
Number of public keys: 1
Hash: SHA-256

Key #0:
  Algorithm: ECDSA P-256 (secp256r1)
  Size:      64 bytes
  Data:
        9a 33 e0 18 24 4b a7 29 51 90 15 f0 74 6e e4 a6
        bf 2d 00 47 32 1f 32 5a d6 9a 30 32 d1 c3 30 3f
        0a e3 1b 0d 0f 98 b2 e6 5c eb 42 1c 64 2b 32 db
        a4 48 75 5b e3 49 94 45 12 64 e3 57 b4 5b 81 73

Type 'help' for available commands.

cmd>

NXP S32K1XX: TODO

  • XMODEM improvements: ISR-based UART RX for reliable high-speed transfers
  • SPLL + SOSC support: Add external crystal oscillator and SPLL configuration for true 112 MHz operation in HSRUN mode
  • Hardware crypto acceleration: Integrate CSEc (Cryptographic Services Engine) for hardware-accelerated crypto operations
  • FlexNVM/EEPROM support: Add support for FlexNVM partitioning and EEPROM emulation
  • CAN/LIN bootloader: Add firmware update over CAN or LIN bus for automotive applications

TI Hercules TMS570LC435

See /config/examples/ti-tms570lc435.config for example configuration.

Nordic nRF52840

We have full Nordic nRF5280 examples for Contiki and RIOT-OS in our wolfBoot-examples repo

Examples for nRF52:

Example of flash memory layout and configuration on the nRF52:

  • 0x000000 - 0x01efff : Reserved for Nordic SoftDevice binary
  • 0x01f000 - 0x02efff : Bootloader partition for wolfBoot
  • 0x02f000 - 0x056fff : Active (boot) partition
  • 0x057000 - 0x057fff : Unused
  • 0x058000 - 0x07ffff : Upgrade partition
#define WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE              4096
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE           0x28000

#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS   0x2f000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS   0x57000
#define WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS 0x58000

Nordic nRF5340

Tested with the Nordic nRF5340-DK. This device has two cores:

  1. Application core: Cortex-M33 at 128MHz, w/TrustZone, 1MB flash, 512KB RAM
  2. Network core: Cortex-M33 at 64MHz, 256KB Flash and 64KB RAM

Four different configurations are available at config/examples:

  • nrf5340.config: for the app core; does not make use of TrustZone, i.e. it always runs in secure mode.
  • nrf5340-tz.config: for the app core; makes use of TrustZone, i.e. boots the application as non-secure code.
  • nrf5340-wolfcrypt-tz.config: for the app core; same as above, but also includes a non-secure callable (NSC) wolfPKCS11 API to perform crypto operations via wolfCrypt and access a secure keyvault provided by wolfBoot.
  • nrf5340_net.config: for the net core.

The DK board has two virtual COM ports. Application core and Network core will each output to different VCOM ports. The cores communicate firmware updates using shared memory hosted on application core.

Example Boot Output:

Application Core:

wolfBoot HAL Init (app core)
Boot header magic 0x00000000 invalid at 0x20000128
Update partition: 0x100000 (sz 4120, ver 0x1, type 0x202)
Network Image: Update not found
Network Core: Releasing for boot
Status: App 8 (ver 0), Net 1 (ver 1)
Boot partition: 0xC000 (sz 4832, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Boot header magic 0x00000000 invalid at 0x20000128
Boot partition: 0xC000 (sz 4832, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Booting version: 0x1
Waiting for network core...
========================
nRF5340 wolfBoot (app core)
Copyright 2024 wolfSSL Inc
GPL v3
Version : 0x1
========================

Network Core:

wolfBoot HAL Init (net core)
Boot partition: 0x100C000 (sz 4120, ver 0x1, type 0x202)
Network Image: Ver 0x1, Size 4120
Waiting for status from app core...
Status: App 8 (ver 0), Net 1 (ver 2)
Boot partition: 0x100C000 (sz 4120, ver 0x1, type 0x202)
Boot header magic 0xF7E99810 invalid at 0x21000128
Boot partition: 0x100C000 (sz 4120, ver 0x1, type 0x202)
Booting version: 0x1
========================
nRF5340 wolfBoot (net core)
Copyright 2024 wolfSSL Inc
GPL v3
Version : 0x1
========================

Example output when doing an update:

Application Core:

wolfBoot HAL Init (app core)
Update partition: 0x0 (sz 4832, ver 0x2, type 0x201)
Network Image: Ver 0x2, Size 4832
Found Network Core update: Ver 1->2, Size 4376->5088
Network image valid, loading into shared mem
Waiting for net core update to finish...
Network core firmware update done
Status: App 8 (ver 2), Net 4 (ver 2)
Update partition: 0x0 (sz 4832, ver 0x2, type 0x201)
Boot partition: 0xC000 (sz 4832, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Update partition: 0x0 (sz 4832, ver 0x2, type 0x201)
Staring Update (fallback allowed 0)
Update partition: 0x0 (sz 4832, ver 0x2, type 0x201)
Boot partition: 0xC000 (sz 4832, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Versions: Current 0x1, Update 0x2
Copy sector 0 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 0 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 0 (part 2->0)
Boot partition: 0xC000 (sz 4832, ver 0x2, type 0x201)
Boot header magic 0x00000000 invalid at 0x20000128
Copy sector 1 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 1 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 1 (part 2->0)
Erasing remainder of partition (235 sectors)...
Boot partition: 0xC000 (sz 4832, ver 0x2, type 0x201)
Boot header magic 0x00000000 invalid at 0x20000128
Copy sector 236 (part 0->2)
Boot partition: 0xC000 (sz 4832, ver 0x2, type 0x201)
Booting version: 0x2
Waiting for network core...
========================
nRF5340 wolfBoot (app core)
Copyright 2024 wolfSSL Inc
GPL v3
Version : 0x2
========================

Network Core:

wolfBoot HAL Init (net core)
Boot partition: 0x100C000 (sz 4120, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Network Image: Ver 0x1, Size 4120
Waiting for status from app core...
Starting update: Ver 1->2, Size 4376->4376
Status: App 2 (ver 2), Net 1 (ver 1)
Update partition: 0x100000 (sz 4120, ver 0x2, type 0x202)
Boot partition: 0x100C000 (sz 4120, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Update partition: 0x100000 (sz 4120, ver 0x2, type 0x202)
Staring Update (fallback allowed 0)
Update partition: 0x100000 (sz 4120, ver 0x2, type 0x202)
Boot partition: 0x100C000 (sz 4120, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Versions: Current 0x1, Update 0x2
Copy sector 0 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 0 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 0 (part 2->0)
Boot partition: 0x100C000 (sz 4120, ver 0x2, type 0x202)
Update partition: 0x100000 (sz 4120, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Copy sector 1 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 1 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 1 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 2 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 2 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 2 (part 2->0)
Erasing remainder of partition (88 sectors)...
Boot partition: 0x100C000 (sz 4120, ver 0x2, type 0x202)
Update partition: 0x100000 (sz 4120, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
Copy sector 90 (part 0->2)
Boot partition: 0x100C000 (sz 4120, ver 0x2, type 0x202)
Booting version: 0x2
Boot partition: 0x100C000 (sz 4120, ver 0x2, type 0x202)
Network Image: Ver 0x2, Size 4120
Network version (after update): 0x2
========================
nRF5340 wolfBoot (net core)
Copyright 2024 wolfSSL Inc
GPL v3
Version : 0x2
========================

Building / Flashing Nordic nRF5340

You may optionally use ./tools/scripts/nrf5340/build_flash.sh for building and flashing both cores.

The nrfjprog can be used to program external QSPI flash for testing. Example: nrfjprog --program <qspi_content.hex> --verify -f nrf53

Application Core

Flash base: 0x00000000, SRAM base: 0x20000000

Building Application core:

cp config/examples/nrf5340.config .config
make clean
make

Flashing Application core with JLink:

JLinkExe -device nRF5340_xxAA_APP -if SWD -speed 4000 -jtagconf -1,-1 -autoconnect 1
loadbin factory.bin 0x0
rnh

Network Core

Flash base: 0x01000000, SRAM base: 0x21000000

Building Network core:

cp config/examples/nrf5340_net.config .config
make clean
make

Flashing Network core with JLink:

JLinkExe -device nRF5340_xxAA_NET -if SWD -speed 4000 -jtagconf -1,-1 -autoconnect 1
loadbin factory.bin 0x01000000
rnh

Debugging Nordic nRF5340

Debugging with JLink:

  1. Start GDB Server:
# To debug the app core:
JLinkGDBServer -device nRF5340_xxAA_APP -if SWD -port 3333
# To debug the net core:
JLinkGDBServer -device nRF5340_xxAA_NET -if SWD -port 3334
  1. Start GDB
cd tools/scripts/nrf5340

# To debug the app core:
arm-none-eabi-gdb -x app.gdbinit
# To debug the net core:
arm-none-eabi-gdb -x net.gdbinit

b main
mon reset
c

Nordic nRF54L15

Tested with the Nordic nRF54L15-DK. This device features a 128MHz Arm Cortex-M33 application processor with TrustZone support, a 128MHz RISC-V coprocessor (VPR) used as a SoftPeripheral, 1524KB of RRAM (Resistive RAM), and 256KB of RAM. wolfBoot runs on the Cortex-M33 only and does not interact with the RISC-V coprocessor.

Two configurations are available at config/examples:

  • nrf54l15.config: TrustZone disabled; wolfBoot and the application always run in secure mode.

  • nrf54l15-wolfcrypt-tz.config: TrustZone enabled; wolfBoot runs in secure mode and boots the application as non-secure code. Includes a non-secure callable (NSC) wolfPKCS11 API for cryptographic operations via wolfCrypt, and a secure keyvault managed by wolfBoot. The update partition is in secure memory and is intended to be written via wolfBoot's NSC veneers from the non-secure application. See the "NSC API" section in docs/API.md.

Flash Memory Layout

nrf54l15.config

0x00000000 - 0x0000FFFF  wolfBoot        (64 KB)
0x00010000 - 0x000C5FFF  Boot partition  (728 KB)
0x000C6000 - 0x0017BFFF  Update partition (728 KB)
0x0017C000 - 0x0017CFFF  Swap area       (4 KB)

nrf54l15-wolfcrypt-tz.config

0x00000000 - 0x0004EFFF  wolfBoot         (316 KB)  secure
0x0004F000 - 0x0004FFFF  NSC region         (4 KB)  non-secure callable
0x00050000 - 0x000DAFFF  Boot partition    (556 KB)  non-secure
0x000DB000 - 0x00165FFF  Update partition  (556 KB)  secure
0x00166000 - 0x00166FFF  Swap area          (4 KB)  secure
0x00167000 - 0x0017CFFF  Keyvault          (88 KB)  secure

The keyvault is outside the wolfBoot region, so a bootloader self-update or re-flashing wolfboot.bin leaves the stored keys intact.

Earlier versions of this configuration placed the keyvault at 0x4F000, the NSC region at 0x65000 and the boot partition at 0x66000. A bootloader update does not migrate between the two layouts: re-flash factory.bin (and re-provision any stored keys) when moving a device to this layout.

UART

Debug output is available on UART20, connected to the J-Link VCOM port (TX=P1.4, RX=P1.5). A secondary UART (UART30, TX=P0.0, RX=P0.1) is reserved for the UART_FLASH feature.

Building

cp config/examples/nrf54l15.config .config
make clean
make

Or, for the TrustZone + wolfCrypt variant:

cp config/examples/nrf54l15-wolfcrypt-tz.config .config
make clean
make

Flashing

Flash the factory image using JLink:

JLinkExe -device nRF54L15_M33 -if SWD -speed 4000 -autoconnect 1
loadbin factory.bin 0x0
rnh

Testing an Update

Sign the test application as version 2, then write the update trigger magic (pBOOT) at the end of the partition.

nrf54l15.config (partition size 0xB6000)

tools/keytools/sign --ecc384 --sha384 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
echo -n "pBOOT" > trigger_magic.bin
./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble \
  update.bin \
    0x0      test-app/image_v2_signed.bin \
    0xB5FFB  trigger_magic.bin

Flash the assembled image to the update partition:

JLinkExe -device nRF54L15_M33 -if SWD -speed 4000 -autoconnect 1
loadbin update.bin 0xC6000
rnh

nrf54l15-wolfcrypt-tz.config (partition size 0x8B000)

tools/keytools/sign --ecc384 --sha384 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
echo -n "pBOOT" > trigger_magic.bin
./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble \
  update.bin \
    0x0      test-app/image_v2_signed.bin \
    0x8AFFB  trigger_magic.bin

Flash the assembled image to the update partition:

JLinkExe -device nRF54L15_M33 -if SWD -speed 4000 -autoconnect 1
loadbin update.bin 0xDB000
rnh

Nordic nRF54LM20

Tested with the Nordic nRF54LM20 DK (PCA10184, nRF54LM20B silicon). This device features a 128MHz Arm Cortex-M33 application processor with TrustZone support, a RISC-V coprocessor (FLPR), 2036KB of RRAM, and 512KB of RAM. wolfBoot runs on the Cortex-M33 only and does not interact with the RISC-V coprocessor.

The nRF54LM20 shares the nRF54L HAL (TARGET=nrf54l). Its configurations add CFLAGS_EXTRA+=-DNRF54LM20, which selects the nRF54LM20 peripheral addresses (RRAMC, CRACEN, TAMPC, SPIM00) and the DK console pins.

Two configurations are available at config/examples:

  • nrf54lm20.config: TrustZone disabled; wolfBoot and the application always run in secure mode.

  • nrf54lm20-wolfcrypt-tz.config: TrustZone enabled; wolfBoot runs in secure mode and boots the application as non-secure code. Includes a non-secure callable (NSC) wolfPKCS11 API for cryptographic operations via wolfCrypt, entropy from the CRACEN TRNG, and a secure keyvault managed by wolfBoot. The update partition is in secure memory and is intended to be written via wolfBoot's NSC veneers from the non-secure application. See the "NSC API" section in docs/API.md.

nRF54LM20: Flash Memory Layout

nrf54lm20.config

0x00000000 - 0x0000FFFF  wolfBoot          (64 KB)
0x00010000 - 0x00105FFF  Boot partition   (984 KB)
0x00106000 - 0x001FBFFF  Update partition (984 KB)
0x001FC000 - 0x001FCFFF  Swap area          (4 KB)

nrf54lm20-wolfcrypt-tz.config

0x00000000 - 0x0004EFFF  wolfBoot         (316 KB)  secure
0x0004F000 - 0x0004FFFF  NSC region         (4 KB)  non-secure callable
0x00050000 - 0x0011AFFF  Boot partition    (812 KB)  non-secure
0x0011B000 - 0x001E5FFF  Update partition  (812 KB)  secure
0x001E6000 - 0x001E6FFF  Swap area          (4 KB)  secure
0x001E7000 - 0x001FCFFF  Keyvault          (88 KB)  secure

nRF54LM20: UART

Debug output is available on UART20 (TX=P1.16, RX=P1.17) at 115200 baud, connected to the second J-Link VCOM port of the DK (/dev/serial/by-id/usb-SEGGER_J-Link_<serial>-if02 on Linux). A secondary UART (UART30, TX=P0.6, RX=P0.7) is reserved for the UART_FLASH feature.

nRF54LM20: Building

cp config/examples/nrf54lm20.config .config
make clean
make

Or, for the TrustZone + wolfCrypt variant:

cp config/examples/nrf54lm20-wolfcrypt-tz.config .config
make clean
make

nRF54LM20: Flashing

Flash the factory image using JLink:

JLinkExe -device nRF54LM20A_M33 -if SWD -speed 4000 -autoconnect 1
loadbin factory.bin 0x0
rnh

The console shows wolfBoot verifying and booting the test application:

wolfBoot HAL Init
Boot partition: 0x10000 (sz 2688, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
...
Booting version: 0x1
...
Booted firmware version: 1

nRF54LM20: Testing an Update

Sign the test application as version 2, then write the update trigger magic (pBOOT) at the end of the partition. The test application confirms the update with wolfBoot_success() when it runs a version other than 1.

nrf54lm20.config (partition size 0xF6000)

tools/keytools/sign --ecc384 --sha384 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
echo -n "pBOOT" > trigger_magic.bin
./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble \
  update.bin \
    0x0      test-app/image_v2_signed.bin \
    0xF5FFB  trigger_magic.bin

Flash the assembled image to the update partition:

JLinkExe -device nRF54LM20A_M33 -if SWD -speed 4000 -autoconnect 1
loadbin update.bin 0x106000
rnh

nrf54lm20-wolfcrypt-tz.config (partition size 0xCB000)

tools/keytools/sign --ecc384 --sha384 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2
echo -n "pBOOT" > trigger_magic.bin
./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble \
  update.bin \
    0x0      test-app/image_v2_signed.bin \
    0xCAFFB  trigger_magic.bin

Flash the assembled image to the update partition:

JLinkExe -device nRF54LM20A_M33 -if SWD -speed 4000 -autoconnect 1
loadbin update.bin 0x11B000
rnh

wolfBoot swaps the partitions and boots version 2:

Booting version: 0x2
...
Booted firmware version: 2
Update successful, firmware version 2 confirmed

The TrustZone variant also prints a byte from the CRACEN TRNG (Today's lucky number: 0x..).

Simulated

You can create a simulated target that uses files to mimic an internal and optionally an external flash. The build will produce an executable ELF file wolfBoot.elf. You can provide another executable ELF as firmware image and it will be executed. The command-line arguments of wolfBoot.elf are forwarded to the application. The example application test-app\app_sim.c uses the arguments to interact with libwolfboot.c and automate functional testing. You can find an example configuration in config/examples/sim.config.

An example of using the test-app/sim.c to test firmware update:

cp ./config/examples/sim.config .config
make

# create the file internal_flash.dd with firmware v1 on the boot partition and
# firmware v2 on the update partition
make test-sim-internal-flash-with-update
# it should print 1
./wolfboot.elf success get_version
# trigger an update
./wolfboot.elf update_trigger
# it should print 2
./wolfboot.elf success get_version
# it should print 2
./wolfboot.elf success get_version

Note: This also works on Mac OS, but objcopy does not exist. Install with brew install binutils and make using OBJCOPY=/usr/local/Cellar//binutils/2.41/bin/objcopy make.

Raspberry Pi Pico rp2350

See instructions in IDE/pico-sdk/rp2350/README.md

Renesas RX65N

Tested on the:

  • RX65N-2MB-Starter-Kit-Plus (RSK+)
  • RX65N Target Board (RTK5RX65N0C00000BR) (includes onboard E2 Lite emulator)

Renesas Console

Console output is supported with DEBUG_UART=1.

  • RSK+: This board includes a USB to Serial port that uses SCI8 and PJ1/PJ2. This is the wolfBoot HAL default for RX65N.

  • RX65N target board: Can route UART Serial output to PC3 via PMOD1-IO0 at Pin 9. This requires an external TTL UART to USB adapter. You will need to set CFLAGS_EXTRA+="-DDEBUG_UART_SCI=3" in .config. In the renesas-rx.c uart_init these port mode and port function select settings are needed:

/* Configure PC3/PC2 for UART */
PORT_PMR(0xC) |= ((1 << 2) | (1 << 3));
/* SCI Function Select = 0xA (UART) */
MPC_PFS(0xC2) = 0xA; /* PC2-RXD5 */
MPC_PFS(0xC3) = 0xA; /* PC3-TXD5 */

Example Boot Output (with DEBUG_UART=1):

wolfBoot HAL Init
Boot partition: 0xFFE00000
Image size 25932

| ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Renesas RX User Application in BOOT partition started by wolfBoot   |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------- |

wolfBoot HAL Init

=== Boot Partition[ffe00000] ===
Magic:    WOLF
Version:  01
Status:   ff (New)
Trailer Magic: ˇˇˇˇ

=== Update Partition[ffef0000] ===
Magic:    ˇˇˇˇ
Version:  00
Status:   ff (New)
Trailer Magic: ˇˇˇˇ

Current Firmware Version: 1
Hit any key to call wolfBoot_success the firmware.

Renesas Flash Layout

Default Onboard Flash Memory Layout (2MB) (32KB sector):

Description Address Size
OFSM Option Mem 0xFE7F5D00 0x00000080 (128 B )
Application 0xFFE00000 0x000F0000 (960 KB)
Update 0xFFEF0000 0x000F0000 (960 KB)
Swap 0xFFFE0000 0x00010000 ( 64 KB)
wolfBoot 0xFFFF0000 0x00010000 ( 64 KB)

Renesas Data Endianess

To switch RX parts to big endian data use the Renesas Flashing Tool:

Download the Renesas Flashing Tool: https://www.renesas.com/us/en/software-tool/renesas-flash-programmer-programming-gui Download the Renesas E2 Lite Linux Driver: https://www.renesas.com/us/en/document/swo/e2-emulator-e2-emulator-lite-linux-driver?r=488806

Default location on Windows: C:\Program Files (x86)\Renesas Electronics\Programming Tools\Renesas Flash Programmer V3.14.

# Big Endian
rfp-cli -if fine -t e2l -device RX65x -auth id FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF -write32 0xFE7F5D00 0xFFFFFFF8
OR
# Little Endian
rfp-cli -if fine -t e2l -device RX65x -auth id FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF -write32 0xFE7F5D00 0xFFFFFFFF

Building Renesas RX65N

Building RX wolfBoot requires the RX-ELF compiler. Please Download and install the Renesas RX GCC toolchain: https://llvm-gcc-renesas.com/rx-download-toolchains/

Default installation path (Linux): ~/toolchains/gcc_8.3.0.202311_rx_elf Default installation path (Windows): C:\ProgramData\GCC for Renesas RX 8.3.0.202305-GNURX-ELF\rx-elf\rx-elf

Configuration: Use ./config/examples/renesas-rx65n.config as a starting point by copying it to the wolfBoot root as .config.

cp ./config/examples/renesas-rx65n.config .config
make

With RX GCC path or or custom cross compiler directly: make CROSS_COMPILE="~/toolchains/gcc_8.3.0.202311_rx_elf/bin/rx-elf-" OR make RX_GCC_PATH="~/toolchains/gcc_8.3.0.202311_rx_elf"

TSIP: To enable TSIP use make PKA=1. See docs/Renesas.md for details.

Flashing Renesas RX65N

Default Flash ID Code: FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF

Flash Using:

rfp-cli -if fine -t e2l -device RX65x -auto -auth id FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF \
    -bin FFFF0000 wolfboot.bin \
    -bin FFE00000 test-app/image_v1_signed.bin \
    -run

Note: Endianess: if using big endian add -endian big

Note: Linux Install E2 Lite USB Driver:

sudo cp 99-renesas-emu.rules /etc/udev/rules.d/
sudo udevadm control --reload-rules

Debugging Renesas RX65N

Create a new "Renesas Debug" project. Choose the "E2 Lite" emulator and the built wolfboot.elf. After project is created open the "Debug Configuration" and change the debugger interface from "JTAG" to "FINE". Run debug and it will stop in the "reset" code in boot_renesas_start.S. If using Big Endian change endianess mode in "Debugger -> Debug Tool Settings -> Memory Endian -> Big Endian".

Renesas RX72N

Tested on the RX72N ENVISION KIT (HMI development kit for IoT systems). This includes an onboard E2 Lite emulator.

The Renesas RX72N is supported either natively with "make" or through e2Studio. If using e2Studio see Readme.md.

Default UART Serial on SCI2 at P12-RXD2 P13-TXD2. Use USB on CN8 to attach a Virtual USB COM port. This feaure is enabled with DEBUG_UART=1.

Example Boot Output (with DEBUG_UART=1):

wolfBoot HAL Init
Boot partition: 0xFFC00000
Image size 27772

| ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Renesas RX User Application in BOOT partition started by wolfBoot   |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------- |

wolfBoot HAL Init

=== Boot Partition[ffc00000] ===
Magic:    WOLF
Version:  01
Status:   ff (New)
Trailer Magic: ˇˇˇˇ

=== Update Partition[ffdf0000] ===
Magic:    ˇˇˇˇ
Version:  00
Status:   ff (New)
Trailer Magic: ˇˇˇˇ

Current Firmware Version: 1
Hit any key to call wolfBoot_success the firmware.

Default Onboard Flash Memory Layout (4MB) (32KB sector):

Description Address Size
OFSM Option Mem 0xFE7F5D00 0x00000080 ( 128 B )
Application 0xFFC00000 0x001F0000 (1984 KB)
Update 0xFFDF0000 0x001F0000 (1984 KB)
Swap 0xFFFE0000 0x00010000 ( 64 KB)
wolfBoot 0xFFFF0000 0x00010000 ( 64 KB)

To switch RX parts to big endian data use:

# Big Endian
rfp-cli -if fine -t e2l -device RX72x -auth id FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF -write32 0xFE7F5D00 0xFFFFFFF8
OR
# Little Endian
rfp-cli -if fine -t e2l -device RX72x -auth id FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF -write32 0xFE7F5D00 0xFFFFFFFF

Building Renesas RX72N

Building RX wolfBoot requires the RX-ELF compiler. Please Download and install the Renesas RX GCC toolchain: https://llvm-gcc-renesas.com/rx-download-toolchains/

Default installation path (Linux): ~/toolchains/gcc_8.3.0.202311_rx_elf Default installation path (Windows): C:\ProgramData\GCC for Renesas RX 8.3.0.202305-GNURX-ELF\rx-elf\rx-elf

Configuration: Use ./config/examples/renesas-rx72n.config as a starting point by copying it to the wolfBoot root as .config.

cp ./config/examples/renesas-rx72n.config .config
make

With RX GCC path or or custom cross compiler directly: make CROSS_COMPILE="~/toolchains/gcc_8.3.0.202311_rx_elf/bin/rx-elf-" OR make RX_GCC_PATH="~/toolchains/gcc_8.3.0.202311_rx_elf"

TSIP: To enable TSIP use make PKA=1. See docs/Renesas.md for details.

Flashing Renesas RX72N

Download the Renesas Flashing Tool: https://www.renesas.com/us/en/software-tool/renesas-flash-programmer-programming-gui Download the Renesas E2 Lite Linux Driver: https://www.renesas.com/us/en/document/swo/e2-emulator-e2-emulator-lite-linux-driver?r=488806

Default Flash ID Code: FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF

Flash Using:

rfp-cli -if fine -t e2l -device RX72x -auto -auth id FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF \
    -bin FFFF0000 wolfboot.bin \
    -bin FFC00000 test-app/image_v1_signed.bin \
    -run

Note: Endianess: if using big endian add -endian big

Note: Linux Install E2 Lite USB Driver:

sudo cp 99-renesas-emu.rules /etc/udev/rules.d/
sudo udevadm control --reload-rules

Renesas RA6M4

This example for Renesas RA6M4 demonstrates a simple secure firmware update by wolfBoot. A sample application v1 is securely updated to v2. Both versions behave the same except displaying its version of v1 or v2. They are compiled by e2Studio and running on the target board.

In this demo, you may download two versions of application binary file by Renesas Flash Programmer. You can download and execute wolfBoot by e2Studio debugger. Use a USB connection between PC and the board for the debugger and flash programmer.

Flash Allocation:

+---------------------------+------------------------+-----+
| B |H|                     |H|                      |     |
| o |e|   Primary           |e|   Update             |Swap |
| o |a|   Partition         |a|   Partition          |Sect |
| t |d|                     |d|                      |     |
+---------------------------+------------------------+-----+
0x00000000: wolfBoot
0x00010000: Primary partition (Header)
0x00010200: Primary partition (Application image)
0x00080000: Update  partition (Header)
0x00080200: Update  partition (Application image)
0x000F0000: Swap sector

Detailed steps can be found at Readme.md.

Renesas RZN2L

This example demonstrates simple secure firmware boot from external flash by wolfBoot. A sample application v1 is securely loaded into internal RAM if there is not higher version in update region. A sample application v2 will be loaded when it is in update region.Both versions behave the same except blinking LED Red(v1) or Yellow(v2). They are compiled by e2Studio and running on the target board.

The example uses SPI boot mode with external flash on the evaluation board. On this boot mode, the loader program, which is wolfBoot, is copied to the internal RAM(B-TCM). wolfBoot copies the application program from external flash memory to RAM(System RAM). As final step of wolfBoot the entry point of the copied application program is called if its integrity and authenticity are OK.

Operation Overview

Detailed steps can be found at Readme.md.

Qemu x86-64 UEFI

The simplest option to compile wolfBoot as a bootloader for x86-64bit machines is the UEFI mode. This mechanism requires an UEFI bios, which stages wolfBoot by running the binary as an EFI application.

The following instructions describe the procedure to configure wolfBoot as EFI application and run it on qemu using tianocore as main firmware. A GNU/Linux system built via buildroot is then authenticated and staged by wolfBoot.

Prerequisites:

On a debian-like system it is sufficient to install the packages as follows:

# for wolfBoot and others
apt install git make gcc

# for test scripts
apt install sudo dosfstools curl
apt install qemu qemu-system-x86 ovmf gnu-efi

# for buildroot
apt install file bzip2 g++ wget cpio unzip rsync bc

Configuration

An example configuration is provided in config/examples/x86_64_efi.config

Building and running on qemu

The bootloader and the initialization script startup.nsh for execution in the EFI environment are stored in a loopback FAT partition.

The script tools/efi/prepare_uefi_partition.sh creates a new empty FAT loopback partitions and adds startup.nsh.

A kernel with an embedded rootfs partition can be now created and added to the image, via the script tools/efi/compile_efi_linux.sh. The script actually adds two instances of the target systems: kernel.img and update.img, both signed for authentication, and tagged with version 1 and 2 respectively.

Compiling with make will produce the bootloader image in wolfboot.efi.

The script tools/efi/run_efi.sh will add wolfboot.efi to the bootloader loopback partition, and run the system on qemu. If both kernel images are present and valid, wolfBoot will choose the image with the higher version number, so update.img will be staged as it's tagged with version 2.

The sequence is summarized below:

cp config/examples/x86_64_efi.config .config
tools/efi/prepare_efi_partition.sh
make
tools/efi/compile_efi_linux.sh
tools/efi/run_efi.sh
EFI v2.70 (EDK II, 0x00010000)
[700/1832]
Mapping table
      FS0: Alias(s):F0a:;BLK0:
          PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x1,0x1)/Ata(0x0)
     BLK1: Alias(s):
               PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x1,0x1)/Ata(0x0)
Press ESC in 1 seconds to skip startup.nsh or any other key to continue.
Starting wolfBoot EFI...
Image base: 0xE3C6000
Opening file: kernel.img, size: 6658272
Opening file: update.img, size: 6658272
Active Part 1
Firmware Valid
Booting at 0D630000
Staging kernel at address D630100, size: 6658016

You can Ctrl-C or login as root and power off qemu with poweroff

To pass an authenticated Linux kernel command line, sign the kernel with --cmdline "..." (before the positional image key version arguments; see Signing). wolfBoot reads the HDR_CMDLINE TLV from the verified image and applies it to the kernel EFI stub via LoadOptions, so it is covered by the image signature.

NVIDIA Jetson Orin (aarch64_efi)

The aarch64_efi target builds wolfBoot as an AArch64 UEFI application (wolfboot.efi), the direct counterpart of the Qemu x86-64 UEFI target. It uses only UEFI Boot Services (no SoC-specific registers), so the same binary runs on any AArch64 UEFI platform. It has been validated on the NVIDIA Jetson Orin Nano Developer Kit (Tegra234), where the on-module UEFI firmware (edk2-nvidia) launches it after the NVIDIA-signed early boot chain (BootROM -> MB1 -> MB2 -> UEFI). wolfBoot reads the next-stage image from the EFI Simple File System, authenticates it with wolfCrypt, and boots it via the UEFI LoadImage/StartImage services (an AArch64 Linux Image is itself a PE/COFF EFI-stub application).

Prerequisites

  • An AArch64 GNU toolchain (aarch64-linux-gnu-gcc)
  • gnu-efi built for AArch64 (the host distro package is usually x86-only, so build it with the helper script below)
  • For emulation: qemu-system-aarch64 plus the AArch64 UEFI firmware (AAVMF, package qemu-efi-aarch64)

On a debian-like system:

apt install git make gcc-aarch64-linux-gnu dosfstools mtools
apt install qemu-system-arm qemu-efi-aarch64   # emulation (optional)

Build the AArch64 gnu-efi runtime once (installs into tools/gnu-efi-aarch64/):

./tools/scripts/build-gnu-efi-aarch64.sh

Configuration

An example configuration is provided in config/examples/aarch64_efi.config. It selects ARCH=AARCH64, TARGET=aarch64_efi, and a signature/hash algorithm (ED25519/SHA256 by default). No partition addresses are required -- UEFI provides the storage and dynamic image placement.

Building

cp config/examples/aarch64_efi.config .config
make

This produces wolfboot.efi, a PE32+ AArch64 EFI application (objcopy output format pei-aarch64-little).

Signing a payload

Sign the image to boot (an AArch64 Linux Image, or any EFI application for testing) with the generated key, tagging it with a version. wolfBoot looks for kernel.img and update.img on the volume it was launched from and boots the higher valid version:

./tools/keytools/sign --ed25519 --sha256 Image wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1
cp Image_v1_signed.bin kernel.img

Running in QEMU

./tools/scripts/aarch64-efi-qemu.sh        # add --gdb to debug with gdb-multiarch

The script exposes a scratch directory to the UEFI firmware as a FAT ESP, copies wolfboot.efi (and kernel.img from aarch64_efi-stage/ if present), and auto-runs it.

Deploying on the Jetson Orin Nano

The Jetson UEFI auto-boots removable media via \EFI\BOOT\BOOTAA64.EFI. Place wolfBoot and a signed payload on a FAT32 partition:

\EFI\BOOT\BOOTAA64.EFI   <- wolfboot.efi
\kernel.img              <- signed payload (read from the volume root)

The Linux kernel command line is signed into kernel.img itself (see "Booting Linux" below), so no separate file is placed on the ESP.

Insert the card and power on; UEFI auto-launches wolfBoot, which verifies and boots the payload. The debug console on the Orin Nano Developer Kit is the J14 button header (not the 40-pin), 115200 8N1. Example output:

Image base: 0x25E5D4000
Opening file: kernel.img, size: 57969
Checking integrity...done
Verifying signature...done
Successfully selected image in part: 0
Firmware Valid
Booting at 0x5E254100
Staging kernel at address 5E254100, size: 57969

Booting Linux

An AArch64 Linux Image carries a PE/COFF EFI stub, so wolfBoot boots it with the same LoadImage/StartImage path used above -- no initrd or bare-metal handoff is needed when the kernel has built-in MMC/ext4 drivers (the NVIDIA L4T kernel does). This has been validated end to end on the Jetson Orin Nano: wolfBoot verifies the signed kernel and boots NVIDIA Jetson Linux (L4T R36.4.4, 5.15.148-tegra) all the way to an Ubuntu 22.04 login prompt.

Obtain a Tegra234-compatible kernel and root filesystem from the NVIDIA Jetson Linux (L4T) BSP. The driver package (Jetson_Linux_R36.x.x_aarch64.tbz2) contains Linux_for_Tegra/kernel/Image and Linux_for_Tegra/kernel/dtb/tegra234-*.dtb; the matching Tegra_Linux_Sample-Root-Filesystem_*.tbz2 provides the rootfs.

Sign the kernel Image with the wolfBoot key, including the kernel command line as an authenticated TLV (--cmdline, before the positional arguments), and name it kernel.img:

./tools/keytools/sign --ed25519 --sha256 \
    --cmdline "root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 rw rootwait console=ttyTCU0,115200" \
    Linux_for_Tegra/kernel/Image wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1
cp Linux_for_Tegra/kernel/Image_v1_signed.bin kernel.img

The command line is stored in the signed manifest header (HDR_CMDLINE TLV) and is therefore covered by the image signature; wolfBoot reads it from the verified image and passes it to the kernel EFI stub via LoadOptions. For a long command line, set IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=512 when signing (the default 256-byte ED25519/SHA256 header holds roughly 70 command-line bytes).

Lay out the microSD as a FAT ESP plus a rootfs partition and place:

FAT (p1):   \EFI\BOOT\BOOTAA64.EFI   <- wolfboot.efi (UEFI auto-boots this)
            \kernel.img              <- signed L4T kernel (command line inside)
ext4 (p2):  the L4T sample root filesystem

On power-up the Jetson UEFI auto-boots \EFI\BOOT\BOOTAA64.EFI; wolfBoot verifies kernel.img and hands off to the kernel, which receives the real Tegra234 device tree from the UEFI configuration table (EFI stub: Using DTB from configuration table), mounts mmcblk0p2, and brings up systemd and the login on the J14 debug console (ttyTCU0).

Security note: because the command line lives in the signed manifest, kernel arguments (e.g. root=, init=, security flags) cannot be altered without breaking the image signature -- unlike an unauthenticated file on the ESP. If the image carries no HDR_CMDLINE TLV, wolfBoot boots with no command line and the kernel uses its built-in CONFIG_CMDLINE. As additional (independent) hardening you may also build Linux with CONFIG_CMDLINE="..." plus CONFIG_CMDLINE_FORCE, which makes the kernel ignore any externally supplied command line entirely. An initramfs-based flow (rather than a direct root= mount) would additionally need initrd support via the LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID LoadFile2 protocol, which this target does not currently implement.

Root of trust: enrolling wolfBoot into UEFI Secure Boot

The steps above give wolfBoot verifying the kernel. To close the remaining gap -- the firmware verifying wolfboot.efi itself -- enroll wolfBoot into UEFI Secure Boot so the platform refuses to launch an unsigned or tampered wolfboot.efi. This makes the chain continuous: firmware -> wolfboot.efi -> kernel.

tools/scripts/sign-efi-secureboot.sh generates a Platform Key (PK), Key Exchange Key (KEK) and signature-database (db) key/cert, signs wolfboot.efi with the db key, and emits the signed variable updates (.auth) for enrollment:

./tools/scripts/sign-efi-secureboot.sh wolfboot.efi

This produces wolfboot.efi.signed and, under tools/efi-secureboot-keys/, the PK/KEK/db key and cert plus the signed variable updates (db.auth, KEK.auth, PK.auth). (It requires sbsigntool, efitools, and openssl; sbsign may print benign "gaps between PE/COFF sections" warnings for gnu-efi images -- signing and sbverify still pass.)

The Jetson edk2 UEFI Shell setvar cannot enroll authenticated variables (it has no file input and cannot set the time-based-authenticated attribute), so enroll from the UEFI setup menu, which reads the certificate files from the ESP. The menu's "Enroll ... Using File" expects DER-encoded certificates; convert the generated PEM certs once:

cd tools/efi-secureboot-keys
for k in PK KEK db; do openssl x509 -in $k.crt -outform DER -out $k.cer; done

Copy db.cer, KEK.cer, PK.cer and wolfboot.efi.signed onto the ESP (deploy the signed image as \EFI\BOOT\BOOTAA64.EFI). Name the cert files with a lowercase .cer extension: the edk2 file explorer decides a file is a certificate by a case-sensitive suffix match against .cer/.der/.crt, so an uppercase DB.CER (as FAT stores a plain 8.3 name) is rejected with "Unsupported file type!". Copy them with lowercase names (e.g. mcopy db.cer ::/db.cer) so the VFAT lowercase flag is set. Then, on the board (over the serial console -- use minicom or screen, not a plain pass-through, so the full-screen menu renders):

  1. Reset and press ESC at the firmware banner (ESC to enter Setup) to enter Setup.
  2. Device Manager -> Secure Boot Configuration.
  3. Set Secure Boot Mode -> Custom Mode (reveals Custom Secure Boot Options).
  4. Under Custom Secure Boot Options, enroll in order -- db, then KEK, then PK (enrolling PK is what turns Secure Boot enforcing and exits Setup Mode):
    • DB Options -> Enroll Signature -> Enroll Signature Using File -> select db.cer -> accept the default signature-owner GUID -> Commit Changes and Exit.
    • KEK Options -> Enroll KEK -> Enroll KEK Using File -> KEK.cer -> Commit Changes and Exit.
    • PK Options -> Enroll PK -> Enroll PK Using File -> PK.cer -> Commit Changes and Exit.
  5. Confirm Current Secure Boot State: Enabled, then reset.

On reboot the firmware verifies \EFI\BOOT\BOOTAA64.EFI against db, so the signed wolfBoot launches (Verifying signature...done). To prove enforcement, replace BOOTAA64.EFI with an unsigned wolfboot.efi; the firmware refuses it with a Security Violation. Secure Boot is fully reversible: in the same menu set Secure Boot Mode -> Standard Mode, or delete the PK, to return the board to Setup Mode.

Important -- sign the kernel for Secure Boot too. wolfBoot boots the kernel through the UEFI LoadImage/StartImage services, and with Secure Boot enforcing, LoadImage also verifies the kernel image against db. A kernel that is only wolfBoot-signed is rejected by LoadImage (wolfBoot prints LoadImage failed: 0x<status>), even though wolfBoot's own Verifying signature...done passed. Sign the raw Image with the db key (sbsign) first, then wolfBoot-sign the result, so the kernel is trusted by both UEFI (db, for LoadImage) and wolfBoot (wolfCrypt):

sbsign --key tools/efi-secureboot-keys/db.key --cert tools/efi-secureboot-keys/db.crt \
    --output Image.sb Linux_for_Tegra/kernel/Image
./tools/keytools/sign --ed25519 --sha256 Image.sb wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1
cp Image_v1_signed.bin kernel.img      # note: sign drops the .sb, output is Image_v1_signed.bin

The full enforced chain is then firmware -> (Secure Boot) -> wolfBoot -> (wolfCrypt + Secure Boot) -> kernel -> Linux.

Test this without hardware first: the QEMU + AAVMF helper (tools/scripts/aarch64-efi-qemu.sh) uses OVMF/AAVMF variable storage that supports enrolling the same keys, so you can confirm the signed binary launches and a wrong-key binary is refused before touching the board.

Note on the Jetson dev kit: the OP-TEE console prints "Test UEFI variable auth key is being used" / "UEFI variable protection is not fully enabled", i.e. the variable store is in a development state (SetupMode=1), which is why menu enrollment works without a prior platform key. A production device would additionally fuse-lock the variable store (see below).

Root of trust: NVIDIA fuse provisioning (production; not performed here)

UEFI Secure Boot above is enforced by the edk2 firmware. On a production Jetson the firmware chain (BootROM -> MB1 -> MB2 -> cpu-bootloader/UEFI) is itself made tamper-resistant by burning the NVIDIA security fuses from the L4T BSP:

  • PKC (public-key crypto) fuses: burn the SHA of your signing public key so the BootROM only accepts an NVIDIA-signing-chain that you control.
  • SBK (secure boot key) fuses: optionally encrypt the boot binaries.

These are burned with odmfuse.sh/tegrasign from Linux_for_Tegra/ and are irreversible. They are the final production step and are intentionally NOT part of this port -- the development board stays in unfused/dev mode. Consult the NVIDIA Jetson Linux "Secure Boot" documentation for the current odmfuse.sh procedure for your module before burning anything. Once fused, the fused firmware enforces UEFI Secure Boot, which enforces wolfboot.efi, which enforces the kernel -- a complete hardware root of trust.

Measured boot (firmware TPM via EFI_TCG2)

The Jetson firmware provides a TPM 2.0 (an OP-TEE fTPM) behind EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL and already measures the early boot chain into PCRs. wolfBoot extends that chain to the OS: with MEASURED_BOOT_TCG2=1 (default in config/examples/aarch64_efi.config), it measures the verified kernel image into PCR MEASURED_PCR_A (default 9) with HashLogExtendEvent just before handoff, appending a wolfBoot kernel.img record to the firmware event log. This is the same consumer pattern U-Boot uses -- the firmware / fTPM performs the hashing, PCR extend and log append, so wolfBoot needs no TPM transport driver of its own and pulls in no wolfTPM.

It is best-effort and does not disturb boot: wolfBoot logs the TPM capability and, if the platform exposes no TCG2 protocol or reports no TPM present, skips the measurement and continues. On the Orin Nano the console shows:

TCG2: TPM present=1 activeBanks=0x6 banks=2
TCG2: measured wolfBoot kernel.img (43091976 bytes) into PCR 9
TCG2: measured wolfBoot cmdline (110 bytes) into PCR 9
TCG2: measured wolfBoot dtb (997852 bytes) into PCR 9
TCG2: PCR 9 (SHA256):
  fef77532719dffa1e62567914d78e820
  012406452ea644ff193cfc0475937732

activeBanks=0x6 is the SHA-256 (0x2) + SHA-384 (0x4) PCR banks; the kernel, its command line and the platform device tree are extended into PCR 9 in both, and wolfBoot then reads the PCR back (TPM2_PCR_Read) and prints it. An attestation client can compare PCR 9 -- and the TCG2 event log -- against known-good values to confirm exactly which kernel, command line and device tree wolfBoot verified and booted. Choose MEASURED_PCR_A to fit the platform's PCR allocation (0-7 are firmware-owned; 8-15 are for OS/loader use). Note the edk2 firmware separately measures the loaded wolfboot.efi image itself into its own PCRs via LoadImage, so the firmware-verifies-wolfBoot and wolfBoot-measures-kernel events are distinct entries in the log.

NVIDIA Jetson Orin (NVIDIA Tegra234) BL33 firmware

Filesystem boot: this target can also read its signed image from a file on a read-only FAT32 or ext4 partition instead of from raw offset 0. Build with DISK_FS=fat32|ext4|both and set BOOT_FILE_A / BOOT_FILE_B. See Disk boot from a read-only filesystem (FAT32 / ext4).

wolfBoot can run on the NVIDIA Jetson Orin two ways: as an aarch64_efi UEFI application (documented separately), or - this tegra234 target - as bare-metal firmware that replaces the BL33 stage. BL33 is the normal-world bootloader that ARM Trusted Firmware (BL31) hands off to at EL2 non-secure with the MMU off; on Jetson it is the edk2 UEFI / cpu-bootloader (cpubl) slot. Running bare-metal instead of under UEFI puts wolfBoot much closer to the root of trust, with a far smaller trusted surface beneath it - wolfBoot owns its own console, clocks, and boot handoff.

On an unfused developer board the BL33 slot is directly replaceable: MB2 and the earlier stages are inside NVIDIA's signed/fused root of trust and would require NVIDIA signing tooling, but BL33 is not signature-enforced. The bare-metal HAL (hal/tegra234.c) provides the Tegra Combined UART (TCU) console, the ARMv8 generic timer, a BPMP IPC driver (clocks/resets over the CPU-NS IVC channel), and a "handoff dump" (entry EL, SCTLR/MMU/cache bits, handoff x0) enabled with TEGRA234_HANDOFF_DUMP=1.

Validated on hardware (Jetson Orin Nano dev kit, non-persistent RCM boot): wolfBoot runs as BL33 at EL2, verifies a signed payload with wolfCrypt (ECC384/SHA384), drops from EL2 to EL1, and hands off with a device tree in x0 - the arm64 Linux boot contract - straight out of DRAM with no storage driver. The payload and DTB are bundled into the BL33 image (see tools/scripts/tegra234-mkpoc.sh and config/examples/tegra234-linux.config). Loading a full kernel from storage is still in progress, bounded by two limits: MB2 caps the BL33 image at 4 MB (so a full kernel cannot be bundled - it must be loaded from storage or a pre-staged DRAM location), and microSD (SDHCI, DISK_SDCARD) is blocked on the closed SDMMC1 controller bring-up. See hal/tegra234.c for the full boot-chain map and open questions.

Build the bootloader binary (no hardware needed to compile):

cp config/examples/tegra234.config .config
make wolfboot.bin test-app/image_v1_signed.bin CROSS_COMPILE=aarch64-linux-gnu-

Three example configs ship for this target:

Config Boot path
tegra234.config Verify the bundled payload and boot it at EL2 (no exception-level change). The simplest path.
tegra234-linux.config Verify, drop EL2 -> EL1, hand off with the DTB in x0 (the arm64 Linux boot contract). Validated on hardware.
tegra234-sdcard.config microSD (SDHCI) boot. Work in progress - it compiles and probes but does not boot from card yet; see the SDMMC1 note above.

By default all three enable TEGRA234_HANDOFF_DUMP, which prints the entry state read-only. Only the microSD config additionally runs the BPMP/SDMMC1 bring-up probe, because enabling the SDMMC1 clock and releasing its reset is a lasting change to SoC state that the booted OS would inherit.

BL33 image layout

There is no storage driver yet, so the signed payload and the device tree are bundled into the BL33 image itself at fixed offsets and read straight out of DRAM. MB2 loads the whole image at 0x272000000 and BL31 enters it there:

offset      0x000000  wolfBoot (must fit below 0x200000)
offset      0x200000  signed payload    <- hal_get_primary_address()
offset      0x300000  raw DTB           <- hal_get_dts_address()
            0x400000  MB2 cpubl size cap - the image must stay under this

The offsets are TEGRA234_BL33_BASE, TEGRA234_BUNDLE_OFFSET and TEGRA234_DTB_OFFSET in hal/tegra234.h; the two bundling scripts below use the same values and must be kept in sync with it. wolfBoot checks for the FDT magic at the DTB offset and reports no device tree if nothing was bundled there, so a plain make wolfboot.bin does not hand the payload a stale pointer.

Note on what is signed: wolfBoot verifies the payload against its own key. The bundled device tree is not covered by that signature - it is protected only by whatever signs the BL33 image as a whole (on an unfused developer board, nothing). Treat the DTB as part of the firmware image's trust boundary, not the payload's.

Bundling scripts

Both scripts take the same arguments and do the same work - copy a config into place, build wolfBoot and the signed test-app together (one make invocation, so both are signed with the same freshly generated key), check the size budget, then concatenate the pieces at the offsets above and overwrite wolfboot.bin with the finished BL33 image. They differ only in which config they build.

The DTB is a required input: pass a path as the first argument, or set L4T to your Linux_for_Tegra directory and the script picks up kernel/dtb/tegra234-p3768-0000+p3767-0005-nv.dtb (Orin Nano dev kit) from it. Both scripts run make keysclean and make clean first, so each run generates a new signing key - build the bootloader and the payload from the same run.

tools/scripts/tegra234-mkbl33.sh - uses config/examples/tegra234.config. wolfBoot verifies the bundled payload and boots it at EL2, i.e. at the same exception level it was entered at. The DTB pointer is still passed to the payload in x0 (the FDT code path is enabled for every AArch64 target); what this config does not do is the EL2 -> EL1 drop. Useful for bringing up a new board or checking the console and the handoff dump.

tools/scripts/tegra234-mkbl33.sh /path/to/tegra234-<board>.dtb

tools/scripts/tegra234-mkpoc.sh - uses config/examples/tegra234-linux.config (EL2_HYPERVISOR=1, BOOT_EL1=1). wolfBoot verifies the payload, drops from EL2 to EL1, and enters it with the DTB pointer in x0 - the arm64 Linux boot contract. This is the one to use for the Linux boot path.

# Pass your board's kernel DTB, or set L4T=/path/to/Linux_for_Tegra:
tools/scripts/tegra234-mkpoc.sh /path/to/tegra234-<board>.dtb

Both scripts abort if wolfBoot has grown past the payload offset, if the payload runs into the DTB offset, or if the finished bundle exceeds MB2's 4 MB cap - a size overrun is a build error rather than a silently corrupted image - and both print a size breakdown of each piece.

Useful environment variables: L4T (as above) and CROSS_COMPILE (the scripts default to aarch64-linux-gnu-, which is what CI uses; a bare-metal aarch64-none-elf- toolchain also works). Set TEGRA234_HANDOFF_DUMP=0 in the config for a quiet build once the handoff is characterized.

wolfBoot is linked into the 2 MB below the payload offset, so an image that outgrows its slot fails at link time (region DDR_MEM overflowed) rather than being assembled into a broken bundle.

The resulting wolfboot.bin is flashed into the BL33 (A_cpu-bootloader) partition, or - as used for the validation above - loaded non-persistently over USB with the L4T flash.sh --rcm-boot flow, which leaves the on-board firmware untouched.

Intel x86_64 with Intel FSP support

Filesystem boot: this target can also read its signed image from a file on a read-only FAT32 or ext4 partition instead of from raw offset 0. Build with DISK_FS=fat32|ext4|both and set BOOT_FILE_A / BOOT_FILE_B. See Disk boot from a read-only filesystem (FAT32 / ext4).

This setup is more complex than the UEFI approach described earlier, but allows for complete control of the machine since the very first stage after poweron.

In other words, wolfBoot can run as a secure replacement of the system BIOS, thanks to the integration with the Intel Firmware Support Package (FSP). FSP provides services for target-specific initial configuration (memory and silicon initialization, power management, etc.). These services are designed to be accessed and invoked by the bootloader.

If wolfBoot is compiled with FSP support, it invokes the necessary machine-dependent binary code, which that can be obtained from the chip manufacturer.

The following variables must be set in your .config file when using this feature:

  • ARCH = x86_64
  • TARGET = A useful name for the target you want to support. You can refer to x86_fsp_qemu or kontron_vx3060_s2 for reference
  • FSP_T_BASE: the base address where the FSP-T binary blob will be loaded.
  • FSP_M_BASE: the base address where the FSP-M binary blob will be loaded.
  • FSP_S_BASE: the base address where the FSP-S binary blob will be loaded.
  • FSP_T_BIN: path to the FSP-T binary blob
  • FSP_M_BIN: path to the FSP-M binary blob
  • FSP_S_BIN: path to the FSP-S binary blob
  • WOLFBOOT_ORIGIN: the start address of wolfBoot inside the flash (flash is mapped so that it ends at the 4GB boundary)
  • BOOTLOADER_PARTITION_SIZE: the size of the partition that stores wolfBoot in the flash
  • WOLFBOOT_LOAD_BASE: the address where wolfboot will be loaded in RAM after the first initialization phase

While Intel FSP aims to abstract away specific machine details, you still need some machine-specific code. Current supported targets are QEMU and the TigerLake based Kontron VX3060-S2 board. Refer to the Intel Integration Guide of the selected silicon for more information.

Note:

  • This feature requires NASM to be installed on the machine building wolfBoot.

Booting a Linux bzImage payload (with an optional initrd)

Set LINUX_PAYLOAD=1 to boot a signed Linux bzImage from the disk A/B slot instead of an ELF/Multiboot2 image. Both the 32-bit and the 64-bit (64BIT=1) boot protocols are supported; a 64-bit build requires a kernel with a 64-bit entry point (xloadflags bit 0).

The kernel must be able to reach its root filesystem. A monolithic kernel with the storage and filesystem drivers built in needs nothing further. To boot a modular distribution kernel that relies on an initramfs, wrap the kernel and the initrd into a single signed image using the container header below, then sign that image as usual (all fields little-endian):

magic       u32  0x3150584C  ("LXP1")
kernel_size u32  exact bzImage byte length
initrd_size u32  exact initrd byte length
reserved    u32  0
<bzImage bytes>
<initrd bytes>

wolfBoot detects the magic, loads the kernel, places the initrd below the kernel's initrd_addr_max (and below the top of usable RAM), and hands its address to the kernel. An image without the magic is treated as a bare bzImage with no initrd, so existing payloads are unaffected.

Measuring the OS image into a PCR

With MEASURED_BOOT=1, set MEASURED_PCR_OS=<n> to extend the verified disk OS image digest into PCR <n>, in addition to the firmware measurement in MEASURED_PCR_A. PCR 4 follows the TCG PC Client convention for the boot payload the boot manager launches. The digest is re-hashed into the PCR bank algorithm when it is wider than the bank. A failed extend is fail-secure: the image is not booted.

Debugging the FSP UPD configuration

tools/x86_fsp/decode_fsp_upd.py decodes an FSP UPD block into named fields, using the offset comments that ship in FspmUpd.h / FspsUpd.h. It accepts either the hex block a bootloader prints over the debug UART or a UPD region lifted from a flash image, and --diff reports only the fields that differ between two captures. This is useful when tuning the memory or silicon configuration for a new board.

Running on 64-bit QEMU

Two example configuration files are available: config/examples/x86_fsp_qemu.config and config/examples/x86_fsp_qemu_seal.config. Both will try to load a 64bit ELF/Multiboot2 payload from the emulated sata drive. The second one is an example of configuration that also do measure boot and seal/unseal secrets using a TPM.

A test ELF/Multiboot2 image is provided as well. To test config/examples/x86_fsp_qemu.config use the following steps:

# Copy the example configuration for this target
cp config/examples/x86_fsp_qemu.config .config

# Create necessary Intel FSP binaries from edk2 repo
./tools/scripts/x86_fsp/qemu/qemu_build_fsp.sh

# build wolfboot
make

# make test-app
make test-app/image.elf

# make_hd.sh sign the image, creates a file-based hard disk image with GPT table and raw partitions and then copies the signed images into the partitions.
IMAGE=test-app/image.elf tools/scripts/x86_fsp/qemu/make_hd.sh

# run wolfBoot + test-image
./tools/scripts/x86_fsp/qemu/qemu.sh

Sample boot output using config/examples/x86_fsp_qemu.config

Cache-as-RAM initialized
FSP-T:0.0.10 build 0
FSP-M:0.0.10 build 0
no microcode for QEMU target
calling FspMemInit...

============= FSP Spec v2.0 Header Revision v3 ($QEMFSP$ v0.0.10.0) =============
Fsp BootFirmwareVolumeBase - 0xFFE30000
Fsp BootFirmwareVolumeSize - 0x22000
Fsp TemporaryRamBase       - 0x4
Fsp TemporaryRamSize       - 0x50000
Fsp PeiTemporaryRamBase    - 0x4
Fsp PeiTemporaryRamSize    - 0x34000
Fsp StackBase              - 0x34004
Fsp StackSize              - 0x1C000
Register PPI Notify: DCD0BE23-9586-40F4-B643-06522CED4EDE
Install PPI: 8C8CE578-8A3D-4F1C-9935-896185C32DD3
Install PPI: 5473C07A-3DCB-4DCA-BD6F-1E9689E7349A
The 0th FV start address is 0x000FFE30000, size is 0x00022000, handle is 0xFFE30000
Register PPI Notify: 49EDB1C1-BF21-4761-BB12-EB0031AABB39
Register PPI Notify: EA7CA24B-DED5-4DAD-A389-BF827E8F9B38
Install PPI: B9E0ABFE-5979-4914-977F-6DEE78C278A6
Install PPI: A1EEAB87-C859-479D-89B5-1461F4061A3E
Install PPI: DBE23AA9-A345-4B97-85B6-B226F1617389
DiscoverPeimsAndOrderWithApriori(): Found 0x2 PEI FFS files in the 0th FV
Loading PEIM 9B3ADA4F-AE56-4C24-8DEA-F03B7558AE50
Loading PEIM at 0x000FFE3D8C8 EntryPoint=0x000FFE3EC4C PcdPeim.efi
Install PPI: 06E81C58-4AD7-44BC-8390-F10265F72480
Install PPI: 01F34D25-4DE2-23AD-3FF3-36353FF323F1
Install PPI: 4D8B155B-C059-4C8F-8926-06FD4331DB8A
Install PPI: A60C6B59-E459-425D-9C69-0BCC9CB27D81
Register PPI Notify: 605EA650-C65C-42E1-BA80-91A52AB618C6
Loading PEIM 9E1CC850-6731-4848-8752-6673C7005EEE
Loading PEIM at 0x000FFE3F114 EntryPoint=0x000FFE411DF FspmInit.efi
FspmInitPoint() - Begin
BootMode : 0x0
Install PPI: 7408D748-FC8C-4EE6-9288-C4BEC092A410
Register PPI Notify: F894643D-C449-42D1-8EA8-85BDD8C65BDE
PeiInstallPeiMemory MemoryBegin 0x3EF00000, MemoryLength 0x100000
FspmInitPoint() - End
Temp Stack : BaseAddress=0x34004 Length=0x1C000
Temp Heap  : BaseAddress=0x4 Length=0x34000
Total temporary memory:    327680 bytes.
  temporary memory stack ever used:       3360 bytes.
  temporary memory heap used for HobList: 2104 bytes.
  temporary memory heap occupied by memory pages: 0 bytes.
Old Stack size 114688, New stack size 131072
Stack Hob: BaseAddress=0x3EF00000 Length=0x20000
Heap Offset = 0x3EF1FFFC Stack Offset = 0x3EECFFFC
Loading PEIM 52C05B14-0B98-496C-BC3B-04B50211D680
Loading PEIM at 0x0003EFF5150 EntryPoint=0x0003EFFBBC6 PeiCore.efi
Reinstall PPI: 8C8CE578-8A3D-4F1C-9935-896185C32DD3
Reinstall PPI: 5473C07A-3DCB-4DCA-BD6F-1E9689E7349A
Reinstall PPI: B9E0ABFE-5979-4914-977F-6DEE78C278A6
Install PPI: F894643D-C449-42D1-8EA8-85BDD8C65BDE
Notify: PPI Guid: F894643D-C449-42D1-8EA8-85BDD8C65BDE, Peim notify entry point: FFE40AB2
Memory Discovered Notify invoked ...
FSP TOLM = 0x3F000000
Migrate FSP-M UPD from 7F540 to 3EFF4000
FspMemoryInitApi() - [Status: 0x00000000] - End
success
top reserved 0_3EF00000h
mem: [ 0x3EEF0000, 0x3EF00000 ] - stack (0x10000)
mem: [ 0x3EEEFFF4, 0x3EEF0000 ] - stage2 parameter (0xC)
hoblist@0x3EF20000
mem: [ 0x3EEE8000, 0x3EEEFFF4 ] - page tables (0x7FF4)
page table @ 0x3EEE8000 [length: 7000]
mem: [ 0x3EEE7FF8, 0x3EEE8000 ] - stage2 ptr holder (0x8)
TOLUM: 0x3EEE7FF8
TempRamExitApi() - Begin
Memory Discovered Notify completed ...
TempRamExitApi() - [Status: 0x00000000] - End
mem: [ 0x800000, 0x800084 ] - stage1 .data (0x84)
mem: [ 0x8000A0, 0x801A80 ] - stage1 .bss (0x19E0)
mem: [ 0xFED5E00, 0xFEEAF00 ] - FSPS (0x15100)
Authenticating FSP_S at FED5E00...
Image size 86016
verify_payload: image open successfully.
verify_payload: integrity OK. Checking signature.
FSP_S: verified OK.
FSP-S:0.0.10 build 0
call silicon...
SiliconInitApi() - Begin
Install PPI: 49EDB1C1-BF21-4761-BB12-EB0031AABB39
Notify: PPI Guid: 49EDB1C1-BF21-4761-BB12-EB0031AABB39, Peim notify entry point: FFE370A2
The 1th FV start address is 0x0000FED5F00, size is 0x00015000, handle is 0xFED5F00
DiscoverPeimsAndOrderWithApriori(): Found 0x4 PEI FFS files in the 1th FV
Loading PEIM 86D70125-BAA3-4296-A62F-602BEBBB9081
Loading PEIM at 0x0003EFEE150 EntryPoint=0x0003EFF15B9 DxeIpl.efi
Install PPI: 1A36E4E7-FAB6-476A-8E75-695A0576FDD7
Install PPI: 0AE8CE5D-E448-4437-A8D7-EBF5F194F731
Loading PEIM 131B73AC-C033-4DE1-8794-6DAB08E731CF
Loading PEIM at 0x0003EFE6000 EntryPoint=0x0003EFE702B FspsInit.efi
FspInitEntryPoint() - start
Register PPI Notify: 605EA650-C65C-42E1-BA80-91A52AB618C6
Register PPI Notify: BD44F629-EAE7-4198-87F1-39FAB0FD717E
Register PPI Notify: 7CE88FB3-4BD7-4679-87A8-A8D8DEE50D2B
Register PPI Notify: 6ECD1463-4A4A-461B-AF5F-5A33E3B2162B
Register PPI Notify: 30CFE3E7-3DE1-4586-BE20-DEABA1B3B793
FspInitEntryPoint() - end
Loading PEIM BA37F2C5-B0F3-4A95-B55F-F25F4F6F8452
Loading PEIM at 0x0003EFDC000 EntryPoint=0x0003EFDDA67 QemuVideo.efi
NO valid graphics config data found!
Loading PEIM 29CBB005-C972-49F3-960F-292E2202CECD
Loading PEIM at 0x0003EFD2000 EntryPoint=0x0003EFD3265 FspNotifyPhasePeim.efi
The entry of FspNotificationPeim
Reinstall PPI: 0AE8CE5D-E448-4437-A8D7-EBF5F194F731
DXE IPL Entry
FSP HOB is located at 0x3EF20000
Install PPI: 605EA650-C65C-42E1-BA80-91A52AB618C6
Notify: PPI Guid: 605EA650-C65C-42E1-BA80-91A52AB618C6, Peim notify entry point: FFE3EB9A
Notify: PPI Guid: 605EA650-C65C-42E1-BA80-91A52AB618C6, Peim notify entry point: 3EFE6EE0
FspInitEndOfPeiCallback++
FspInitEndOfPeiCallback--
FSP is waiting for NOTIFY
FspSiliconInitApi() - [Status: 0x00000000] - End
success
pcie retraining failed FFFFFFFF
cap a 0
ddt disabled 0
device enable: 0
device enable: 128
NotifyPhaseApi() - Begin  [Phase: 00000020]
FSP Post PCI Enumeration ...
Install PPI: 30CFE3E7-3DE1-4586-BE20-DEABA1B3B793
Notify: PPI Guid: 30CFE3E7-3DE1-4586-BE20-DEABA1B3B793, Peim notify entry point: 3EFE6F12
FspInitAfterPciEnumerationCallback++
FspInitAfterPciEnumerationCallback--
NotifyPhaseApi() - End  [Status: 0x00000000]
NotifyPhaseApi() - Begin  [Phase: 00000040]
FSP Ready To Boot ...
Install PPI: 7CE88FB3-4BD7-4679-87A8-A8D8DEE50D2B
Notify: PPI Guid: 7CE88FB3-4BD7-4679-87A8-A8D8DEE50D2B, Peim notify entry point: 3EFE6F44
FspReadyToBootCallback++
FspReadyToBootCallback--
NotifyPhaseApi() - End  [Status: 0x00000000]
NotifyPhaseApi() - Begin  [Phase: 000000F0]
FSP End of Firmware ...
Install PPI: BD44F629-EAE7-4198-87F1-39FAB0FD717E
Notify: PPI Guid: BD44F629-EAE7-4198-87F1-39FAB0FD717E, Peim notify entry point: 3EFE6F76
FspEndOfFirmwareCallback++
FspEndOfFirmwareCallback--
NotifyPhaseApi() - End  [Status: 0x00000000]
CPUID(0):D 68747541 444D4163
mem: [ 0x1FFFF00, 0x200CC70 ] - wolfboot (0xCD70)
mem: [ 0x200CC70, 0x222FA00 ] - wolfboot .bss (0x222D90)
load wolfboot end
Authenticating wolfboot at 2000000...
Image size 52336
verify_payload: image open successfully.
verify_payload: integrity OK. Checking signature.
wolfBoot: verified OK.
starting wolfboot 64bit
AHCI port 0: No disk detected
AHCI port 1: No disk detected
AHCI port 2: No disk detected
AHCI port 3: No disk detected
AHCI port 4: No disk detected
AHCI port 5: Disk detected (det: 3 ipm: 1)
SATA disk drive detected on AHCI port 5
Reading MBR...
Found GPT PTE at sector 1
Found valid boot signature in MBR
Valid GPT partition table
Current LBA: 0x1
Backup LBA: 0x1FFFF
Max number of partitions: 128
Software limited: only allowing up to 16 partitions per disk.
Disk size: 66043392
disk0.p0 (0_1000000h@ 0_100000)
disk0.p1 (0_1000000h@ 0_1100000)
Total partitions on disk0: 2
Checking primary OS image in 0,0...
Checking secondary OS image in 0,1...
Versions, A:1 B:2
Load address 0x222FA00
Attempting boot from partition B
mem: [ 0x222FA00, 0x2241DC8 ] - ELF (0x123C8)
Loading image from disk...done.
Image size 74696
Checking image integrity...done.
Verifying image signature...done.
Firmware Valid.
Booting at 222FB00
mem: [ 0x100, 0x1E0 ] - MPTABLE (0xE0)
Loading elf at 0x222FB00
Found valid elf64 (little endian)
Program Headers 7 (size 56)
Load 504 bytes (offset 0x0) to 0x400000 (p 0x400000)
Load 3999 bytes (offset 0x1000) to 0x401000 (p 0x401000)
Load 1952 bytes (offset 0x2000) to 0x402000 (p 0x402000)
Load 32 bytes (offset 0x3000) to 0x403000 (p 0x403000)
Entry point 0x401000
Elf loaded (ret 0), entry 0x0_401000
mb2 header found at 2232B00
booting...
wolfBoot QEMU x86 FSP test app

Running on QEMU with swtpm (TPM emulator)

First step: clone and install swtpm, a TPM emulator that can be connected to qemu guest VMs. This TPM emulator will create a memory-mapped I/O device.

A small note is that config/examples/x86_fsp_qemu_seal.config showcases two different key ecc size of 384 and 256 of authentication for image verification and TPM sealing respectively.

The correct steps to run the example:

# copy the example configuration for this target
cp config/examples/x86_fsp_qemu_seal.config .config

# create necessary Intel FSP binaries from edk2 repo
tools/scripts/x86_fsp/qemu/qemu_build_fsp.sh

# make keytools and tpmtools
make keytools
make tpmtools

# create two keys, one for signing the images (ecc384) and one to seal/unseal secret into the TPM (ecc256)
./tools/keytools/keygen --force --ecc384 -g wolfboot_signing_private_key.der --ecc256 -g tpm_seal_key.key

# build wolfboot, manually add ECC256 for TPM
make CFLAGS_EXTRA="-DHAVE_ECC256"

# compute the value of PCR0 to sign with TPM key
PCR0=$(python ./tools/scripts/x86_fsp/compute_pcr.py --target qemu wolfboot_stage1.bin | tail -n 1)

# sign the policy
./tools/tpm/policy_sign -ecc256 -key=tpm_seal_key.key  -pcr=0 -pcrdigest=$PCR0

# install the policy
./tools/scripts/x86_fsp/tpm_install_policy.sh policy.bin.sig

# make test-app
make test-app/image.elf

# make_hd.sh sign the image, creates a file-based hard disk image with GPT table and raw partitions and then copy the signed images into the partitions.
IMAGE=test-app/image.elf SIGN=--ecc384 tools/scripts/x86_fsp/qemu/make_hd.sh

# run wolfBoot + test-image, use -t to emulate a TPM (requires swtpm)
./tools/scripts/x86_fsp/qemu/qemu.sh -t

For more advanced uses of TPM, please check TPM.md to configure wolfBoot according to your secure boot strategy.

Kontron VX3060-S2

wolfBoot supports Kontron VX3060-S2 board using Intel Firmware Support Package (FSP). You can find more details about the wolfBoot support with Intel FSP in the above section. A minimal configuration example is provided in config/examples/kontron_vx3060_s2.config. In order to produce a flashable flash image, a dump of the original flash is required. To build wolfBoot, follow the following steps:

cp config/examples/kontron_vx3060_s2.config .config
./tools/scripts/x86_fsp/tgl/tgl_download_fsp.sh
make
./tools/scripts/x86_fsp/tgl/assemble_image.sh -n /path/to/original/flash/dump

After running the above commands, you should find a file named final_image.bin in the root folder of the repository. The image can be flashed directly into the board. By default wolfBoot tries to read a wolfBoot image from the SATA drive. The drive should be partitioned with a GPT table, wolfBoot tries to load an image saved in the 5th or the 6th partition. You can find more details in src/update_disk.c. By default wolfBoot reads the image from the very start of the partition, so it has to be written there directly with dd. Building with DISK_FS=fat32|ext4|both instead probes each slot's partition for a read-only FAT32 or ext4 filesystem and, when one is present, loads the file named by BOOT_FILE_A / BOOT_FILE_B; a partition holding no supported filesystem is still read raw. See compile.md. This is an example boot log:

Press any key within 2 seconds to toogle BIOS flash chip
Cache-as-RAM initialized
FSP-T:A.0.7E build 70
FSP-M:A.0.7E build 70
microcode revision: AA, date: 12-28-2022
machine_update_m_params
calling FspMemInit...
warm reset required
Press any key within 2 seconds to toogle BIOS flash chip
Cache-as-RAM initialized
FSP-T:A.0.7E build 70
FSP-M:A.0.7E build 70
microcode revision: AA, date: 12-28-2022
machine_update_m_params
calling FspMemInit...
success
top reserved 0_78C50000h
mem: [ 0x78C40000, 0x78C50000 ] - stack (0x10000)
mem: [ 0x78C3FFF4, 0x78C40000 ] - stage2 parameter (0xC)
hoblist@0x78C90000
mem: [ 0x78C38000, 0x78C3FFF4 ] - page tables (0x7FF4)
page table @ 0x78C38000 [length: 7000]
mem: [ 0x78C37FF8, 0x78C38000 ] - stage2 ptr holder (0x8)
TOLUM: 0x78C37FF8
mem: [ 0x100000, 0x100014 ] - stage1 .data (0x14)
mem: [ 0x100020, 0x100040 ] - stage1 .bss (0x20)
CPUID(0):1B 756E6547 6C65746E
mem: [ 0x58000100, 0x5806196C ] - wolfboot (0x6186C)
mem: [ 0x5806196C, 0x58282000 ] - wolfboot .bss (0x220694)
load wolfboot end
Authenticating wolfboot at 58000200...
Boot partition: 0x58000100 (sz 399212, ver 0x1, type 0x201)
verify_payload: image open successfully.
verify_payload: integrity OK. Checking signature.
wolfBoot: verified OK.
starting wolfboot 64bit
call temp ram exit...successA.0.7E build 70
call silicon...successcap a 2268409840
ddt disabled 0
device enable: 172049
device enable: 172049
AHCI port 0: Disk detected (det: 04 ipm: 00)
AHCI port 1: Disk detected (det: 03 ipm: 01)
SATA disk drive detected on AHCI port 1
Reading MBR...
Found GPT PTE at sector 1
Found valid boot signature in MBR
Valid GPT partition table
Current LBA: 0x1
Backup LBA: 0x6FCCF2F
Max number of partitions: 128
Software limited: only allowing up to 16 partitions per disk.
Disk size: 1107095552
disk0.p0 (0_8000000h@ 0_100000)
disk0.p1 (0_20000000h@ 0_8100000)
disk0.p2 (4_0h@ 0_28100000)
disk0.p3 (4_0h@ 4_28100000)
disk0.p4 (1_0h@ 8_28100000)
disk0.p5 (0_80000000h@ 9_28100000)
disk0.p6 (0_80000000h@ 9_A8100000)
Total partitions on disk0: 7
Checking primary OS image in 0,5...
Checking secondary OS image in 0,6...
Versions, A:1 B:1
Load address 0x58282000
Attempting boot from partition A

At this point, the kernel image in partition "A" is verified and staged and you should be seeing the log messages of your OS booting.

NAI 68INT6 (Intel Tiger Lake)

wolfBoot target nai_68int6 for the North Atlantic Industries 68INT6, a 3U OpenVPX SOSA-aligned single board computer (Intel Core i7-1185GRE, Tiger Lake UP3). It uses the Intel FSP support described above and shares the Tiger Lake path with the Kontron target. wolfBoot boots a signed 64-bit Linux from the SATA disk with A/B update, measured boot and TPM anti-rollback, verified on a Rev D5 bench board. The public Tiger Lake FSP does not train this board's memory, so the FSP is extracted from a 68INT6 BIOS image.

CPU i7-1185GRE (06-8C-01), Tiger Lake UP3, PCH-LP
Memory 2 x 32 GB DDR4-3200 SODIMM, non-ECC
BIOS flash Rev C/D5: 2 x W25R256JV (32 MB), selected by JP36. Next revision: one 64 MB device
TPM SLB9670 (SHA-1/256), or SLB9672, which adds a SHA-384 bank
Storage Onboard SATA SSD, AHCI at 00:17.0
Console LPSS UART2, PCI 00:19.2, RS-232; X86_UART_NUMBER=2

Building

cp config/examples/nai_68int6.config .config
./tools/scripts/x86_fsp/tgl/tgl_download_fsp.sh              # FSP UPD headers, first time only
./tools/scripts/x86_fsp/tgl/nai_extract_fsp.sh <68INT6.bin>  # board's own FSP blobs
./tools/scripts/x86_fsp/tgl/assemble_image.sh -k             # generate signing keys
make
./tools/scripts/x86_fsp/tgl/assemble_image.sh -n <68INT6.bin>

nai_extract_fsp.sh takes FSP-T/M/S and the microcode from a 68INT6 BIOS image. Without it the build uses the public FSP, which compiles but does not train memory. The -n stitch replaces the top 6 MB (BOOTLOADER_PARTITION_SIZE) of the 12 MB BIOS region and keeps the descriptor and CSME byte for byte. The board has no recovery region (recovery is the second flash device), so use -n, not -m. The result is final_image.bin.

Integrity algorithms

ECC P-384 and SHA-384 match what Intel Boot Guard uses for the Initial Boot Block.

Layer Algorithm
Image signature ECC P-384 (SIGN=ECC384)
Image digest SHA-384 (HASH=SHA384)
Measured boot PCR SHA-256 (the SLB9670 has only SHA-1 and SHA-256 banks)

wolfBoot_image_measure() re-hashes the authenticated digest with the PCR bank's algorithm, so one image serves either TPM. MEASURED_PCR_ALG=SHA384 needs an SLB9672 with its SHA-384 bank allocated (TPM2_PCR_Allocate under platform auth, a provisioning step).

Configuration

Notable options in config/examples/nai_68int6.config:

Option Meaning
X86_UART_NUMBER=2 LPSS UART2 for all three FSP phases (Kontron uses 0)
ACPI=1 Required. Generates ACPI tables (RSDP/XSDT/FADT/MADT/MCFG and a minimal DSDT); the board's PCI interrupt routing is only in the DSDT _PRT, since the MP table is the Kontron one
ANTI_ROLLBACK=1 Persistent version floor and boot audit counters in TPM NV
MEASURED_BOOT=1, MEASURED_PCR_OS=4 Firmware into PCR 0, the verified OS image into PCR 4
WOLFBOOT_BOOT_DISK=0 Boot from GPT partitions; the A/B indices (sda3/sda4) are set in src/update_disk.c

BIOS region lock

Before handoff, hal_flash_protect() in the shared Tiger Lake HAL (hal/x86_fsp_tgl.c, as on Kontron) sets SPI Flash Protected Range 0 over the BIOS region with read and write protection, then FLOCKDN. Both hold until the next platform reset, so the booted OS cannot read or reprogram the BIOS region; update it with an external programmer.

Anti-rollback

ANTI_ROLLBACK=1 keeps a version floor and boot audit counters in a TPM NV index; the backend is src/boot_state_tpm.c and the policy is src/boot_state.c. The floor is the highest version ever booted, set trust-on-first-use. A validly signed older image still boots and records a rollback event. Only an untrustworthy reference halts the boot; ANTI_ROLLBACK_HALT_ON_FAILURE=1 also halts when the TPM is unreachable, a write fails or the platform hierarchy cannot be disabled.

TPM NV is used instead of the partition state trailer because the floor must survive a full reimage of the disk or flash. DISK_BOOT_CONFIRM still handles per-slot confirmation, and the backend can move to a root-of-trust device later without changing the policy.

ALLOW_DOWNGRADE is left unset, the secure default: if the higher-versioned slot fails to verify, wolfBoot halts (Rollback to lower version not allowed) rather than boot the lower one. Building with ALLOW_DOWNGRADE=1 allows that fall-back and leaves the TPM floor as the only rollback guard.

The booted OS cannot lower the floor. The index is platform-created and writable only under platform auth (TPMA_NV_PPWRITE), and on every boot wolfBoot disables the platform hierarchy (TPM2_HierarchyControl) until the next TPM reset, as in section 10 of the TCG PC Client Platform specification. The OS can then neither write nor undefine the index. An index with any other write attributes is treated as corrupt. Platform-auth provisioning, such as TPM2_PCR_Allocate, must be done before wolfBoot is installed.

Boot, programming and recovery

wolfBoot boots the highest-versioned signed 64-bit bzImage that verifies from the two GPT boot partitions. It falls back to the other slot only if that is not a downgrade (see Anti-rollback), and halts if neither boots. Program the flash with a Dediprog SF100 on JP4 while the board is off; the BIOS region lock blocks flashrom from the booted OS. JP36 selects which bank boots and which one the programmer sees; move it only with the board off.

Infineon PSOC Control C3

The PSOC Control C3 family (PSC3, CAT1B) is an Arm Cortex-M33 motor-control MCU. wolfBoot runs as the first application the BootROM launches, verifies the signed firmware in the BOOT partition and jumps to it.

The port is bare metal: it uses no Peripheral Driver Library, no BSP and no generated configuration, so it builds with nothing but an arm-none-eabi toolchain. It covers the PSOC Control C3 parts only. Other CAT1B devices such as the CYW20829 program their flash through the classic SROM/IPC mailbox instead of the BootROM table used here, and are not supported by this HAL.

Verified on hardware on an evaluation kit fitted with a C3M6 (512 KB flash, 128 KB SRAM): console output, integrity and ECC256 signature verification, the handoff to the application, and a full A/B update through the swap sector with the new version confirming success. The TPM was validated over I2C against an Infineon TPM 2.0 on a mikroBUS carrier. The 128 KB layout and the SPI TPM transport are build-tested only.

Address aliases

Every memory on this family is visible through four aliases, crossing Secure and Non-secure with the code bus (CBUS) and the system bus (SBUS):

Flash   0x02000000  NS-CBUS      SRAM   0x04000000  NS-CBUS
        0x12000000  S-CBUS              0x14000000  S-CBUS
        0x22000000  NS-SBUS             0x24000000  NS-SBUS
        0x32000000  S-SBUS              0x34000000  S-SBUS

wolfBoot links and executes from the Secure CBUS alias at 0x12000000, so every address in the .config is in that space. The BootROM flash API accepts SBUS addresses only, and the HAL derives one by setting bit 29 of the target address.

Flash

Flash is organised as 512-byte rows, which are the erase and the program granularity alike, inside 128 KB sectors. WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE is therefore 0x200.

Erased flash on this family reads as zero, not 0xFF. The configs therefore set FLAGS_INVERT=1, which selects the inverted partition and sector flag polarity and makes the image fill byte 0x00 so it matches the erased state. Without it the state written by wolfBoot_update_trigger() cannot be told apart from erased flash and no update is ever taken.

They also set NVM_FLASH_WRITEONCE=0. The BootROM write call erases a row before programming it and the HAL does a read-modify-write around that, so a flag can be rewritten in place and the two-sector write-once scheme, whose freshness check assumes an 0xFF erase, is neither needed nor correct here.

Programming goes through a BootROM function table at a fixed address rather than a flash controller register block. The HAL calls its blocking erase and write entries directly and needs no vendor library. It range-checks the table before first use, so a device whose ROM lays the table out differently fails cleanly instead of branching into an arbitrary address.

Build options

Board wiring is set by make options, defaulted in arch.mk:

Option Default Purpose
PSOC_C3_UART_SCB 3 console SCB instance
PSOC_C3_UART_PORT 6 console pin group; RX is pin 2, TX is pin 3
PSOC_C3_UART_PCLK_GR 4 peripheral clock group for the console
PSOC_C3_UART_PCLK_IDX 6 peripheral clock index for the console
PSOC_C3_PCLK_HZ 48000000 clock feeding the peripheral group
PSOC_C3_SPI_SCB 2 SPI instance
PSOC_C3_SPI_PORT 7 SPI pin group
PSOC_C3_SPI_HSIOM_SEL 17 HSIOM selector for the SPI function

SCB4 and SCB5 are absent on the smaller packages of this family. Only SCB0 to SCB3 are present on every part, so a variant in a small package needs PSOC_C3_SPI_SCB pointed at one of those.

The peripheral clock index is a per-part value rather than a family constant, and the value that a given part uses is not always the one its headers document. Verify it on the board before relying on it.

Flash layout

config/examples/psoc_c3.config targets a 512 KB part:

0x12000000 - 0x1200FFFF  wolfBoot            (64 KB)
0x12010000 - 0x12026FFF  BOOT partition      (0x17000, 92 KB)
0x12027000 - 0x1203DFFF  UPDATE partition    (0x17000, 92 KB)
0x1203E000 - 0x1203E1FF  SWAP sector         (512 B)
0x12040000 - 0x1207FFFF  unused

The part has a 16 KB instruction cache and no data cache, so hal_cache_invalidate() is left at the weak no-op: wolfBoot reads flash as data when hashing and verifying, which the instruction cache does not serve.

Everything sits inside the low 256 KB deliberately. The silicon has 512 KB and wolfBoot erases and programs all of it at run time through the BootROM, but every J-Link flash algorithm published for this family stops at 256 KB, so an image staged above that cannot be provisioned by the debugger. Keeping the partitions low means the whole factory image can be written with the tools that exist; the upper 256 KB is left to the application.

A 128 KB part uses the same layout scaled down, set on the command line rather than in a second config:

make WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SIZE=0xB000 \
     WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS=0x12008000 \
     WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_UPDATE_ADDRESS=0x12013000 \
     WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_SWAP_ADDRESS=0x1201E000

Flash size is the only geometry that differs across the family, and it differs within every family name, so size the partitions to the part rather than to the marketing name.

Building

cp config/examples/psoc_c3.config .config
make clean
make

The default signing scheme is ECC256 with SHA256. The build produces wolfboot.bin, test-app/image_v1_signed.bin and factory.bin.

Editing a HAL header does not always trigger a rebuild of the objects that include it, so run make clean after changing hal/psoc_c3.h.

Flashing

Program through the non-secure SBUS alias, which is the aperture the debugger's flash algorithm drives, even though the image executes from 0x12000000:

JLinkExe -SelectEmuBySN <probe-serial> -device PSC3xxF -if SWD -speed 4000

then, at the prompt:

loadbin factory.bin, 0x22000000
r
g

Name a real PSC3 device. The part is an ADIv6 CoreSight SoC-600 design, and a generic Cortex-M33 selection cannot find its access ports.

The Infineon OpenOCD shipped with ModusToolbox is an alternative, and its ENABLE_ACQUIRE option recovers a part whose boot loop a bad image has broken:

openocd -f interface/kitprog3.cfg \
    -c "set ENABLE_ACQUIRE 1" \
    -c "set SERIES psc3; set DEVICE a0; set BOARD generic" \
    -f target/infineon/cat1b/psc3.cfg \
    -c "init; reset init" \
    -c "flash write_image erase factory.bin 0x32000000 bin" \
    -c "reset run; shutdown"

Testing an update

./tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 --sha256 \
    test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2

Write the result to the UPDATE partition and let the test application trigger the update. wolfBoot swaps the partitions on the next reset, and the application confirms the new version so it is not rolled back.

Serial back-ends

Two SCB back-ends ship with the target, both configured entirely through make options.

hal/spi/spi_drv_psoc_c3.c is an SPI master. It drives chip select as a GPIO rather than from the SCB, so a TPM transport can hold it asserted across the wait-state poll the TIS protocol requires. The defaults target the evaluation kit's mikroBUS headers, which route SPI to SCB2 on port 7: P7.0 clock, P7.1 MOSI, P7.2 MISO, P7.3 chip select. The signal order across a port differs per SCB, so PSOC_C3_SPI_SCK_PIN, _MOSI_PIN, _MISO_PIN and _CS_PIN are set individually rather than assumed, as is PSOC_C3_SPI_HSIOM_SEL (13 on SCB0, 17 on SCB2 and SCB5, 18 on SCB1, SCB3 and SCB4).

hal/i2c/i2c_drv_psoc_c3.c is an I2C master behind the generic interface in include/i2c_drv.h, which this target adds. Defaults are SCB0 on P9.0 (SCL) and P9.2 (SDA) at HSIOM selector 15, matching the kit's mikroBUS and Arduino headers; note the two pins are not adjacent. The pins are open drain with the input buffer enabled, which I2C needs in order to read SDA and to see a device stretching the clock.

Option Default Meaning
PSOC_C3_I2C_SCB 0 SCB instance
PSOC_C3_I2C_PORT 9 pin group
PSOC_C3_I2C_SCL_PIN 0 SCL pin within the group
PSOC_C3_I2C_SDA_PIN 2 SDA pin within the group
PSOC_C3_I2C_HSIOM_SEL 15 HSIOM selector for the I2C function
PSOC_C3_I2C_HZ 100000 bus rate

| PSOC_C3_TPM_SEL_PORT | 7 | pin group of the TPM interface-select strap | | PSOC_C3_TPM_SEL_PIN | 7 | pin within that group |

A TPM is added with make WOLFTPM=1, which uses the SPI back-end. Adding WOLFBOOT_TPM_I2C=1 selects the I2C back-end and the TIS-over-I2C transport instead. CI builds both. See docs/TPM.md for the option itself.

Adding I2C_BITBANG=1 swaps the SCB controller for a bit-banged master on the same two pins, so the back-ends are interchangeable without rewiring. It needs only open-drain GPIO and is the fallback where a controller is unavailable, unreliable, or not worth configuring for the handful of transfers a bootloader makes. The bus rate is a spin count (I2C_BITBANG_DELAY) rather than a calibrated divider, so it varies with core clock; I2C has no minimum clock rate, so erring slow costs time and nothing else. Clock stretching is honoured, bounded by I2C_BITBANG_STRETCH.

A target supplies the two pins by implementing the five functions in hal/i2c/i2c_bitbang.h; hal/i2c/i2c_bitbang_psoc_c3.c is the example.

A TPM that offers both buses latches its choice from a strap while its own reset is low, so the host has to drive that strap before the part leaves reset rather than before the first transfer. hal_init() does this first, driving PSOC_C3_TPM_SEL_PORT/_PIN high for SPI and low for I2C; on the evaluation kit the strap arrives on mikroBUS INT, which is P7.7. A part left to its own pull-up comes up on SPI, so an I2C transport that never gets an acknowledgement is worth checking here before the bus timing.

Every FIFO and bus wait in both drivers is bounded, so a device that is absent or unpowered makes wolfBoot_tpm2_init() report a failure rather than wedging the bootloader in a spin loop.

Infineon AURIX TC3xx

wolfBoot supports the Infineon AURIX TC3xx family and includes a demo application for the TC375 AURIX LiteKit-V2. It can be configured to run on either the TriCore application cores or the HSM core.

Both cores build with ARCH=AURIX. TARGET selects the core: aurix_tc3xx for the TriCore application cores and aurix_tc3xx_hsm for the HSM core. Example configurations are in config/examples/aurix-tc375-*.config.

On AURIX TC3xx devices, wolfBoot can also integrate with wolfHSM to offload cryptographic operations and key management to the HSM core.

Currently, wolfBoot for TC3xx is distributed as part of the wolfHSM TC3xx platform release bundle, not as a standalone package. This bundle is under NDA and is not publicly available.

For access to the TC3xx platform release or for more information on using wolfBoot and wolfHSM on AURIX devices, contact facts@wolfssl.com.

Infineon AURIX TC4xx

wolfBoot supports the Infineon AURIX TC4xx family and includes a demo application for the TC4D7 AURIX LiteKit-V2.1. It can be configured to run on either the TriCore application cores or the CSRM core.

Both cores build with ARCH=AURIX. TARGET selects the core: aurix_tc4xx for the TriCore application cores and aurix_tc4xx_csrm for the CSRM core. Example configurations are in config/examples/aurix-tc4xx-*.config.

On AURIX TC4xx devices, wolfBoot can also integrate with wolfHSM to offload cryptographic operations and key management to the CSRM core.

Currently, wolfBoot for TC4xx is distributed as part of the wolfHSM TC4xx platform release bundle, not as a standalone package. This bundle is under NDA and is not publicly available.

For access to the TC4xx platform release or for more information on using wolfBoot and wolfHSM on AURIX devices, contact facts@wolfssl.com.

Vorago VA416x0

Tested on VA41620 and VA41630 MCU's.

MCU: Cortex-M4 with Triple-Mode Redundancy (TMR) RAD hardening at up to 100MHz. FLASH: The VA41630 has 256KB of internal SPI FRAM (for the VA41620 its external). FRAM is Infineon FM25V20A.

Default flash layout, which fills the 256KB FRAM exactly:

Partition Size Address Description
Bootloader 46KB 0x0 Bootloader partition
Application 104KB 0xB800 Boot partition
Update 104KB 0x25800 Update partition
Swap 2KB 0x3F800 Swap area

The sector size is 2KB (WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE=0x800) and the manifest header is 1KB (IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=1024), so the application image starts at 0xBC00 and has 0x19C00 bytes of usable space.

SRAM: 64KB on-chip SRAM and 256KB on-chip instruction/program memory

The 64KB of SRAM is two contiguous 32KB banks, SRAM_0 at 0x1FFF8000 and SRAM_1 at 0x20000000. The linker scripts pool them into a single region so that data and stack can span both; they remain separate EDAC scrub banks (RAM0_SCRUB and RAM1_SCRUB). The ML-DSA Level 5 configuration needs about 48KB of it and does not fit in one bank alone.

Boot ROM loads at 20MHz from SPI bus to internal data SRAM.

Interrupt vector tables

The VA416xx implements 212 exceptions: the 16 Cortex-M4 system exceptions plus 196 external interrupts, IRQ 0 through TXEV_IRQn. Both vector tables are sized for all of them, wolfBoot's in src/boot_arm.c and the application's in test-app/startup_arm.c. wolfBoot enables the EDAC single-bit and multi-bit error interrupts (76 and 77) when it configures scrubbing, and those vector fetches land at offsets 0x170 and 0x174, so a shorter table sends them into .text.

The application's vector table sits at WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS + IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE and do_boot() writes that address into SCB->VTOR. ARMv7-M requires a table this size to be aligned to the next power of two at or above (number of exceptions x 4), which is 1024 bytes for 212 entries, and this part enforces it in a way that is easy to miss.

VTOR itself accepts a finer value: writing 0xFFFFFFFF reads back 0xFFFFFF80, so the implemented field is VTOR[31:7]. The vector fetch, however, ORs the vector offset into VTOR rather than adding it, so any vector whose byte offset shares a set bit with the low bits of VTOR resolves to the wrong entry. Measured on a VA41630 with a relocated 212-entry table at a 512-aligned (not 1024-aligned) address:

IRQ Vector offset Result
77 (EDAC_SBE) 0x174 dispatched
111 0x1FC dispatched
112 0x200 hard fault (fetches vector 0, the initial MSP)
128 (PORTD2) 0x240 wrong handler

The same table at a 1024-aligned address dispatches IRQ 128 correctly. So a 512-aligned table appears to work -- SysTick, the EDAC interrupts and anything below IRQ 112 are fine -- while every IRQ from 112 upward is silently broken. That covers the PORTA through PORTG pin interrupts, the DMA interrupts and the ADC/DAC interrupts.

The default layout raises IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE to 1024 so that 0xB800 + 0x400 = 0xBC00 satisfies this. That costs 512 bytes of each partition. If you need those bytes back, the alternative is to keep a smaller header and move WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS instead, so long as the sum stays 1024-aligned; WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE can be reduced to give finer placement, subject to WOLFBOOT_SECTOR_SIZE >= IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE. Either way keep (WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS + IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE) % 1024 == 0. hal/va416x0.c checks this at build time, so a layout that breaks the rule fails to compile rather than shipping.

This applies whichever startup file the application uses. Linking against the Vorago SDK's startup_va416xx.s rather than test-app/startup_arm.c does not change where wolfBoot places the image, and the SDK's SystemInit() sets VTOR to the same address wolfBoot already wrote.

The demo application prints VTOR, whether it is 1024-aligned, and a SysTick liveness check at startup, so a truncated or misplaced table is visible on the console. Note that SysTick alone does not prove the table is placed correctly: it is exception 15 at offset 0x3C, below the bit that alignment affects. Testing dispatch properly means triggering an IRQ at or above 112, for example with NVIC_SetPendingIRQ().

By default the bootloader is built showing logs on UART0. To use UART1 set DEBUG_UART_NUM=1. To disable the bootloader UART change DEBUG_UART=0 in the .config.

Building Vorago VA416x0

All build settings come from .config file. For this platform use TARGET=va416x0. See example configuration at config/examples/vorago_va416x0.config. The default build uses DEBUG_UART=1 to generate logging on the UART.

cp config/examples/vorago_va416x0.config .config
make VORAGO_SDK_DIR=$PWD/../VA416xx_SDK/
        [CC ARM] src/string.o
        [CC ARM] src/image.o
        [CC ARM] src/libwolfboot.o
        [CC ARM] hal/hal.o
        [CC ARM] hal/va416x0.o
        [CC ARM] src/keystore.o
        [CC ARM] src/loader.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/../VA416xx_SDK//common/drivers/src/va416xx_hal.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/../VA416xx_SDK//common/drivers/src/va416xx_hal_spi.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/../VA416xx_SDK//common/drivers/src/va416xx_hal_clkgen.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/../VA416xx_SDK//common/drivers/src/va416xx_hal_ioconfig.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/../VA416xx_SDK//common/drivers/src/va416xx_hal_irqrouter.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/../VA416xx_SDK//common/drivers/src/va416xx_hal_uart.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/../VA416xx_SDK//common/drivers/src/va416xx_hal_timer.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/../VA416xx_SDK//common/mcu/src/system_va416xx.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/../VA416xx_SDK//common/utils/src/spi_fram.o
        [CC ARM] src/boot_arm.o
        [AS ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/port/arm/thumb2-aes-asm.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/port/arm/thumb2-aes-asm_c.o
        [AS ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/port/arm/thumb2-sha256-asm.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/port/arm/thumb2-sha256-asm_c.o
        [AS ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/port/arm/thumb2-sha512-asm.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/port/arm/thumb2-sha512-asm_c.o
        [AS ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/port/arm/thumb2-sha3-asm.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/port/arm/thumb2-sha3-asm_c.o
        [AS ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/port/arm/thumb2-chacha-asm.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/port/arm/thumb2-chacha-asm_c.o
        [CC ARM] src/update_flash.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/sha256.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/hash.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/memory.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/wc_port.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/wolfmath.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/logging.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/asn.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/ecc.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/sp_int.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/sp_cortexm.o
        [CC ARM] /path/to/wolfBoot/lib/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/src/sha512.o
        [LD] wolfboot.elf
        [BIN] wolfboot.bin
        [SIZE]
   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
  34636       4   26976   61616    f0b0 wolfboot.elf

Example of wolfBoot binary sizes based on algorithms:

Authentication Hash wolfBoot Size
ECC256 SHA256 25,836
ECC384 SHA384 34,652
ECC521 SHA384 38,608
ED25519 SHA256 31,448
RSA2048 SHA256 19,148
RSA3072 SHA384 28,828
RSA4096 SHA3-384 19,216
ML-DSA 87 SHA256 25,168

Post-quantum (ML-DSA) configuration

The example config carries a commented-out ML-DSA Level 5 block: uncomment it, comment out the ECC384/SHA384 lines and the default layout, and use the larger sector and partition sizes it lists. The sign tool reads ML_DSA_LEVEL from the environment and otherwise falls back to level 2, which rejects a level 5 key with error: unrecognized ml-dsa key size: 7488. The top-level Makefile and tools/scripts/va416x0/build_test.sh both pass it for you; a hand-run sign needs it on the command line.

Flashing Vorago VA416x0

Flash using Segger JLink: JLinkExe -CommanderScript tools/scripts/va416x0/flash_va416xx.jlink

Example JLink flash script tools/scripts/va416x0/flash_va416xx.jlink:

device VA416XX
si 1
speed 2000
r
h
write4 0x40010010 0x1
exec SetCompareMode = 0
loadbin factory.bin 0x0
write4 0x40010010 0x0
loadfile ../VA416xx_SDK/loader.elf
exit

The loader.elf programs the external SPI FRAM with the IRAM image. It is created with make loader from the SDK.

See tools/scripts/va416x0/build_test.sh clean for flashing examples.

Example boot output on UART 0 (MCU TX):

wolfBoot HAL Init
Boot partition: 0xB800 (sz 5600, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Partition 1 header magic 0x00000000 invalid at 0x25800
Boot partition: 0xB800 (sz 5600, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Booting version: 0x1
Checking integrity...done
Verifying signature...done
========================
VA416x0 wolfBoot demo Application
Copyright 2025 wolfSSL Inc
GPL v3
Version : 0x1
========================

System information
====================================
Firmware version : 0x1
Current firmware state: NEW
No image in update partition.

Bootloader OTP keystore information
====================================
Number of public keys: 1

  Public Key #0: size 96, type 6, mask FFFFFFFF
  ====================================
  5F D6 0D 55 DE 8B 17 99 C0 57 4A A9 D1 EF 2A C8
  6C 36 4A D7 BA 21 5A CB 13 45 AE 45 A0 35 C9 B3
  6B 0D 4F FF 69 47 29 17 10 1D 6D 4F 44 83 3E EF
  9B BE B7 BB 11 75 01 81 45 14 19 7E B2 BD C0 A6
  11 0C FA F6 B5 F9 59 BA B9 A5 8E 34 4A CD C5 83
  7E 43 EF 61 6E C4 15 88 3C FE D6 76 47 D9 82 A4

Vector table
====================================
VTOR            : 0x0000BC00 (expected 0x0000BC00) OK
SysTick         : ticking (113 -> 1738 ms)

VTOR is the address the core fetches exceptions from, and it must match WOLFBOOT_PARTITION_BOOT_ADDRESS + IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE. The SysTick line is a liveness check: HAL_Init() starts SysTick and SysTick_Handler() advances HAL_time_ms, so a counter that never moves means exceptions are not reaching the application's vector table.

Debugging Vorago VA416x0

Start the GDB server: JLinkGDBServer -device VA416XX -if SWD -speed 2000 -port 3333

Run: arm-none-eabi-gdb. This will source the .gdbinit to load symbols for wolfboot.elf and test-app/image.elf. It will also attempt to connect to the GDB server on default port 3333.

Testing updates on VA416x0

See tools/scripts/va416x0/build_test.sh update:

# Sign a new test app with version 2
IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE=1024 ./tools/keytools/sign --ecc384 --sha384 test-app/image.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 2

# Create a bin footer with wolfBoot trailer "BOOT" and "p" (ASCII for 0x70 == IMG_STATE_UPDATING)
echo -n "pBOOT" > trigger_magic.bin

# Assembly new factory update.bin
./tools/bin-assemble/bin-assemble \
    update.bin \
        0x0     wolfboot.bin \
        0xB800  test-app/image_v1_signed.bin \
        0x25800 test-app/image_v2_signed.bin \
        0x3F7FB trigger_magic.bin

# Use JLink to load
#JLinkExe -CommanderScript tools/scripts/va416x0/flash_va416xx_update.jlink
device VA416XX
si 1
speed 2000
r
h
write4 0x40010010 0x1
exec SetCompareMode = 0
loadbin update.bin 0x0
write4 0x40010010 0x0
loadfile ../VA416xx_SDK/loader.elf
exit

Example update output:

wolfBoot HAL Init
Boot partition: 0xB800 (sz 5600, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Update partition: 0x25800 (sz 5600, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Starting Update (fallback allowed 0)
Update partition: 0x25800 (sz 5600, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Boot partition: 0xB800 (sz 5600, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Versions: Current 0x1, Update 0x2
Copy sector 0 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 0 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 0 (part 2->0)
Boot partition: 0xB800 (sz 5600, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Update partition: 0x25800 (sz 5600, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Copy sector 1 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 1 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 1 (part 2->0)
Copy sector 2 (part 1->2)
Copy sector 2 (part 0->1)
Copy sector 2 (part 2->0)
Erasing remainder of partition (50 sectors)...
Boot partition: 0xB800 (sz 5600, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Update partition: 0x25800 (sz 5600, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Copy sector 52 (part 0->2)
Copied boot sector to swap
Boot partition: 0xB800 (sz 5600, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Booting version: 0x1
========================
VA416x0 wolfBoot demo Application
Copyright 2025 wolfSSL Inc
GPL v3
Version : 0x2
========================

System information
====================================
Firmware version : 0x2
Current firmware state: TESTING
Backup firmware version : 0x1
Update state: NEW
Update image older than current.

Bootloader OTP keystore information
====================================
Number of public keys: 1

  Public Key #0: size 96, type 6, mask FFFFFFFF
  ====================================
  5F D6 0D 55 DE 8B 17 99 C0 57 4A A9 D1 EF 2A C8
  6C 36 4A D7 BA 21 5A CB 13 45 AE 45 A0 35 C9 B3
  6B 0D 4F FF 69 47 29 17 10 1D 6D 4F 44 83 3E EF
  9B BE B7 BB 11 75 01 81 45 14 19 7E B2 BD C0 A6
  11 0C FA F6 B5 F9 59 BA B9 A5 8E 34 4A CD C5 83
  7E 43 EF 61 6E C4 15 88 3C FE D6 76 47 D9 82 A4

Booting new firmware, marking successful boot

Boot logs after hard reset:

wolfBoot HAL Init
Boot partition: 0xB800 (sz 5600, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Update partition: 0x25800 (sz 5600, ver 0x1, type 0x601)
Boot partition: 0xB800 (sz 5600, ver 0x2, type 0x601)
Booting version: 0x2
========================
VA416x0 wolfBoot demo Application
Copyright 2025 wolfSSL Inc
GPL v3
Version : 0x2
========================

System information
====================================
Firmware version : 0x2
Current firmware state: CONFIRMED
Backup firmware version : 0x1
Update state: NEW
Update image older than current.

Bootloader OTP keystore information
====================================
Number of public keys: 1

  Public Key #0: size 96, type 6, mask FFFFFFFF
  ====================================
  5F D6 0D 55 DE 8B 17 99 C0 57 4A A9 D1 EF 2A C8
  6C 36 4A D7 BA 21 5A CB 13 45 AE 45 A0 35 C9 B3
  6B 0D 4F FF 69 47 29 17 10 1D 6D 4F 44 83 3E EF
  9B BE B7 BB 11 75 01 81 45 14 19 7E B2 BD C0 A6
  11 0C FA F6 B5 F9 59 BA B9 A5 8E 34 4A CD C5 83
  7E 43 EF 61 6E C4 15 88 3C FE D6 76 47 D9 82 A4

RealTek RTL8735B (AmebaPro2)

Tested on the RealTek RTL8735B (AmebaPro2) EVB. The RTL8735B is an Arm Cortex-M33 AIoT SoC with a vendor secure-boot ROM, an external SPI NOR flash, and DDR/PSRAM.

wolfBoot does not replace the RealTek secure-boot ROM; it runs as a second-stage verified bootloader and A/B firmware-update engine. The RealTek ROM authenticates boot.bin, boot.bin stages wolfBoot into SRAM via a RealTek RAM_FUNCTION_START_TABLE, and wolfBoot then verifies the application in external SPI NOR, applies any pending update, copies the verified image into DDR, and jumps to it. This is the non-TrustZone "Model A" integration.

Because wolfBoot runs from SRAM and its partitions live in external SPI NOR, the target uses EXT_FLASH=1 and NO_XIP=1; the application is loaded to WOLFBOOT_LOAD_ADDRESS in DDR by the src/update_ram.c RAMBOOT path.

Flash/UART/cache backend

The HAL (hal/rtl8735b.c) has two backends, selected with HAL_BACKEND:

  • HAL_BACKEND=sdk (default) - flash and cache use the RealTek SDK drivers (flash_api, hal_cache); the DEBUG_UART console uses a small self-contained UART1 driver in the HAL (it does not depend on the OS-bound SDK hal_uart_init). wolfBoot links against the SDK SoC libraries and the ROM symbol table.
  • HAL_BACKEND=bare - scaffold for a smaller backend with no SDK dependency (direct register/ROM access). It links a standalone wolfboot.elf, but the ext_flash_* entry points are still stubs that return -1, so it is not yet functional. Work in progress.

Console (DEBUG_UART)

DEBUG_UART=1 routes wolfBoot's log to UART1 (the RealTek "LOGUART" at 0x40040400, pins PORT_F pin 4 = TX / pin 3 = RX), which reaches the EVB USB serial console at 115200 8N1. wolfBoot brings UART1 up itself (pinmux + clock enable + 115200 8N1). The RealTek boot ROM and boot.bin also print on this same UART before wolfBoot, so the vendor boot messages appear first, followed immediately by the wolfBoot banner. A successful boot looks like:

wolfBoot HAL: RTL8735B (AmebaPro2) init
wolfBoot HAL: flash init done
Versions: Boot 1, Update 0
Trying Boot partition at 0x520000
Loading header 256 bytes from 0x520000 to 0x700FFF00
Loading image 132 bytes from 0x520100 to 0x70100000...done
Checking integrity...done
Verifying signature...done
Booting at 0x70100000

Partition layout

wolfBoot itself is packaged into the RealTek PT_FW1 region (0x60000). The BOOT/UPDATE partitions are raw SPI NOR offsets (addressed only by ext_flash_*) carved out of the unused PT_FW2 region so they do not collide with the RealTek partition table:

Partition Address Size Description
Boot 0x520000 0x180000 Running, verified application
Update 0x6A0000 0x180000 Staged incoming update
Swap 0x820000 0x1000 Reserved (see note)

These addresses are board-specific; confirm them against the board's amebapro2_partitiontable.json. The Swap partition is reserved by the configuration but unused in this RAMBOOT model, which selects between BOOT and UPDATE by version rather than copy-swapping through a swap sector.

Application load address

The verified application is copied into DDR at WOLFBOOT_LOAD_ADDRESS (0x70100000) and launched there. The application's vector table must be linked to this same address: do_boot() reads word[0] as the initial MSP and word[1] as the entry point, and sets VTOR to the base. The DDR memory window starts at 0x70000000 (128 MB); the load address is kept 1 MB inside it because the RAMBOOT path places the image header at WOLFBOOT_LOAD_ADDRESS - IMAGE_HEADER_SIZE, which must also land in DDR.

Building RealTek RTL8735B

All build settings come from the .config file. Use TARGET=rtl8735b and the RealTek ASDK toolchain (the system arm-none-eabi-gcc fails on newlib/lwip clashes). Point AMEBA_SDK at the RealTek ameba-rtos-pro2 checkout and ASDK_PATH at the ASDK toolchain.

cp config/examples/rtl8735b.config .config
# Compile wolfBoot and perform the SDK-resolved final link (see note below).
tools/scripts/rtl8735b_build.sh
# Wrap wolfBoot with the RealTek partition table/boot/certs into flash_ntz.bin.
tools/scripts/amebapro2_package.sh wolfboot.elf

For the default sdk backend, make TARGET=rtl8735b compiles every wolfBoot object (including the RealTek SDK driver chain folded into hal/rtl8735b.o), but the final wolfboot.elf link must resolve the SDK SoC libraries (liboutsrc.a, libsoc_ntz.a) and the ROM symbol table (romsym_is.so), which live in the SDK build tree. tools/scripts/rtl8735b_build.sh runs that compile-then-SDK-resolved-link (it honors AMEBA_SDK and ASDK_PATH), and tools/scripts/amebapro2_package.sh then packages wolfBoot (in PT_FW1) with the RealTek partition table, boot, and certs via elf2bin into flash_ntz.bin (it needs only AMEBA_SDK, plus optional OUTDIR; no toolchain). See hal/rtl8735b/README.

The bare backend links a standalone wolfboot.elf with no SDK dependency (flash stubbed, not yet functional):

make TARGET=rtl8735b HAL_BACKEND=bare

Building and staging an application

A minimal bare-metal example application is provided in hal/rtl8735b/test-app/ (a vector table plus a UART banner, linked at the DDR load address). Build it with the ASDK toolchain, sign it with the wolfBoot key, and write it to the BOOT partition offset:

export PATH="$ASDK_PATH:$PATH"
arm-none-eabi-gcc -mcpu=cortex-m33 -mthumb -mfpu=fpv5-sp-d16 -mfloat-abi=softfp \
    -Os -ffreestanding -nostdlib -nostartfiles \
    -T hal/rtl8735b/test-app/test_app.ld hal/rtl8735b/test-app/test_app.c -o test_app.elf
arm-none-eabi-objcopy -O binary test_app.elf test_app.bin

# Sign with ECDSA P-256 + SHA-256 as version 1
tools/keytools/sign --ecc256 --sha256 test_app.bin wolfboot_signing_private_key.der 1

# Write the signed image to the BOOT partition offset (no whole-image rebuild).
# uartfwburn's -s flag writes at an arbitrary flash offset.
uartfwburn.linux -p /dev/ttyUSBx -f test_app_v1_signed.bin -s 0x520000 -b 3000000 -U

To stage an update, sign a newer build with a higher version number and write it to the UPDATE offset (0x6A0000) the same way.

A/B update and rollback

wolfBoot uses version-based A/B selection in this RAMBOOT model (there is no swap copy): it boots whichever of BOOT/UPDATE holds the higher version with a valid signature.

  • Update: stage a higher-version signed image in UPDATE; on the next boot wolfBoot reports Versions: Boot x, Update y, selects the higher version, and boots it.
  • Integrity / authenticity: a tampered image fails the SHA-256 integrity or ECDSA signature check and is rejected (Checking integrity...FAILED).
  • Anti-downgrade (secure default, ALLOW_DOWNGRADE=0): if the newer image is rejected and the only remaining candidate is an older version, wolfBoot does not downgrade -- it stops (Rollback to lower version not allowed, then panic) rather than run older firmware.
  • Fault tolerance: if a valid image of the same (or newer) version exists in the other partition, wolfBoot falls back to it and boots it.

Watchdog

The RealTek boot ROM arms the SoC's vendor watchdog before handing off to wolfBoot, and it resets the SoC if the watchdog is not serviced. Following the usual wolfBoot convention (the bootloader hands a running watchdog to the application), wolfBoot leaves it running, so the application is responsible for servicing or reconfiguring it -- an app that never services the watchdog reboots after the timeout.

The example app in hal/rtl8735b/test-app/ shows the minimal "pet": a read-modify-write that sets bit 24 (WDT_CLEAR) of the secure vendor watchdog register at 0x50002C00, which reloads the timer while preserving the ROM-configured enable/mode/divisor bits. A real application would service it from a periodic task or reconfigure the timeout to suit its needs.

With DEBUG_UART=1, wolfBoot prints the last reset cause at startup, decoded from the AON boot-reason register (0x40009104) -- handy for spotting an unfed watchdog:

Reset reason: 0x1 VNDR-WDT     <- vendor watchdog reset (app did not service it)
Reset reason: 0x10 BOD         <- brown-out / power-on reset

Status and roadmap

Verified on the AmebaPro2 EVB today: signed boot (ECDSA P-256 / SHA-256), version-based A/B update, rollback/anti-downgrade, the DEBUG_UART console, the reset-reason readout, and the watchdog handoff. This is the non-TrustZone "Model A" integration with the sdk backend.

Outstanding work (TODO):

  • Device-bound encrypted updates (HUK): a non-MMU encrypted-RAMBOOT enabler (wolfBoot_ramboot_decrypt) and an rtl8735b-encrypt.config exist on a separate development branch; they build but are not yet hardware-verified. Binding the partition key to the RTL8735B Hardware Unique Key uses the wolfCrypt RealTek HUK crypto-callback port (wolfSSL PR #10677) and is still to be wired and tested.
  • TrustZone-M ("Model B"): secure wolfBoot + non-secure application. Feasibility on the AmebaPro2 (does the ROM hand off in Secure state with the SAU free?) needs a spike before a full design; the generic wolfBoot TZ infrastructure (hal/armv8m_tz.h, the blxns path in src/boot_arm.c, -mcmse/--cmse-implib) would be reused.
  • bare backend: currently a scaffold (ext_flash_* return -1). A no-SDK flash path must reimplement spic_init() (controller training) on the ROM hal_spic_stubs, since the bootloader hands off no SPIC adaptor.
  • Measured boot / DICE: software DICE (HUK-derived UDS + TRNG) is a later follow-on; there is no on-chip TPM.

Analog Devices MAX32666

The Analog Devices MAX32665/MAX32666 family features a dual Cortex-M4 at 96 MHz with 1MB internal flash (2 x 512KB banks), 560KB SRAM, and BLE 5.

wolfBoot has been tested on the MAX32666FTHR board with a MAX32625PICO debug adapter, as well as the MAX32666FTHR2 board with the onboard debugger.

Key Features:

  • ARM Cortex-M4 core at 96 MHz (HIRC96M oscillator)
  • 1MB Flash: 8KB page erase, 128-bit (16-byte) write unit, dual-bank (FLC0/FLC1)
  • 560KB SRAM
  • Bare-metal implementation (no MSDK required for boot)
  • UART debug output (115200 8N1):
    • FTHR board: UART1 MAP_B, P1.13 TX, P1.12 RX (via external MAX32625PICO)
    • FTHR2 board: UART0 MAP_A, P0.9 TX, P0.10 RX (via onboard debugger)

MAX32666: Memory Layout

Internal-flash-only layout (default):

Region Address Range Size
Bootloader 0x10000000 - 0x10007FFF 32 KB
Boot Partition 0x10008000 - 0x10047FFF 256 KB
Update Partition 0x10048000 - 0x10087FFF 256 KB
Swap Sector 0x10088000 - 0x10089FFF 8 KB

MAX32666: Building

cp config/examples/max32666.config .config
make clean
make keysclean
make

Expected wolfBoot size: ~25KB (ECC256 + SHA256 with Cortex-M4 ASM).

MAX32666: Flashing

The MAX32666FTHR board uses an external MAX32625PICO debug adapter (CMSIS-DAP). An OpenOCD target config is provided at tools/openocd/max32665.cfg.

Important: If multiple CMSIS-DAP probes are connected, specify the PICO's serial number with cmsis_dap_serial. Find it with: ls /dev/serial/by-id/ | grep DAPLink

# Flash the factory image (wolfBoot + signed test-app)
openocd -f interface/cmsis-dap.cfg \
    -c "cmsis_dap_serial <your-pico-serial>" \
    -f tools/openocd/max32665.cfg \
    -c "adapter speed 1000" \
    -c "program factory.bin 0x10000000 verify reset exit"

MAX32666: UART Console

The FTHR board routes UART1 (P1.12 RX, P1.13 TX) through the PICO adapter's CDC serial interface. The serial port appears as the DAPLink's -if01 interface:

# Find the serial port
ls /dev/serial/by-id/ | grep DAPLink

# Connect (typically /dev/ttyACMx)
minicom -D /dev/ttyACM2 -b 115200
# or
screen /dev/serial/by-id/usb-ARM_DAPLink_CMSIS-DAP_*-if01 115200

Expected output on first boot:

wolfBoot Version: X.Y.Z (date time)

Followed by the test application:

MAX32666 Test App v1
Boot success marked. Version: 1

MAX32666: Configuration Options

Option Description
NVM_FLASH_WRITEONCE Required. Flash can only be written once between erases.
RAM_CODE Required. Run flash erase/write from RAM (executing from same flash).
DEBUG_UART Enable UART0 debug output (115200 baud, 8N1).
EXT_FLASH Enable external flash support (for QSPI NAND configuration).
FLAGS_HOME Keep boot flags in internal flash (required when EXT_FLASH=1).
MAX3266X_TPU Enable TPU hardware SHA256 acceleration (requires MSDK_DIR).
MAX3266X_OLD Build TPU acceleration against the older, deprecated Maxim SDK tree instead of the modern MSDK.

NXP i.MX 8QuadMax

wolfBoot runs on the NXP i.MX 8QuadMax (MIMX8QM: 2x Cortex-A72 + 4x Cortex-A53) as the bare-metal BL33 firmware stage, replacing U-Boot inside the NXP boot container. Developed against the i.MX 8QuadMax Multisensory Enablement Kit (MCIMX8QM-CPU, "MEK").

The boot ROM runs on the Cortex-M4 System Controller Unit (SCU), and the SCU firmware trains DDR before any application core executes, so there is no SPL stage and no DDR training blob on the A-cores. By the time wolfBoot is entered, DRAM is up and ATF has configured EL3:

Boot ROM (on the SCU Cortex-M4)
  -> SCFW  (scfw_tcm.bin)     DDR init, power/clock/pad ownership
  -> SECO firmware            AHAB container authentication
  -> ATF BL31 (bl31.bin)      EL3, PSCI, SMP
  -> BL33 = wolfBoot          EL2 non-secure, entered at 0x80020000
       -> verify -> Linux FIT (EL2->EL1, DTB in x0) or bare-metal payload

imx-mkimage combines SCFW, the SECO container, ATF BL31 and BL33 into a single flash.bin. wolfBoot links at 0x80020000, where u-boot.bin links on this SoC (imx8qm_mek_defconfig, CONFIG_TEXT_BASE), so it drops into the BL33 slot with no change to the stock recipe. wolfBoot runs MMU-off and 1:1 physical, which is what the arm64 Linux boot protocol expects at handoff.

Two signature layers are in play. AHAB authenticates the boot container - SCFW, ATF and wolfBoot itself - against a Super Root Key hash in SoC fuses, before any A-core runs. wolfBoot authenticates the OS or application image it goes on to boot. In the bundled configurations the payload sits inside the BL33 image and is covered by both; a DTB bundled at IMX8QM_DTB_OFFSET is covered by AHAB only, not by wolfBoot's payload signature.

Example configurations

Two configs, because there are two memory maps. Everything else is a build option:

Config Memory map
/config/examples/imx8qm-mek.config The template. WOLFBOOT_NO_PARTITIONS, payload staged in DRAM. Covers the bundled bring-up build and every disk variant below.
/config/examples/imx8qm-mek-qspi.config Boot/update/swap partitions in the on-board MT35XU512ABA serial NOR on FlexSPI0, with the partition-based A/B update flow.

Variants are selected on the make command line, so CI and a local build agree:

Build Boot path
make Verify a payload bundled into the BL33 image in DRAM and boot it at EL2. No storage driver.
make DISK_SDCARD=1 Read the signed image from the SD card socket (uSDHC2).
make DISK_EMMC=1 Read the signed image from the soldered 8-bit eMMC (uSDHC1).
make DISK_SDCARD=1 IMX8QM_MMU=1 EL2_HYPERVISOR=1 BOOT_EL1=1 The Linux FIT path: drop EL2 -> EL1 and hand off with the DTB in x0.
... DISK_FS=fat32|ext4|both Read the image from a file on a read-only FAT32 or ext4 filesystem rather than a raw partition offset. See compile.md.
... IMX8QM_SCU=0 Chainload: assume an earlier stage already powered, clocked and pad-muxed the console and the boot device.
... IMX8QM_SD_NO_UHS=1 Pin the SD node to 3.3V high-speed (no-1-8-v plus max-frequency) and drop wolfBoot's own ceiling to 25 MHz. Off by default; the board runs the card at DDR50, 1.8V, 50 MHz. Set it to keep Linux out of UHS, which is what makes a warm reboot work - see "Known limitations".
... IMX8QM_USDHC_MAX_CLK_KHZ=<n> Override the uSDHC clock ceiling. arch.mk defaults it per medium: 50000 for the SD socket (25000 with IMX8QM_SD_NO_UHS=1) and 52000 for the eMMC.
... IMX8QM_SDHCI_PIO=1 Force the PIO path instead of SDMA, for debugging.
... BOOT_BENCHMARK=1 Time the payload read, the hash and the signature check.
... NO_ARM_ASM=1 Turn the wolfcrypt ARMv8 assembly back off. It is on by default when IMX8QM_MMU=1.

IMX8QM_MMU=1 is required for a Linux-sized payload. MMU-off DRAM is uncached, and hashing a 32 MB FIT that way takes over fifteen minutes against about thirty seconds with the MMU on. The Linux variant sets it, and arch.mk then defaults NO_ARM_ASM=0, because the NEON hazard behind the shared AArch64 default only applies while memory is Device-typed.

Do not pass CFLAGS_EXTRA= on the make command line. options.mk does CFLAGS+=$(CFLAGS_EXTRA) with no override, so a command-line value replaces every CFLAGS_EXTRA+= in the config and in arch.mk. The uSDHC board flags (SDHCI_FORCE_CARD_DETECT, IMX8QM_USDHC_MAX_CLK_KHZ, DISK_BLOCK_SIZE) live in arch.mk for that reason.

The disk builds expect two boot partitions labelled boot_a and boot_b, each holding a signed image at raw offset 0. They are selected by label, not by index, so the layout survives repartitioning; BOOT_PART_A/BOOT_PART_B are available (commented out) for media with no labels.

Building

No hardware is needed to compile.

cp config/examples/imx8qm-mek.config .config
make distclean
make keytools
make

Append variant options to the final make, for example make DISK_SDCARD=1 IMX8QM_MMU=1 EL2_HYPERVISOR=1 BOOT_EL1=1.

This produces wolfboot.bin (the BL33 bootloader) and test-app/image_v1_signed.bin (the signed payload). There is no contiguous factory.bin: wolfBoot is loaded into DRAM by ATF, so there is no flash image to assemble.

Image layout

In the no-storage-driver configurations the packaging script bundles the payload and, for a Linux boot, the device tree into the BL33 image at fixed offsets (hal/imx8qm.h):

0x80020000  +--------------------------+
            | wolfBoot (BL33)          |   linker cap: 2 MB
0x80220000  +--------------------------+   IMX8QM_BUNDLE_OFFSET
            | signed payload           |
0x80320000  +--------------------------+   IMX8QM_DTB_OFFSET
            | device tree (optional)   |
0x80420000  +--------------------------+   IMX8QM_BL33_MAX_SIZE

hal/imx8qm.ld sets the memory region length to the payload offset, so wolfBoot growing into the payload slot is a link error rather than a silently mis-assembled image.

BL33 lands at 0x80020000 because imx-mkimage's recipe concatenates the A-core stages: bl31.bin at offset 0, padding to 128 KB, then BL33, with the container loaded at 0x80000000. BL31 must fit the 128 KB slot.

Building the boot container

tools/scripts/imx8qm/imx8qm-mkflashbin.sh builds wolfBoot and the signed payload against one freshly generated key, bundles them, and hands the result to imx-mkimage as the BL33 input:

IMX_MKIMAGE=/path/to/imx-mkimage \
IMX_FIRMWARE=/path/to/firmware \
  tools/scripts/imx8qm/imx8qm-mkflashbin.sh [device-tree.dtb]

IMX_FIRMWARE must hold three binaries from the NXP BSP, none of which are redistributable. Without IMX_MKIMAGE/IMX_FIRMWARE the script stops after producing the BL33 bundle in wolfboot.bin, which can be passed to imx-mkimage by hand in place of u-boot.bin.

File Source (LF v6.1.22-2.0.0)
scfw_tcm.bin imx-sc-firmware-1.15.0.bin, member mx8qm-mek-scfw-tcm.bin
mx8qmb0-ahab-container.img imx-seco-5.9.0.bin, under firmware/seco/
bl31.bin built from nxp-imx/imx-atf, tag lf-6.1.22-2.0.0

The two archives are self-extracting scripts behind an NXP EULA prompt:

wget https://www.nxp.com/lgfiles/NMG/MAD/YOCTO/imx-sc-firmware-1.15.0.bin
wget https://www.nxp.com/lgfiles/NMG/MAD/YOCTO/imx-seco-5.9.0.bin
sh imx-sc-firmware-1.15.0.bin --auto-accept
sh imx-seco-5.9.0.bin --auto-accept

sha256, from the recipes: imx-sc-firmware-1.15.0.bin = 1272ac5c31a88017ef548721f3acf930a7eda6ac73aa9f41b5f0cade9d5c0e5f, imx-seco-5.9.0.bin = c3bd761f457e939035b01a0ab36e79064a2a1bc6c3cdb3cd847f7f38df0964df. The SECO container is not in firmware-imx, which carries only DDR, HDMI, VPU and SDMA firmware; it comes from the separate imx-seco recipe.

BL31 builds locally:

git clone https://github.com/nxp-imx/imx-atf.git
git -C imx-atf checkout lf-6.1.22-2.0.0
make -C imx-atf PLAT=imx8qm bl31 CROSS_COMPILE=aarch64-none-elf-
# -> imx-atf/build/imx8qm/release/bl31.bin, ~41 KB

Use the Linux BSP's bl31.bin. The BSPs ship two ATF builds of the same size for this SoC, and a container built with the Android one produces no console output at all: BL31 runs before BL33, so wolfBoot never starts. A size check does not catch it. Identify the build first, and let the packaging script copy bl31.bin from $IMX_FIRMWARE rather than relying on whatever is staged in imx-mkimage/iMX8QM/:

strings bl31.bin | grep '^v2\.'
v2.8(release):                                              <- use this
v2.8(release):android-13.0.0_2.0.0-rc1-1-g99195a23d          <- will not boot

Hardware setup (MEK)

Boot mode is set on SW2. Positions are ON where listed, OFF everywhere else:

Boot device POS-1 POS-2 POS-3 POS-4 POS-5 POS-6
Boot from fuse OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
Serial download (SDP) OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
eMMC0 (uSDHC1) OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
SD1 (uSDHC2) OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF
Octal SPI (FlexSPI0) OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF

From Table 3 of the i.MX 8QuadMax MEK Quick Start Guide, restated per switch position because the guide prints that table POS-6 first. Serial download and eMMC0 are mirror images of each other, so go by position number rather than by a bit pattern.

The micro-B debug port (J18) drives an FT4232H, which enumerates four serial ports, one per FTDI channel. The Cortex-A console (LPUART0) is one of them; which tty it lands on depends on enumeration order, so identify it by watching per-port byte counts across a boot. Console settings are 115200 8N1.

Power is 12 V into the 4-pin DIN connector J16. The board starts booting as soon as power is applied; SW1 need not be pressed. SW3 is reset.

Programming

SDP loads the container straight into RAM over USB and writes nothing to the board, so a power cycle returns to the previous image. Set SW2 to serial download (POS-3) and connect J17:

tools/scripts/imx8qm/imx8qm-flash.sh sdp flash.bin

To boot from a microSD card, write the container at the 32 KB offset the boot ROM reads from and set SW2 to SD1 (POS-3 and POS-4):

tools/scripts/imx8qm/imx8qm-flash.sh sd /dev/sdX flash.bin

The script refuses any target that is not a removable device and asks for confirmation, because the container is written to raw sectors with no filesystem in the way. It does not write the on-board eMMC or the FlexSPI NOR; do those from a system already running on the board, with SDP as the recovery path.

Booting from eMMC

Set SW2 to eMMC0 (POS-4) and build with DISK_EMMC=1.

The ROM boots the eMMC from its boot partition, not the user area. A fresh MEK ships with EXT_CSD[179] PARTITION_CONFIG set to BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE: 0x1, meaning mmcblk0boot0, which holds the factory NXP U-Boot. A container written to the user area at 32 KiB, where SD boot expects it, is never read, and the board comes up in the stock U-Boot with nothing to say wolfBoot was skipped.

Point the ROM at the user area instead:

=> mmc partconf 0 0 7 0     # BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE=7, user area
=> mmc partconf 0           # read it back
=> mmc partconf 0 0 1 0     # revert to boot partition 1

mmc partconf is a U-Boot command, so once wolfBoot has replaced U-Boot the setting can only be changed from an OS shipping mmc-utils, which the stock NXP image does not. The alternative is to write the container into mmcblk0boot0 itself, at offset 0 rather than 32 KiB, after clearing /sys/block/mmcblk0boot0/force_ro; that overwrites the factory bootloader.

To confirm which copy the ROM used, look for the container tag from Linux. 00 a0 01 87 is a valid container header:

dd if=/dev/mmcblk0boot0 bs=1 skip=1024 count=4 | od -An -tx1   # boot partition
dd if=/dev/mmcblk0      bs=1 skip=33792 count=4 | od -An -tx1   # user area

With the user area selected, the ROM fetches the container from eMMC, and wolfBoot reads the eMMC GPT and boots a signed FIT from boot_a.

System Controller (SCU)

The SCU owns power, clocks and pad mux; nothing else can turn a peripheral on. Powering and clocking a block is not sufficient - its pads must be routed with sc_pad_set and its LPCG cell opened, or the peripheral accepts register writes and drives nothing. This applies to the console as much as to storage, which is why arch.mk sets IMX8QM_SCU ?= 1.

wolfBoot opens the MU1_A mailbox and brings up the resources it uses (sc_pm_set_resource_power_mode, sc_pm_set_clock_rate, sc_pm_clock_enable, sc_pad_set, plus the LPCG cell). MU1_A is the channel free for BL33: the upstream device tree binds fsl,imx-scu to lsio_mu1, while TF-A's plat/imx/imx8qm uses MU0. RPC framing, resource IDs and payload layouts follow U-Boot's drivers/misc/imx8/scu_api.c and dt-bindings/firmware/imx/rsrc.h.

IMX8QM_SCU=0 assumes an earlier stage left the console and boot device powered and clocked, and touches none of it. Valid when chainloading from U-Boot. Compiled in CI by the imx8qm_no_scu_test job.

BL33 also owns SMMU bring-up, in two parts. Power SC_R_SMMU and set sCR0.CLIENTPD, as U-Boot does in arch/arm/mach-imx/imx8/cpu.c, or the OS aborts reading SMMU_IDR0 off an unpowered block. Then publish each bus master's stream ID with sc_rm_set_master_sid(): the ID a master emits is owned by the SCU's resource manager, not by the SMMU or the device tree, so without it the OS programs the SMMU for the iommus ID, the master emits something else, and its DMA faults. Both uSDHC controllers are published, not only the one a given build boots from, because the OS brings up every controller the device tree enables.

hal_dts_fixup() supplies what U-Boot would have: /chosen/bootargs, the real two-bank /memory map (2 GB at 0x80000000, 4 GB at 0x880000000), and optionally no-1-8-v plus max-frequency on the SD node. Without it the OS comes up with 1 GB and an empty command line. RAM staging sits at 0xa0000000 and 0xa8000000, in the gap between the stock DTB's carveouts (roughly 0x90000000 to 0x9c000000) and the CMA pool at 0xc0000000. An overlap raises no error: the OS reserves the device tree it was handed, so the colliding carveout's reservation fails and whichever driver owned that region faults later.

The MMU teardown before handoff must not be written in C. A set/way cache walk in C keeps its loop counters in stack slots and re-dirties lines behind itself; clearing SCTLR_EL2.C then strands them while later stack reads go to DRAM. hal_prepare_boot() calls the stack-free assembly el2_flush_and_disable_mmu() in src/boot_aarch64_start.S.

SD / eMMC driver

i.MX uSDHC is the little-endian descendant of the QorIQ eSDHC and is close to, but not the same as, standard SDHCI. Rather than duplicating the card-initialization state machines, this target reuses the generic driver in src/sdhci.c and translates the register map in hal/imx8qm.c (sdhci_reg_read/sdhci_reg_write), as hal/cm4.c and hal/tegra234.c do for their controllers. Four differences are handled there:

  1. The command register's transfer-mode half lives in MIX_CTRL (0x48), not in the low half of 0x0C. The command half at 0x0C is bit-identical to standard SDHCI.
  2. PROT_CTRL encodes bus width as a 2-bit field and has no bus-power or bus-voltage fields.
  3. SYS_CTRL uses a DVS/SDCLKFS divider pair rather than the standard 10-bit divisor. The reset and data-timeout fields do line up and pass through untranslated.
  4. There is no error-interrupt summary bit, and the DMA error moves from bit 25 to bit 28. The summary is synthesized on read, and must account for the uSDHC-only tuning error TNE, which has no standard bit to map onto: left out of the summary a latched tuning error is invisible to the generic driver and unclearable by it, so the driver waits on a transfer that never completes.

SDMA is on, and the shim points the driver's SDMA address register at uSDHC's DS_ADDR rather than the ADMA2 descriptor pointer. arch.mk reads the payload in 64 KB blocks, because DISK_BLOCK_SIZE otherwise defaults below SDHCI_DMA_THRESHOLD and every transfer silently takes the PIO path regardless of bus clock. DMA lands in DRAM behind the cache, so the HAL implements sdhci_platform_dma_prepare()/sdhci_platform_dma_complete() as range-based clean and invalidate.

FlexSPI serial NOR

The MEK fits an MT35XU512ABA (64 MB octal NOR) on FlexSPI0. Reads come from the memory-mapped AHB window at 0x08000000; erase and page program go through the LUT-driven IP command path. This is the same IP as the Layerscape LS1028A "XSPI" block, and the driver follows hal/nxp_ls1028a.c.

All LUT sequences use single-pad (1-1-1) SPI with 4-byte addressing: the part powers up in extended SPI mode, and 64 MB is past the 16 MB limit of 3-byte addressing. Octal mode would need a mode-register write first.

Reads through the AHB window are served from prefetch buffers that an IP-path command does not invalidate, so without an explicit flush the window keeps returning the previous contents while the device itself is correct. ext_flash_write() and ext_flash_erase() therefore end with a controller software reset, which flushes the buffers and leaves the configuration registers and the LUT in place.

The QSPI config leaves the first 1 MB of the NOR free for the boot container the ROM reads from offset 0, and places the boot, update and swap partitions above it.

AHAB secure boot

AHAB is the SoC's own secure boot, the layer below wolfBoot's signature checking. A container built by imx8qm-mkflashbin.sh is unsigned and boots on a board whose SRK fuses are blank ("open" lifecycle). To sign one:

CST_PATH=/path/to/cst-<ver> \
SRK_TABLE=/path/to/SRK_1_2_3_4_table.bin \
SRK_KEY=/path/to/SRK1_..._ca_crt.pem \
CERT_KEY=/path/to/SGK1_..._usr_crt.pem \
  tools/scripts/imx8qm/imx8qm-ahab-sign.sh flash.bin [mkimage.log]

The SRK table and keys come from the Code Signing Tool's own PKI scripts; this script does not generate them, because the key material outlives any one build. Passing the saved imx-mkimage output as the second argument lets the script use the container and signature-block offsets it printed instead of the stock ones.

Use keys/ahab_pki_tree.sh, not hab4_pki_tree.sh: the latter is the older HAB4 flow for i.MX6/7 and produces keys AHAB will not accept. It reads its password from keys/key_pass.txt (the password repeated on two lines) and prompts for the rest; for this part the answers are a new CA, elliptic curve, p384, sha384, a duration, and SRK certificates with the CA flag set. srktool then needs --ahab_ver:

srktool --ahab_ver --table SRK_1_2_3_4_table.bin --efuses SRK_1_2_3_4_fuse.bin \
        --sign_digest sha512 --fuse_format 1 \
        --certs SRK1_...,SRK2_...,SRK3_...,SRK4_...

The signing certificates that script emits are named SGK<n>_1_..., with the extra index, which is what CERT_KEY wants.

CERT_KEY is mandatory. ahab_pki_tree.sh sets the CA flag on the SRKs, and a CA-flagged SRK may only sign another key, never data, so the CSF installs an SGK certificate and signs the container with that. The script emits the [Install Certificate] form for this reason, and CST requires a Permissions bitmask alongside the certificate; it defaults to 0x1 and CERT_PERMISSIONS overrides it. Installing the certificate costs about 220 bytes of signature block, which stays clear of the first payload at 0x13000.

Signing changes nothing on an open part; it becomes required once the SRK hash is fused and the part is closed. An open part does not verify the signature, so booting a signed container there shows only that the container is still well formed. The useful check at that stage is that the container and signature-block headers stay self-consistent and no payload is overlapped. SRK_1_2_3_4_fuse.bin holds the hash that would be fused; nothing in this flow writes it.

Fusing is irreversible. Burning the SRK hash and closing the part are one-way operations that permanently reject any container not signed by the matching key. A wrong hash, a lost private key, or a container never verified to boot while the part was open leaves the board with no recovery path, SDP included. Confirm the signed container boots on the open part, back up the key material, then fuse. wolfBoot ships no script that burns fuses; use NXP's own tooling.

Peripheral map

Register bases used by the HAL, from the upstream device tree (imx8-ss-{lsio,conn,dma}.dtsi, imx8qm-mek.dts):

Block Address Note
LPUART0 0x5A060000 console (stdout-path)
uSDHC1 0x5B010000 eMMC, 8-bit, non-removable
uSDHC2 0x5B020000 SD card, 4-bit
FlexSPI0 registers 0x5D120000 MT35XU512ABA, 64 MB octal NOR
FlexSPI0 AHB window 0x08000000 memory-mapped reads
MU1_A 0x5D1C0000 mailbox to the System Controller
DRAM 0x80000000 trained by SCFW before BL33 runs

Known limitations

  • A warm reboot cannot recover an SD card left in UHS mode, and no software fix is possible on this board. Once Linux has taken the card to 1.8V signalling (timing spec: sd uhs SDR104, signal voltage: 1.80 V in /sys/kernel/debug/mmc1/ios), a reboot performs no VDD cycle, so the card is still in its UHS state when wolfBoot starts and does not answer CMD8. A card that has negotiated UHS-I returns to the initial 3.3V state only when VDD is removed; CMD0 does not do it. On the MEK the card supply is a fixed rail, and the uSDHC shim's bus-power and bus-voltage bits are shadowed rather than driven (hal/imx8qm.c), so sdhci_set_power() cannot produce a VDD cycle. Hardware-checked: switching the host to 1.8V to meet the card does not make it answer CMD8 either, and initialization then fails at CMD55. What wolfBoot does now is fail cleanly instead of hanging. src/sdhci.c used to wait for Command Inhibit with an unbounded loop, so the first failed command never returned and the boot stopped with no further output; the wait is bounded and resets the command line, so the failure is reported and reaches wolfBoot_panic(). Recovery is a power cycle, which always works, or IMX8QM_SD_NO_UHS=1, which avoids the situation by keeping Linux out of UHS. src/sdhci.c also carries an opt-in SDHCI_UHS_RECOVER_ON_INIT, which switches the host to 1.8V and retries CMD8 once; it is off by default and does not help on this board, but is kept for hosts that can drive bus power. The eMMC has the same exposure at 1.8V for HS200/HS400.
  • Failover cannot cross a version boundary downwards. This is the anti-rollback policy rather than a gap: the retry is refused by the ALLOW_DOWNGRADE guard (Rollback to lower version not allowed) whenever the fallback slot carries a lower version, so equal-version slots are what make failover complete.
  • AHAB has not been exercised against a closed part. Signing is exercised and the signed container boots on an open part, but no board here has fused SRKs, so enforcement is unproven. Fusing is irreversible.
  • The QSPI config's swap partition is reserved but unused. The shared AArch64 block in arch.mk selects src/update_ram.o for every non-disk aarch64 target, which version-selects and RAM-boots rather than running the sector-swap update and rollback flow.
  • The FIT's kernel load address is not 2 MB aligned, so the kernel relocates itself and warns. That belongs in the FIT, not in wolfBoot.

Debugging

-DDEBUG_SDHCI -DDEBUG_DISK -DDEBUG_GPT add command-level tracing to the storage paths, and -DDEBUG_FS traces the filesystem layer when DISK_FS is enabled.

NXP i.MX95 Cortex-M7

The i.MX95 pairs an A55 cluster running Linux with a real-time Cortex-M7 and a Cortex-M33 System Manager. The M7 has no dedicated flash: it is loaded into TCM by the Linux remoteproc driver on the A55 side, so wolfBoot is the ELF that remoteproc loads, and the images it verifies live in the DDR region the device tree reserves for the M7.

Validated on a Toradex SMARC i.MX95 module with TARGET=imx95_m7.

i.MX95: Chain of trust

The M7 has no flash of its own - wolfBoot and the images it verifies are placed in TCM and DDR by the A55 cluster - so trust in what runs on the M7 is anchored on the A55 side. Three mechanisms provide it:

  • AHAB, anchored in the SRK fuses, authenticates the boot containers the ROM and SPL load.
  • wolfBoot on the A55, replacing U-Boot, verifying and staging the M7 image under its own partition id before Linux starts. Planned; this is the piece we intend to support.
  • TRDC, configured by the System Manager on the M33, restricting the M7 TCM and DDR carveout to the M7 domain.

Until those are in place the M7 image is selected by Linux, so verification here protects against corruption and mis-staged updates rather than against a compromised A55.

i.MX95: Memory layout

wolfBoot is linked for the core view of TCM. remoteproc loads through the system view and imx_rproc translates between the two; linking for the system view produces an image that loads cleanly and faults on the first instruction fetch.

Region Core view System view Size
ITCM (wolfBoot text) 0x00000000 0x203C0000 256 KiB
DTCM (wolfBoot data, app data/heap/stack) 0x20000000 0x20400000 256 KiB
Reserved DDR (memory@80000000) 0x80000000 - 16 MiB

The TCM split assumes M7_CFG[TCM_SIZE] = 000b (256 KiB + 256 KiB), the reset default. That field lives in BLK_CTRL_Secure_AON and is owned by the System Manager running on the M33, not by wolfBoot.

The "flash" wolfBoot writes is ordinary DDR: writes are copies and erases are fills. Linux stages an update by writing the UPDATE partition before restarting the core.

Block Address Size
BOOT partition 0x80100000 4 MiB
UPDATE partition 0x80500000 4 MiB
SWAP 0x80900000 16 KiB sector
Console header + ring 0x80F00000 64 KiB
wolfBoot status block 0x80F10000 4 words
Test-app status block 0x80F10010 2 words

The RPMsg carveouts at 0x88000000 (vrings) and 0x88020000 (vdevbuffer) belong to the RPMsg transport and are deliberately not used for the console or status blocks. wolfBoot still carries the remoteproc resource table declaring them, because Linux looks for .resource_table in the ELF it loads - without it the kernel logs No resource table in elf and never creates the virtio device.

i.MX95: Building

cp config/examples/imx95-m7.config .config
make

This produces wolfboot.elf (the image remoteproc loads) and test-app/image_v1_signed.bin (the payload Linux writes to 0x80100000). There is no factory.bin: wolfBoot runs from ITCM and the payload lives in DDR, so there is no contiguous flash image to assemble.

To build the test app with the wolfCrypt test suite and benchmark:

make WOLFCRYPT_TEST=1 WOLFCRYPT_BENCHMARK=1

Benchmark timing comes from the Cortex-M7 DWT cycle counter, scaled by IMX95_M7_HZ (800 MHz by default, matching this board's clk_summary entry m7 800000000). The M7 cannot read its own clock rate without an SCMI round trip to the System Manager, so if that rate is configured differently the constant must be overridden or every reported figure scales by the ratio:

make WOLFCRYPT_BENCHMARK=1 CFLAGS_EXTRA=-DIMX95_M7_HZ=1000000000ULL

i.MX95: Console and status

The M7's LPUART is not routed to a host-accessible header on this carrier, and Linux owns all four LPUART instances, so the console is a ring buffer in the M7's own DDR window rather than a peripheral driver. Its header is:

Offset Field Meaning
0x00 magic 0x4E4F4357 - the stored bytes read WCON in a hexdump
0x04 wr Total bytes ever written, monotonic within a run
0x08 size Ring size in bytes; read it rather than assuming
0x0C rsvd Reserved

A reader tracks its own position pos and copies wr - pos bytes starting at data[pos % size]. Overrun is possible for very chatty output and is detected when wr - pos > size, so the reader reports the gap instead of printing corrupt text.

Progress is also published as plain 32-bit words that Linux can poll with devmem without parsing console text:

devmem 0x80F10000    # 0x57424F54 "WBOT" - wolfBoot status block valid
devmem 0x80F10004    # progress code: 1 = hal_init, 2 = hal_prepare_boot
devmem 0x80F10008    # DWT cycle count at hal_init
devmem 0x80F1000C    # DWT cycle count at hal_prepare_boot
devmem 0x80F10010    # 0x41505031 "APP1" - the payload is running
devmem 0x80F10014    # heartbeat, incrementing

The difference between the two timestamps is the cost of everything wolfBoot does in between, which is dominated by signature verification. Note that these magics are spelled to read correctly as devmem 32-bit words, the opposite convention from the console magic, which is read from a hexdump of the ring.

Both caches are enabled by hal_init(), which matters because verifying an image means hashing megabytes resident in DDR. The ARMv7-M default memory map marks 0x80000000-0x9FFFFFFF as Normal write-through, so no MPU region is needed and M7 stores to the shared window still reach DDR; the HAL nevertheless cleans the affected lines explicitly so that behaviour is not left depending on an inherited attribute.

NXP i.MX95 Cortex-A55 (BL33)

wolfBoot replaces U-Boot proper on the i.MX95's Cortex-A55 cluster: it is the third image in AHAB container 2 (after BL31 and OP-TEE), entered by BL31 at 0x90200000 in NS-EL2, where it verifies a Linux FIT (kernel + DTB + initramfs) with ML-DSA-87 and boots it at EL2. NXP also documents an OEM PQC SRK hybrid (ML-DSA) AHAB flow, so the container half of the chain can be post-quantum as well.

Which component authenticates the containers depends on which slot wolfBoot occupies, and the two cases are not the same:

  • wolfBoot as BL33 only (this section). U-Boot SPL is still in container 0 and still calls the ELE to authenticate container 2 before BL31 runs, so the chain is ROM -> ELE -> SPL -> BL31 -> wolfBoot -> Linux once SRK fuses are programmed.
  • wolfBoot as stage 1 as well (next section). SPL is gone, so wolfBoot performs that ELE call itself. IMX95_AHAB_AUTH is what does it, and it is on by default; the chain becomes ROM -> ELE -> wolfBoot stage 1 -> BL31 -> wolfBoot BL33 -> Linux.

In both cases the ROM and the ELE authenticate container 0 before any A55 code runs, so whichever image sits in the SPL slot is itself verified.

Validated on a Toradex SMARC iMX95 with TARGET=imx95_a55 (config/examples/imx95-a55.config): full boot to Linux userspace with the FIT on the carrier SD (uSDHC2, the uSDHC driver in hal/imx95_a55.c - i.MX uSDHC, not SDHCI-compatible).

Notes:

  • The FIT DTB gets /chosen bootargs, initrd properties and a /memory node from hal_dts_fixup(); deployment DTBs commonly ship without /memory (the bootloader is expected to add it) and the kernel hangs silently without one.
  • The EL2 exit is a fused asm routine (flush, DAIF mask, TLB invalidate, jump) that touches no memory after the D-cache goes off; set/way cleaning does not reach the A55 cluster's DSU system cache, so payload ranges are also cleaned by VA.
  • Use plain earlycon (DTB-derived); an explicit earlycon=lpuart32,mmio32,<addr> uses the wrong register layout on i.MX and silences all console output.
  • uSDHC2's clock, pinmux and card power are owned by the M33 System Manager, and its pad registers data-abort on direct access from BL33. IMX95_SCMI_COLD_INIT=1 brings them up over SCMI (the SCMI client in hal/imx95_a55.c), which is what lets wolfBoot boot from SD on a cold power-on rather than only after a stage that already initialized the controller.
  • IMX95_INIT_M7=1 powers the Cortex-M7 mix and scrubs its TCM for ECC, matching what U-Boot's board init does, for boards that launch an M7 image from Linux later.

Stage 1: replacing U-Boot SPL

The boot device holds a set of AHAB containers. The first one is what the boot ROM reads: it carries the ELE firmware, the M33 System Manager, the OEI that trains DDR, and one A55 image loaded into OCRAM at 0x20480000. That last image is U-Boot SPL, and its whole job is to find the next container and load BL31, OP-TEE and BL33 out of it. wolfBoot can take that slot instead:

cp config/examples/imx95-a55.config .config
make                              # BL33, loaded into DRAM by BL31
make stage1 DISK_EMMC=1           # stage1/loader_stage1.bin, the SPL slot

DDR is up before stage 1 runs, because the OEI did it, so stage 1 only needs the boot device and the container walk. Nothing records where the next container starts: it is derived by taking the end of the first container - the furthest of its header, its images and its signature block - and rounding up to 1 KiB. hal/imx95_ahab.c is that walk, and hal/imx95_a55_stage1.c is the rest: the watchdog, GPIO and SMMU state a warm reset out of Linux leaves behind, the SCMI calls for the console clock and the A55 performance level, and the ELE call that starts its random generator.

Two things differ from the BL33 build. The console is programmed rather than inherited, since nothing has configured LPUART1 yet. And on eMMC the containers live in a boot partition, not the user area: imx95_emmc_boot_partition() reads back the same PARTITION_CONFIG field that told the ROM which one to load from, and reads follow it.

What stage 1 authenticates

Taking SPL's slot means taking over the step SPL performed. The boot ROM and the ELE authenticate container 0, so stage 1 is verified code, but the container it goes on to load BL31, OP-TEE and BL33 out of is a separate one that nothing has checked yet. IMX95_AHAB_AUTH=1 (the default) makes stage 1 ask the ELE to check it, the same three calls U-Boot's SPL makes:

  1. The container's header, image table and signature block are staged into DDR at 0x90000000 - NXP's own IMG_CONTAINER_BASE for this SoC - because the ELE reads the address it is given over its own master port and requires DDR. Every value stage 1 then acts on comes from those staged bytes; the medium is not consulted for the table again.
  2. ELE_OEM_CNTN_AUTH_REQ authenticates the header.
  3. Each image is loaded to its destination and then checked in place with ELE_VERIFY_IMAGE_REQ, one at a time so a failure names the image. ELE_RELEASE_CONTAINER_REQ follows, before the jump.

Any failure stops the boot. IMX95_AHAB_AUTH=0 builds without those calls, for bring-up on a part whose containers are not signed. IMX95_STAGE1_PASSTHROUGH and IMX95_STAGE1_ALLOW_SELF_OVERLAP each carry on past a container the enclave refused, so both require IMX95_AHAB_AUTH=0; setting either while authentication is on fails the build.

Separately, and regardless of that flag, stage 1 bounds every destination before writing any of them. An image is streamed straight from the boot device into the address the container names, so a check made afterwards would come too late to matter: by then the bytes have landed. Destinations must lie inside DDR, must not overlap the staging window, this loader, the M7 carveout, the ELE shared-memory region or the VPU boot area, must not overlap each other once rounded up to the block size, and image 0 must be an A55 executable whose entry point lies inside its own bytes.

Two limits are worth stating plainly:

  • On an open part AHAB reports success without enforcing a signature. That is why an unsigned container boots at all. What authentication buys there is an ELE-checked hash of each image against a table nobody signed - integrity, not authenticity. Build with IMX95_AHAB_LIFECYCLE=1 to have stage 1 print the lifecycle, so the difference is visible rather than implied; it is off by default because nothing else on this platform reads the fuse shadow block from the slot SPL occupies. Enforcement begins when the SRK hash is fused; see the i.MX8QuadMax AHAB section above for what that costs and why it is irreversible.
  • Authenticating the container does not prevent rollback. The offset of the next container is derived by walking container 0, which stage 1 reads off the medium and nothing re-authenticates, so a different but validly signed older container set would authenticate happily. That needs sw_version/fuse_version policy or the AHAB monotonic counter, neither of which is implemented here.

Stage 1 build options

Stage 1 is built by make -C stage1 and takes its own options, separately from the BL33 build. Pass them on the command line.

Option Default Effect
IMX95_AHAB_AUTH 1 Ask the ELE to authenticate the container set stage 1 loads BL31, OP-TEE and BL33 from, as described above. Setting it to 0 builds without those calls, for bring-up on a part whose containers are not signed.
IMX95_AHAB_LIFECYCLE 0 Read and print the part's lifecycle from the fuse shadow block. Off by default: U-Boot reads that block only from U-Boot proper and only under CONFIG_AHAB_BOOT, so whether it answers the A55 this early is untested per part, and a diagnostic must not be able to cost a boot.
IMX95_STAGE1_PASSTHROUGH unset Bring-up only. Enter BL31 even when the container load failed, for a board where some other loader has already staged the whole set and stage 1 only needs to be invisible when it cannot help. Requires IMX95_AHAB_AUTH=0, and is refused at compile time otherwise, because returning an error is then indistinguishable from the jump.
IMX95_STAGE1_ALLOW_SELF_OVERLAP unset Bring-up only. Skip an image whose destination lands on the running loader instead of refusing the boot, which a stage 1 linked into DRAM needs in order to skip its own entry. Requires IMX95_AHAB_AUTH=0, and is refused at compile time otherwise.
IMX95_LOG_RING 0 Mirror the console into a DDR ring that survives the handoff, so stage 1's output can be read back from Linux with memtool con. Stage 1 starts the ring and BL33 appends to it, so one address holds both.
IMX95_LOG_RING_BASE 0x80F20000 Where that ring lives. Change it only to move the ring out of the way of something else; stage 1 and BL33 must agree on it.
IMX95_EMMC_PROBE 0 One-shot diagnostic that walks the eMMC boot partitions and reports the AHAB containers it finds, from an image booting off SD.

The two bring-up options exist to get a new board talking; neither belongs in a shipped configuration, and the build refuses to combine either with authentication rather than letting a boot continue past a refusal.

TI C2000 C28x (LAUNCHXL-F28P55X)

wolfBoot runs on the Texas Instruments C2000 C28x DSP (TMS320F28P550SJ, 150 MHz) as a secure execute-in-place (XIP) bootloader. The C28x is word-addressed with CHAR_BIT == 16 (no 8-bit type -- each octet occupies one 16-bit cell), built with the TI cl2000 toolchain against wolfSSL's wide-byte (CHAR_BIT != 8) support.

Flash layout

wolfBoot owns flash bank0 (0x80000); the signed application lives in the BOOT partition at bank1 (0xA0000). Because an octet-per-cell header and a native-word executable cannot share one representation, the BOOT partition uses a split layout: the 256-cell image header is stored one octet per 16-bit cell (so wolfBoot's generic octet parser and hash work byte-identically to the host), and the firmware follows at 0xA0100 as native 16-bit words that execute in place.

Region Address Contents
wolfBoot (bank0) 0x80000 bootloader code + keystore
BOOT header 0xA0000 256-cell signed header (one octet per cell)
BOOT firmware 0xA0100 native XIP application

Build

cp config/examples/f28p55x.config .config
make CGT_ROOT=/path/to/ti-cgt-c2000 C2000WARE=/path/to/C2000Ware

This produces wolfboot.elf (the cl2000 .out); DSLite loads it directly, since C28x flash is word-addressed there is no objcopy / flat .bin step.

Sign and flash the application

The test application (test-app/app_f28p55x.c) is linked to execute in place at 0xA0100. test-app/f28p55x_sign.sh documents the flow: compile the XIP app, extract its firmware as the host octet stream, sign it (ECC P-256 + SHA-256), and emit the octet-per-cell header blob for 0xA0000. Flash wolfboot.elf and the application image with DSLite over the onboard XDS110.

Boot mode

The C28x boot ROM selects its boot source before any application code runs, so the device must be told to boot from flash. Under a debug session CCS/DSLite (via the device GEL) writes a volatile flash-boot override -- EMU_BOOTPIN_KEY (0xD00) = 0x5AFFFFFF, EMU_BOOTPIN_CONFIG (0xD04) = 0x0003 (boot mode 3, flash entry 0x080000) -- so wolfBoot boots from 0x80000 whenever a debugger has connected. That override is volatile and is not present on a bare power-on-reset. For standalone flash boot the device's persistent boot mode must be provisioned to flash (boot mode 0x03) via the DCSM boot OTP, or set with the board's boot-mode straps where available; until then a bare power-up waits in the boot ROM. The SCIA console (GPIO28/29, 115200 8N1) is on the XDS110 virtual COM port; a live debug session garbles that backchannel, so read it with the probe detached.

Configuration options

Option Description
SIGN=ECC256 / HASH=SHA256 Signature and hash for the secure-boot MVP.
RAM_CODE Required. Flash program/erase (TI Fapi) runs from RAM.
NVM_FLASH_WRITEONCE Flash is written once between erases.
DEBUG Enables verbose boot progress and a JTAG-readable survive-log mirror (g_log) for bring-up.

A/B update / rollback is a follow-on: the partitions are declared, but the update path (flash erase/write, swap, trailer) is not yet wide-byte-hardened.

Altera Agilex 5 (013B)

The Agilex 5 DK-A5E013BM16AEA port runs as the signed BL33 payload in the GSRD handoff: SDM -> U-Boot SPL -> TF-A BL31 -> wolfBoot -> Linux FIT. SPL owns DDR and controller initialization; TF-A owns EL3, GICv3 and PSCI. The port keeps those responsibilities unchanged and loads signed A/B Linux FITs from raw MBR partitions on the SD card.

Build the hosted configuration with:

cp config/examples/agilex5_013b_sdcard.config .config
make clean
make -j"$(nproc)"

See docs/Agilex5.md for the GSRD FIT/WIC layout, DT handoff, hardware test order, and the boundary between the bare-metal bootloader and the Linux libfcs/wolfSSL integration.